ACCORD ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES INC
10SB12G, 1999-08-30
Previous: ANZ EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED TRUST II, NT-NSAR, 1999-08-30
Next: MORGAN KEEGAN SELECT FUND INC, NSAR-B, 1999-08-30



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D. C. 20549


                                  FORM 10-SB
                   General Form for Registration of Securities
                            of Small Business Issuers
                          Under Section 12(b) or (g) of
                       The Securities Exchange Act of 1934


                       ACCORD ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
               (Formally known as Investment Book Publishers, Inc)
                         (Name of Small Business Issuer)


        NEVADA                                        88-0361127
- ------------------------                ----------------------------------------
(State of Incorporation)                (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number.)


                   5002 South Ash Avenue, Tempe, Arizona 85282
           -----------------------------------------------------------
           (Address of Principal Executive Offices Including Zip Code)


                                 (480) 820 1400
                           --------------------------
                           (Issuers Telephone Number)


Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:      NONE

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:     COMMON
                                                                   STOCK $.0001
                                                                    PAR VALUE
                                                                ----------------
                                                                (Title of Class)
<PAGE>
                                     PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

     The company originally known as Investment Book Publishers, Inc., was
incorporated in Nevada on May 22, 1996. On August 1997, Investment Book
Publishers, Inc. exchanged shares with Accord Semiconductor Equipment Group,
Inc. whereby Accord Semiconductor Equipment Group, Inc. became a wholly owned
subsidiary. Effective November 18, 1997, Investment Book Publishers changed its
name to ACCORD ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES, INC. The company trades over the counter
on the Electronic Bulletin Board under the symbol "AVTI."

     There have been no bankruptcy, receivership or similar proceeding in the
company's history.

                              BUSINESS DESCRIPTION

     ACCORD ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (AVTI) is in the business of providing
refurbishing services and engineering consulting to semiconductor manufacturers.

     ACCORD SEMICONDUCTOR EQUIPMENT GROUP, INC., the wholly owned subsidiary of
Accord Advanced Technologies, Inc. was formed in 1993 under the name Integrated
Semiconductor Service. It is the only operating company of Accord Advanced
Technologies, Inc. This company recognized an opportunity for full-service
re-manufacturing and support of advanced semiconductor manufacturing systems and
components.

     Accord Semiconductor Equipment Group, Inc (SEG) specializes in
re-manufacturing and modifying multi-chamber systems for chemical vapor
deposition (CVD), physical vapor deposition (PVD) and Etch processes. These
precision systems are responsible for transforming individual silicon wafers
into integrated-circuit (IC) products such as computer chips. Refurbishing
provides Accord SEG's customers an equally high quality alternative to new OEM
equipment and enables the customer to immediately produce its IC products at a
reduced cost due to lower manufacturing equipment costs. The company also
provides system decommissioning, commissioning, after-sales service and supplies
parts and process technology as needed by the customer Accord SEG is unique
among equipment re-manufacturers because of its ability to custom-engineer
modifications to customers' systems. The company primarily re-manufactures the
equipment of Applied Materials, the largest original equipment manufacturer
(OEM) of semiconductor manufacturing equipment in the world. The market serviced
by the company consists of all facilities in North America (approximately 378)
manufacturing integrated circuits. The issuer has an internal marketing and
sales force as well as a highly skilled technical staff. It also has very
experienced outside sales representatives. The company utilizes trade shows,
trade journal advertising and its web site along with its technical, marketing
and sales force to distribute and market its services. The market size as
identified by the issuer is approximately $250,000,000.00.

                                       2
<PAGE>
     The issuer believes it is either the only public company, or one of very
few, that concentrates solely on re manufacturing semiconductor equipment.
Applied Materials, the OEM, has the ability to refurbish but at this time does
not sell custom upgrades which is the growth area of the issuer. GE Capital has
recently built a refurbishing facility. In the past GE has out sourced its
refurbishing work and it is not clear what type of equipment it will refurbish
in their new facility. Comdisco is a leasing company as is GE Capital. It leases
the equipment and sometimes has it refurbished when it comes off lease, usually
through the utilization of outside sources. B.E.S.T. is a privately held company
that refurbishes equipment, which is a generation older than those the issuer
handles. It is not a serious competitor in the future of the issuer.

     The issuer is much smaller than GE and Comdisco, which places the issuer in
a distant third position on this type of equipment. The issuer has the ability
to remanufacture and deliver equipment in one-third the time it takes an OEM to
manufacture and deliver a new machine. The issuer also has the same warranty and
service as the OEM and its price is some 20% lower.

     The issuer does not purchase raw material. It purchases parts and used
machinery from numerous sources.

     Accord SEG has completed work for such well-known companies as American
Microsystems, Honeywell, Rockwell International, Integrated Solutions, Motorola,
Intel, MRC (Sony), California Micro Devices, Eastman Kodak, National
Semiconductor, Siemens Semiconductor Group, Lockheed, IDT and Texas Instruments.
In that there are numerous other prospective customers, the issuer feels that it
has been dependent on a few customers and is changing that dependency.

PATENTS

     The issuers operating subsidiary has received two patents and is awaiting a
third.

     The first patent was issued on April 28, 1998 (US Patent #5,744,400) for an
ion beam process that has advantages over the existing Chemical Mechanical
Planarization.

     Traditional Chemical/Mechanical Planarization employs a combination of
mechanical pressure, abrasive slurry and chemical etchant to grind flat the thin
film layers of an IC. There is potential for damage to the IC if the layers are
ground too thin or if any residue from the CMP process remains. Accord's
planarization process yields greater consistency at a lower cost than does CMP.
The Company expects to complete a prototype incorporating its new technology
during 1999 or early 2000. The process is dry, slurry-free, environmentally
safe, adaptable to standard cluster deposition/etch tools and is cost effective
with rapid planarization rates.

                                       3
<PAGE>
CVD WAFER HANDLING SYSTEM

     Every semiconductor processing system uses spare parts that are affected by
the gases and other materials within a process chamber. These "consumable parts"
must be replaced regularly; creating a potentially lucrative market to those
companies that can design and manufacture replacement parts. All Chemical Vapor
Deposition chambers in a multi-chamber processing tool use a handling system to
support and heat the wafer inside the chamber. Through a combination of thermal
stress and exposure to corrosive gases over time, these wafer handlers fail
during production and need to be replaced. The issuer's subsidiary has developed
and on September 1, 1998 received a patent on a wafer-handling system, or
susceptor (US Patent # 5,800,623). It incorporates distinctive metallurgy to
offer greater reliability and longer durability at a significantly reduced cost.

ENVIROCLEAN' CHAMBER KIT

     The company through its subsidiary has a patent-pending (docket #
08/730849) product known as EnviroClean(TM) chamber upgrade kit. This product
offers a solution to concerns about GREENHOUSE GAS production in the
semiconductor industry. Greenhouse gases are believed to have a detrimental
effect on the earth's atmosphere through global warming. Semiconductor
manufacturing is currently responsible for producing a significant volume of
these gases each year. Consequently, pending legislation to curtail the
production of greenhouse gases will likely require semiconductor manufacturers
in the near future to install relatively expensive abatement systems that meet
strict emission specifications.

     The company's EnviroClean kit enables semiconductor manufacturers to retool
existing multi-chamber equipment less expensively. Its technology replaces
harmful greenhouse gases with relatively benign process-gas. The issuer may need
local government approval for the use of certain gases used in the testing of
the equipment re-manufactured on its premises. To date, the company has all the
approvals necessary.

     The issuer is unaware of any effect existing governmental regulations has
on its business. The issuer is also unaware of any probable regulation. The
issuer has not expended any funds for Research and Development during the past
two years.

                                       4
<PAGE>
     The company complies with all environmental laws. The costs to meet these
requirements were expended when the private company moved into its present
rented facility in 1994. There has been no need for further expenditures since
that time.

     The issuer has fifteen (15) full time employees; three (3) contracted
employees and two (2) independent sales representative groups. The company will
send an annual report to its security holders, which shall contain audited
financial statements. The issuer is electronically filing this Registration
Statement with the Securities Exchange Commission for the benefit of its
shareholders and to comply with the reporting requirements as promulgated by the
commission. As such, the company will advise the shareholders that the SEC
maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information
statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically
with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov . The issuer will also advise the
shareholders of its Internet site (http://www.accord-seg.com) and address
([email protected]).

ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
        OF OPERATIONS

     The 1997 consolidated financial statements include the accounts and results
of operations of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary for the period from
December 11, 1997 (date of acquisition) through December 31, 1997. The Company's
acquisition of Accord Semiconductor Equipment Group, Inc. ("Accord SEG") was
effected through the exchange of common stock that resulted in 100% of the
common stock of Accord SEG being held by the Company and the shareholders of
Accord SEG owning approximately 95% of the Company.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

1998 to 1997

     Sales increased from $1,358,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997 to
$3,940,000 for the year ended December 31, 1998. Sales on a pro forma basis for
the year ended December 31, 1997 were $3,829,000 assuming the acquisition of
Accord SEG occurred at the beginning of the year. The increase in revenue from
the pro forma sales in 1997 was approximately 3%.

     The consolidated gross profit increased from $334,000 in 1997 to $1,075,000
in 1998. Gross profit on a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 1997
was $1,483,000 assuming the acquisition of Accord SEG occurred at the beginning
of the year. The gross margin variance is due to the price of the equipment
purchased for certain contracts being higher in 1998.

                                       5
<PAGE>
     On a pro forma basis, general and administrative expenses increased from
$872,000 in 1997 to $1,225,000 in 1998. The Company wrote off approximately
$200,000 of old and slow moving inventory parts in 1998. Additionally, there was
an increase in professional fees in from $11,000 in 1997 to $98,000 in 1998. The
Company was involved in numerous legal actions in 1998.

     The Company recorded an impairment loss of $250,000 in 1998 related to a
piece of equipment that is idle and for which the ability of the Company to
liquidate is uncertain. The Company also recorded a $350,000 expense in 1998
related to the settlement of a lawsuit.

     Interest expense increase from $326,000 in 1997 on a pro forma basis to
$442,000 in 1998. The Company had greater balances outstanding on its purchase
order financing during 1998.

     The Company recognized $45,000, net of income taxes, in debt forgiveness
income in 1998 related to trade payable debt that was restructured under a long
term note payable that was later forgiven by the note holder.

JUNE 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED) TO 1998

     Revenue for the six months ended June 30, 1999 was $ 3,052,000. The
Company's revenue for the full 1999 fiscal year is expected to increase from
that of 1998. The Company has increased and focused its marketing efforts
resulting in sales gains.

     The gross profit margin for the six months ended June 30, 1999 increased to
45% compared to 27% for the year ended December 31, 1998. As discussed above,
the prices for materials and equipment can vary significantly. The cost of the
basic tool is largest cost component of cost of sales and the purchase price can
vary depending on availability.

     Interest expense decreased in the six-month period ended June 30, 1999
because the Company has secured less expensive financing for its purchase
orders.

     The Company obtained new financing that allowed it to purchase certain
assets it held under capital leases. The Company entered into agreements with
the lessors that resulted in debt pay-off less than the outstanding principal
and accrued interest on the capital leases. The Company recognized an
extraordinary gain of $634,880 after income taxes as a result of these
transactions.

     The Company had a net deferred income tax provision of $455,000 for the six
months ended June 30, 1999. The Company had net operating loss carry forwards
recorded as net deferred income tax assets that are to be utilized. In addition,

                                       6
<PAGE>
the valuation allowance of $134,000 that was recorded at December 31, 1998 was
eliminated resulting in a deferred income tax benefit for the same amount.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     The Company historically has had a working capital deficiency. The Company
had a net working capital deficit of $143,000 at June 30, 1999 as compared to a
deficiency of $248,000 and $1,883,000 at December 31, 1998 and 1997
respectively. The Company has attempted to get cash deposits from customers at
the time purchase orders are submitted to assist in much of the up front costs
that are incurred in completing customer orders. The largest component of cost
of sales is the cost of acquiring the primary tool or machine. The Company has
borrowed funds from certain purchase order lenders. The Company believes that at
its current operating levels it can continue to require customer deposits and
that it has several sources to obtain financing upon obtaining a customer
purchase order.

     The Company has not experienced material losses on receivables from its
customers. Its customers generally are large companies with significant
resources. The Company requires final payment upon delivery, installation and
completion of testing.

     The Company is attempting to raise additional debt or equity capital to
allow it to expand the current level of operations. The Company raised
approximately $900,000 in new equity in the year ended December 31, 1998. The
Company also refinanced and restructured capital leases in the six months ended
June 30, 1999. The new financing is for $1,000,000 payable over a ten year term.

     The Company may require additional capital to continue a trend of greater
volume, which would require higher levels of inventory, accounts receivable and
higher operating expenses for marketing. There can be no assurances that the
Company will be successful in obtaining such capital.

YEAR 2000

     The Company is currently updating its computer hardware and software. The
Company does not believe that it will encounter significant internal year 2000
problems. The cost of the new hardware and software is expected to be
approximately $75,000.

     The Company does not anticipate difficulties with customers or vendors
relative to the year 2000 issue. The Company's relationship with its customers
and vendors is such that it is not materially dependent upon their information
technology systems.

                                       7
<PAGE>
     The Company discloses to its customers that the equipment it sells has not
been analyzed for year 2000 issues and that any year 2000 issues are matters
that should be addressed with the original equipment manufacturer.

FORWARD LOOKING INFORMATION

     The issuer has and will continue to market all the prospective customers in
North America rather than relying on only those customers with whom it has
historically done business. The company plans to increase its sales and
marketing presence through the use of its web site, more advertising and adding
more sales and technical personnel. The company will also continue the
development of its patents.

ITEM 3. DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

     The issuer currently leases a 14,000 square foot building at 5002 S Ash Ave
Tempe, Arizona 85282. The monthly triple net rent is $9,372. At this time, the
company is planning on renewing the lease for an additional five-year period.
The company owns no real property and has no plans to acquire real property.

ITEM 4. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     The following table sets forth each person known by the company to be the
beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Common Shares (the only class of voting
securities) of the company all directors individually and all directors and
officers of the company as a group. Each person has sole voting and investment
power with respect to the shares as indicated.

  Name and Address                      Amount of Beneficial          Percentage
of Beneficial Owner                          Ownership                 of Class
- -------------------                          ---------                 --------

Travis Wilson                               20,325,000                  50.92%
5002 S. Ash Ave.
Tempe, AZ 85282

The Wilson Trust (1)                         6,000,000                  15.02%
5002 S. Ash Ave.
Tempe, AZ 85282

All Executive Officers and                  28,125,000                  70.43%
Directors as a Group (3 persons)

(1)  Mr. Wilson and his family are the beneficiaries of the Wilson Trust. Mr.
     Wilson therefore, is the beneficial owner of 65.94% of the common stock of
     the issuer and is the only control shareholder.

                                       8
<PAGE>
ITEM 5. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS

     The following is a list of the Directors, Officers and Significant
Employees of the issuer.

     Name                      Age     Positions and Offices Held
     ----                      ---     --------------------------

     Travis Wilson             42      President and Director

     Carl P. Ranno             59      Secretary and Director

     Gerald Flanagan           60      Director

     Donald Fuller             51      Director of Marketing and Sales

     Rochelle Witharana, CPA   35      Controller

     Dr. Balu Pathangey        43      Senior Application Process Engineer

     All three Directors have been in office since November of 1997 and will
remain in office until the next annual meeting of the Shareholders or unless
they resign. There are no agreements that a Director will resign at the request
of another person and the above named Directors are not acting on behalf of
another person.

     The following is a brief summary of each of the Directors, Officers and
Significant Employees including their business experience for the past five
years.

     TRAVIS WILSON founded the subsidiary company Accord SEG in 1993.
Accordingly, his business experience for the past five years has been with the
issuer's subsidiary, which is the operating company. Prior to starting Accord
SEG Mr. Wilson was a Project Engineer with Prototech Research, Inc. where he
partnered in the design and implementation of various experimental process
platforms including a revolutionary CVD platform used for depositing a thin film
of copper on silicon substrates and the development of hardware used in CVD
Titanium Nitride process applications.

     Mr. Wilson served as tactical marketing product manager of Applied
Materials, Inc., where he managed the introduction and post-sale support of the
highly successful Precision 5000(TM), a revolutionary modularized production
semiconductor processing tool. He attended the University of California at
Hayward. His education is in electrical engineering, business administration and
marketing. He is also pursuing a graduate degree in Marketing at the University
of Phoenix.

                                       9
<PAGE>
     CARL P. RANNO received a degree in Economics from Xavier University in
Cincinnati, OH and his Juris Doctor from the University of Detroit School of
Law. Mr. Ranno spent many years in the practice of law, which included the
fields of litigation as well as mergers and acquisitions. He maintains his
license to practice law in the State of Michigan and is admitted to practice in
the federal courts located in Michigan, the Sixth Circuit Court of Appeals, the
US Tax Court and the US Supreme Court. Mr. Ranno advises companies as to legal
issues and as well as strategic planning and mergers and acquisitions.

     From 1992-1996 he was the president of Pollution Controls International
Corp. which marketed and manufactured a patented after market automotive
environmental product. The operating subsidiary was voluntarily placed in
Bankruptcy in 1996. Ultimately, the parent merged with another company and Mr.
Ranno has no further contact with it.

     GERALD L. FLANAGAN has spent 30 years in different facets of investment
banking. He was Vice President of Peacock, Hislop, Staley and Givens, a regional
investment-banking firm until 1995. Mr. Flanagan was involved with corporate
business development specializing in mergers and acquisitions, private
placements and venture capital transactions. He was on the original board and
still sits on the executive committee of the Arizona Venture Capital Conference
where he also served as its Chairman in 1994. For the past four years, Mr.
Flanagan has been very active in business consultations in the areas of finance
and mergers and acquisitions.

     Mr. Flanagan holds a degree in finance from the University of Southern
California and studied marketing on a post graduate level at the University of
California, Los Angeles.

     DONALD FULLER, the issuers marketing and sales director, has a successful
career of P&L assignments with extensive technical marketing and sales
management supported with strong engineering and physics backgrounds. His twenty
years in the industry have included global sales and marketing for major
equipment companies in Silicon Valley. His background includes award-winning
advertising, computerized sales tools and models, sales training, recruiting and
managing sales representatives, collateral production and presentations to
companies worldwide. Mr. Fuller has also presented to the Electronics Committee
of the Peoples Congress of China in 1997, the only westerner to be invited. At
that time he was the Vice President of Marketing and Sales for I C Engineering.
His responsibility included the development of a global marketing and sales

                                       10
<PAGE>
force, which he successfully completed. Prior to his position with ICE he was
the product manager for Mattson Technology and from 1991 through 1995 he was the
Global Marketing Manager for Applied Materials, the world leader in the semi
conductor equipment manufacturing industry

     Mr. Fuller has a Bachelor degree in Aerospace Engineering from San Diego
State. After returning from the army, he returned to his alma mater where he
received a second degree in Marketing and Finance.

     ROCHELLE WITHARANA CPA has successfully performed a broad range of
financial and management functions. After leaving Deloitte & Touche in 1990,
where she served in the audit and small business development departments, Ms.
Witharana. joined Gespac Inc. an international organization as its controller.
She assumed the hands-on responsibility for accounting, human resources and
other operational functions. Ms Witharana has secured credit lines, introduced
new credit policies, integrated new computer systems and other benefit programs.
She is continuing those responsibilities in her present capacity at the issuer.

     Ms. Witharana is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science degree (Cum Laude)
from California State at Northridge.

     DR. BALU PATHANGEY received his M.E. and Ph. D. degrees in Chemical
Engineering in 1982 and 1987, respectively, from Stevens Institute of
Technology, Hoboken, NJ. Since 1990, he has been with Microfabritech, an
interdisciplinary center at the University of Florida.

     During his 8 years as a research engineer at the University, he has
designed and developed several research scale CVD, RF/DC/Ion-beam sputter
deposition, and HDP etch systems for processing thin film semiconductor,
insulator and interconnect materials. In addition, he has worked as a technical
consultant to start-up companies for design and development of prototype
environmental air/water cleaning systems using photo-oxidation technology and in
the pilot plant processing of fluorine and fluoro compounds for semiconductor
manufacturing. He is a member of AICHE, AVS, and SID and authored or co-authored
over 40 technical papers and one patent.

     Dr. Pathangy is responsible for all the technical aspects of the company.

     There are no family relationships among the Directors, Officers and
Significant employees. Additionally, none of the Directors, Officers and
Significant Employees have been convicted or are subject to a pending criminal
proceeding, nor have they been subjected to any type of order barring,
suspending or otherwise limiting their involvement in any type of business,

                                       11
<PAGE>
securities or banking activities. Furthermore, none of the Directors, Officers
and Significant Employees have been found by a court of competent jurisdiction,
the Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a
federal or state securities or commodities law.

ITEM 6. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The President of the company received $118,191 in compensation during
fiscal year 1998. His salary was paid through the subsidiary company. No other
employee received more than $100,000. The Board of Directors grant, from time to
time, options to key employees.

ITEM 7. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     The subsidiary company billed and received $344,302 in the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1997, for services provided to an entity with ownership that
includes the issuer's president and single largest shareholder. The subsidiary
company also paid $4,000 to this entity for services provided to the subsidiary
by the related entity's personnel. These transactions occurred within the
subsidiary prior to the merger.

     The issuer paid fees totally $18,000 in the form of common stock
(restricted pursuant to R144) for the benefit Carl P. Ranno and Gerald L.
Flanagan, both Directors, for services rendered in connection with the Accord
SEG acquisition in the year ended December 31,1997. The issuer also agreed to
pay these Directors fees for assistance in raising debt or equity capital. The
fees are 3% for debt and 10% for equity raised and are payable only upon
success. As of December 31, 1997 the total amount due these Directors was
$24,700 and they had been paid $5,000 during that fiscal year. As of December
31, 1998 the total amount due was $52,704 and they had been paid $20,296. The
issuer has also agreed to remit to Mr. Ranno fees for legal services rendered
during the last half of 1999.

     There are no parents of this small business issuer.

     Transactions with promoters consist of work performed on behalf of the
company by Jordan Richards Associates. The issuer remitted $18,000 to them for
worked performed in terms of a company profile, press releases and mailings. The
consideration was cash only.

     There were no material underwriting discounts and commissions upon the sale
of securities by the issuer where any of the specified persons was or is to be a
principal underwriter or is a controlling person or member of a firm that was or
is to be a principal underwriter.

                                       12
<PAGE>
     There were no transactions involving the purchase or sale of assets other
than in the ordinary course of business.

ITEM 8. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

     The authorized capital stock of the issuer consists of 47,000,000 shares of
Common  Stock,  par value  $.0001 per share and  3,000,000  shares of  Preferred
Stock,  par value $.0001 per share.  The material  terms of the capital stock of
the issuer are set forth in the following statements. However, reference is made
to  the  more  detailed  statements  as  found  in  the  company's  Articles  of
Incorporation  with  amendments and the company Bylaws all of which are attached
to this registration statement as exhibits.

COMMON STOCK

     Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per each share standing in
his/her name on the books of the company as to those matters properly before the
shareholders.  There  are no  cumulative  voting  rights  and a simple  majority
controls.  The holders of common stock will share ratably in dividends,  if any,
as  declared by the Board of  Directors  in its  discretion  from funds or stock
legally  available.  Common stock holders are entitled to share  pro-rata on all
net assets,  in the event of dissolution.  All of the shares of common stock are
fully paid and non-assessable.

PREFERRED STOCK

     The  shareholders  have amended the Articles of  Incorporation  authorizing
3,000,000  shares of  preferred  stock,  $.0001 par value.  No shares  have been
issued. Any shares of preferred issued would have priority over the common stock
with respect to dividend or liquidation rights.

     The issuer is not offering preferred stock with this registration statement
nor is it offering debt securities.

     There are no provisions in the Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws that
would delay, defer or prevent a change of control.  However, any future issuance
of preferred  stock could have the effect of delaying or  preventing a change in
control of the company  without  further  action by the  shareholders  and could
adversely affect the voting or other rights of the holders of common stock.

                                       13
<PAGE>
                                     PART II

ITEM 1. MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
        STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

(a) Market information. The company's common equity is traded on the Over the
Counter Market (OTC BB).

     The high and low sales prices for each quarter are as follows:

         Quarter           High              Low           Close
         -------           ----              ---           -----

         9/30/96           .06               .03            .03

         12/31/97          5 1/4             4 3/4         5.00

         3/31/98           4 3/8             3 5/16        4 1/8

         6/30/98           5 1/8             2 5/8         2 7/8

         9/30/98           15.00             6.35          9 3/8

         12/31/98          1 7/16            1/2             3/4

         3/31/99             1/2             1/8             1/8

         6/30/99             3/8             1/16           .11

     There was no information that the issuer could retrieve as to the high and
low sale prices for the quarters from 9/30/96 to 12/31/97.

     There is an established trading market for the common equity being
presented in a registration statement.

(b) Holders. There are approximately 105 holders of the common equity of the
company.

(c) Dividends. There have been no cash dividends declared for the past two
fiscal years. There are no restrictions that limit the ability to pay dividends
on common equity other than the dependency on the company's revenues and
earnings and financial condition.

ITEM 2. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The issuer is not a party to any pending legal proceeding nor is its
property the subject of any legal proceeding.

ITEM 3. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS

     The company has had no disagreements with its accountants nor has the
company changed accountants.

                                       14
<PAGE>
ITEM 4. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

     The company has sold the following securities, which were not registered
during the past three years.

Date                       Name                  Number of Shares  Consideration
- ----                       ----                  ----------------  -------------

October 31, 1997       Tantayl Inv. Grp             1,250,000        $ 37,500

October 1,1998         Tantayl Inv. Grp.               63,636        $175,000

October 9, 1998        Nismic Sales Corp.             250,000        $250,000

November 22, 1998(1)   Gem Management Ltd.          1,220,000        $380,000

November 22, 1998(2)   Gem Management Ltd             200,000        $  2,000

November 22,1998(3)    Turbo International, Inc.      160,000        $ 50,000

November 22,1998(4)    Successways Holding Ltd        320,000        $100,000

     All of the above securities were issued pursuant to Rule 504 of Regulation
D promulgated under the Securities Act. All Form Ds and amendments are
incorporated by reference.

     The transactions noted as (1), (3) and (4) constitute a convertible
debenture and the shares were issued in support thereof. The entire Convertible
Debenture Purchase Agreement with the Escrow Agreement more fully set forth the
terms and conditions and are attached as exhibits.

     The transaction noted as (2) constitutes a Warrant to Purchase Common Stock
of the issuer in favor of Gem Management Ltd. The warrant was exercised and the
underlying shares were issued pursuant to Rule 504 of Regulation D promulgated
under the Securities Act. A copy of the Warrant more fully sets forth the terms
and is attached as an exhibit.

     The company also issued 300,000 common shares each (restricted pursuant to
R 144) for the benefit of two Directors in lieu of consulting fees. The
cumulative value was $18,000 as set forth in Item 7 of this registration. The
company also issued 600,000 shares of common stock (restricted pursuant to R
144) as finders/consulting fees as previously agreed before the merger to Chase
Investments. The value of said transaction was $18,000.

     There have been no underwriting undertaken by the issuer.

                                       15
<PAGE>
ITEM 5. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     Pursuant to the Nevada Revised Statutes sec. 78.751, a Nevada Corporation
has the power to indemnify its Directors, Officers, Employees and Agents.
Pursuant to section 12 of the issuers Articles of Incorporation, the Company
shall indemnify its Officers, Directors, Employees and Agents. Section IX of the
issuer's Bylaws specifically sets forth the Indemnification of those above
stated. Pursuant to the above the Directors and Officers liability is affected.
A copy of the Articles and Bylaws are attached as exhibits and by reference
incorporated herein.

                                    PART F/S

     Attached are the audited financial statements of the issuer for year end
December 31, 1997 including the wholly owned subsidiary and year end December
31,1998 consolidated audited statements for the issuer. Also find enclosed the
unaudited financial statements for the period ending June 30, 1999.

     1) Table of contents - Issuer and Subsidiary Financial Statements
           year-end 1997.
        a) Independent Auditors' Reports
        b) Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997
        c) Notes to Financial Statements as December 31, 1997

     2) Table of contents - Financial Statements year-end 1998
        a) Independent Auditors' Report
        b) Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1998
        c) Notes to Financial Statements

     3) Unaudited Financial Statements Through June 30, 1999

                                       16
<PAGE>
                                    PART III

ITEM 1. INDEX TO EXHIBITS

    EXHIBIT NUMBER                      DESCRIPTION

       2      Agreement for Exchange of Stock and Plan of Reorganization
       3(i)   Articles of Incorporation with Amendments
        (ii)  By-Laws
       4(ii)  Long term loan Union Bank (SBA)
       10     Material Contracts
              10.1  Subscription Agreements for the Sale of Stock
              10.2  Contract Between Two Directors and the Issuer
              10.3  Lease on premises of Issuer
              10.4  Convertible Debenture Purchase Agreement
              10.5  Convertible Debenture
              10.6  Escrow Agreement
              10.7  Warrant to Purchase Common Stock
       11     Computation per share earnings - In financial statements
       21     Subsidiary
                  Accord SEG, Incorporated in Arizona
       23     Consent of King, Weber & Associates, P.C., Independent Accountants
       27     Financial Data Schedule

     In accordance with Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
Registrant caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

                                           Accord Advanced Technologies, Inc.

August 25, 1999                            By:  /s/ Travis Wilson
                                              ----------------------------------
                                           Travis Wilson, Director and President


                                           By: /s/ Carl P. Ranno
                                              ----------------------------------
                                               Carl P. Ranno, Director and
                                               Secretary
<PAGE>

                       ACCORD ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.


                     CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF
                           DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
                        AND INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT






<PAGE>
ACCORD ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                            PAGE

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT                                                  1

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED
  DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997:

         Consolidated Balance Sheets                                          2

         Consolidated Statements of Operations                                3

         Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' (Deficit) Equity            4

         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows                                5

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS                                    7
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors of
Accord Advanced Technologies, Inc.:
Tempe, Arizona

We have audited the accompanying  consolidated balance sheets of Accord Advanced
Technologies,  Inc. (the  "Company"),  as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the
related statements of operations,  stockholders' (deficit) equity and cash flows
for each of the years then ended.  These consolidated  financial  statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable  assurance about whether the  consolidated  financial  statements are
free of material  misstatement.  An audit includes  examining,  on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An
audit also includes  assessing the accounting  principles  used and  significant
estimates  made by  management,  as well as  evaluating  the  overall  financial
statement presentation. We believe our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects,  the consolidated financial position of Accord
Advanced Technologies,  Inc. at December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the consolidated
results  of its  operations  and its cash  flows  for the  years  then  ended in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


KING, WEBER & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
Tempe, Arizona
May 14, 1999
<PAGE>
ACCORD ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     JUNE 30, 1999   DEC. 31, 1998     DEC. 31, 1997
                                                     -------------   -------------     -------------
ASSETS                                                (Unaudited)
<S>                                                   <C>              <C>              <C>
CURRENT ASSETS
   Cash                                               $   665,262      $   157,078      $    58,258
   Accounts receivable                                    300,090            6,347          964,233
   Inventories                                          1,300,078        1,056,732          718,212
   Prepaid expenses and other assets                       28,623           22,134           14,915
   Income tax refund receivable                             6,032            6,032               --
   Deferred income taxes                                        0          457,045           37,213
                                                      -----------      -----------      -----------
      Total current assets                              2,300,085        1,705,368        1,792,831
PROPERTY, MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT, net                  1,968,596        1,998,302        2,291,066
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES                                      84,700           83,200               --
OTHER ASSETS                                               55,219           36,184          221,348
                                                      -----------      -----------      -----------

TOTAL ASSETS                                          $ 4,408,600      $ 3,823,054      $ 4,305,245
                                                      ===========      ===========      ===========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
   Short-term note payable                            $        --      $        --      $   881,592
   Accounts payable                                       405,402          639,141          211,605
   Accrued liabilities                                    149,805          387,079          428,716
   Accrued warranty and installation expense                   --               --           67,215
   Customer deposits                                    1,629,638          777,602          708,233
   Capital lease obligations - current portion                 --           46,430        1,291,339
   Note payable - current portion                         258,339          102,693           87,478
                                                      -----------      -----------      -----------
      Total current liabilites                          2,443,184        1,952,945        3,676,178
CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS - long-term portion                  --        1,757,285          512,376
NOTE PAYABLE - long-term portion                        1,040,572          205,703           34,543
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES                                          --               --           21,035
                                                      -----------      -----------      -----------
      Total liabilities                                 3,483,756        3,915,933        4,244,132
                                                      -----------      -----------      -----------

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT):
   Preferred stock, $.0001 par value, 3,000,000
     shares authorized, none issued
   Common stock, $.0001 par value, 47,000,000
     share authorized, 39,548,638, and 12,455,000
     issued and outstanding                                 3,955            3,955            1,245
   Paid in capital                                        963,390          963,390           73,701
   Accumulated deficit                                    (42,501)      (1,060,224)         (13,833)
                                                      -----------      -----------      -----------
      Total stockholders' equity (deficit)                924,844          (92,879)          61,113
                                                      -----------      -----------      -----------

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)                      $ 4,408,600      $ 3,823,054      $ 4,305,245
                                                      ===========      ===========      ===========
</TABLE>

                  The accompanying notes are an integral part
                  of these consolidated financial statements.

                                       2
<PAGE>
ACCORD ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  SIX MONTHS ENDED     YEAR ENDED       YEAR ENDED
                                                   JUNE 30, 1999     DEC. 31, 1998     DEC. 31, 1997
                                                   -------------     -------------     -------------
                                                     (UNAUDITED)

<S>                                                 <C>               <C>               <C>
SALES                                               $  3,052,531      $  3,940,234      $ 1,358,004

COST OF SALES                                          1,684,746         2,865,641        1,024,068
                                                    ------------      ------------      -----------

     Gross profit                                      1,367,785         1,074,593          333,936
                                                    ------------      ------------      -----------

OTHER (INCOME) AND EXPENSES
     General and administrative expense                  590,735         1,224,661          124,175
     Selling and marketing expense                       338,681           480,736           57,162
     Interest expense                                     30,672           442,431           61,352
     Impairment loss                                          --           250,000               --
     Settlement expense                                       --           320,000               --
     Other income                                         (7,487)           (7,444)              --
                                                    ------------      ------------      -----------

     Total other expense                                 952,601         2,710,384          242,689
                                                    ------------      ------------      -----------

 (LOSS) INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES
     AND EXTRAORDINARY ITEM                              415,184        (1,635,791)          91,247

INCOME TAX BENEFIT (PROVISION)                           (32,595)          544,080          (36,736)
                                                    ------------      ------------      -----------

NET (LOSS) INCOME BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM              382,589        (1,091,711)          54,511

EXTRAORDINARY ITEM - DEBT FORGIVENESS INCOME
    (net of income taxes of $423,000 and $12,047)        635,134            45,320               --
                                                    ------------      ------------      -----------

NET (LOSS) INCOME                                   $  1,017,723      $ (1,046,391)     $    54,511
                                                    ============      ============      ===========

NET (LOSS) INCOME PER COMMON SHARE
     Basic:
       Before extraordinary item                    $       0.01      $      (0.03)     $      0.02
       Extraordinary item                                   0.02                --               --
                                                    ------------      ------------      -----------
               Total                                $       0.03      $      (0.03)     $      0.02
                                                    ============      ============      ===========
     Diluted:
       Before extraordinary item                    $       0.01      $      (0.03)     $      0.02
       Extraordinary item                           $       0.02
                                                    ------------      ------------      -----------
               Total                                $       0.03      $      (0.03)     $      0.02
                                                    ============      ============      ===========

WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING
     Basic                                            39,548,638        33,584,038        3,445,389
                                                    ============      ============      ===========
     Diluted                                          39,600,592        33,584,038        3,445,389
                                                    ============      ============      ===========
</TABLE>

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                       consolidated financial statements.

                                       3
<PAGE>
ACCORD ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            COMMON STOCK        ADDITIONAL
                                        ------------------      PAID-IN     ACCUMULATED
                                        SHARES      AMOUNT      CAPITAL       DEFICIT         TOTAL
                                        ------      ------      -------       -------         -----
<S>       <C>                          <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>
BALANCE
  JANUARY 1, 1997                      4,943,000    $   494    $  44,256    $   (12,664)   $    32,086

  Stock issued for services at $0.19       7,000          1        1,315                         1,316

  Reverse stock split (1 for 10)      (4,455,000)      (445)         446                             1

  Issued in business combination       9,500,000        950      (45,571)       (55,680)      (100,301)

  Stock issued for cash at $0.03       1,250,000        125       37,375                        37,500

  Stock issued to consultants
     for services rendered             1,200,000        120       35,880                        36,000

    Net income                                                                   54,511         54,511
                                      ----------    -------    ---------    -----------    -----------

BALANCE
  DECEMBER 31, 1997                   12,445,000      1,245       73,701        (13,833)        61,113

 Stock split (3 for 1)                24,890,000      2,489       (2,489)                            0

 Stock issued for cash at $1.32          313,638         31      414,968                       414,999

 Stock issued for cash at $0.25        1,900,000        190      477,210                       477,400

 Net loss                                                                    (1,046,391)    (1,046,391)
                                      ----------    -------    ---------    -----------    -----------

BALANCE
  DECEMBER 31, 1998                   39,548,638    $ 3,955    $ 963,390    $(1,060,224)       (92,879)

  Net Income (UNAUDITED)                                                      1,017,723

BALANCE
  JUNE 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED)           39,548,638    $ 3,955    $ 963,390    $   (42,501)   $   (92,879)
                                      ==========    =======    =========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

                  The accompanying notes are an integral part
                  of these consolidated financial statements.

                                       4
<PAGE>
ACCORD ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  SIX MONTHS ENDED   YEAR ENDED     YEAR ENDED
                                                    JUNE 30,1999    DEC. 31, 1998  DEC. 31, 1997
                                                    ------------    -------------  -------------
                                                     (Unaudited)

<S>                                                  <C>             <C>             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income  (loss)                                 $ 1,017,723     $(1,046,391)    $  54,511
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to
   net cash provided by operating activities:
  Depreciation                                            29,999          58,211         3,530
  Loss on disposal of equipment                                            4,122
  Deferred income taxes                                  455,545        (526,001)       32,732
  Issuance of stock for compensation and services
    rendered                                                                            37,316
  Impairment expense on equipment                                        250,000
  Litigation settlement expense                                          320,000
  Forgiveness of long-term debt                       (1,058,134)        (57,367)
  Changes in assets and liabilities:
    Accounts receivable                                 (293,743)        957,886       (18,591)
    Inventory                                           (243,346)       (142,520)      898,107
    Refundable deposits                                  (19,035)         (2,990)        2,690
    Other  current assets                                 (6,489)        (11,317)      (12,290)
    Accounts payable                                    (233,739)        427,536      (395,211)
    Accrued liabilities                                   62,145         (41,637)       65,933
    Accrued warranty and installation expense            (67,215)         13,051
    Customer deposits                                    852,036          69,369      (775,651)
                                                     -----------     -----------     ---------
      Net cash provided (used in) by operating
        activities                                       562,962         191,686       (93,873)
                                                     -----------     -----------     ---------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Cash acquired in purchase of subsidiary                                                9,600
  Loan to officer                                                         (7,846)
  Purchase of property, machinery and equipment             (293)        (19,569)
                                                     -----------     -----------     ---------
      Net cash (used in) provided by investing
        activities                                          (293)        (27,415)        9,600
                                                     -----------     -----------     ---------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Borrowings on short-term debt                                                         78,353
  Repayment of short-term debt                                          (881,592)
  Proceeds from sale of common stock                                     892,399        37,500
  Principal payments on capital lease obligations       (995,000)
  Borrowings on long-term debt                           965,000
  Principal payments on long-term debt                   (24,485)        (76,258)
                                                     -----------     -----------     ---------
      Net cash (used in) provided by financing
        activities                                       (54,485)        (65,451)      115,853
                                                     -----------     -----------     ---------
INCREASE IN CASH                                         508,184          98,820        31,580

CASH, BEGINNING OF YEAR                                  157,078          58,258        26,678
                                                     -----------     -----------     ---------

CASH, END OF YEAR                                    $   665,262     $   157,078     $  58,258
                                                     ===========     ===========     =========
</TABLE>

                 The accompanying notes are an integral part of
                    these consolidated financial statements.

                                       5
<PAGE>
ACCORD ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  SIX MONTHS ENDED   YEAR ENDED     YEAR ENDED
                                                    JUNE 30,1999    DEC. 31, 1998  DEC. 31, 1997
                                                    ------------    -------------  -------------
                                                     (Unaudited)

<S>                                                  <C>             <C>             <C>
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Interest paid                                        $    36,968     $   346,442     $  57,393
                                                     ===========     ===========     =========

Income taxes paid                                    $       -0-     $     6,032     $     -0-
                                                     ===========     ===========     =========


SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

     Value of common stock issued in connection with the
        acquisition of wholly owned subsidiary                                       $ 100,301
                                                                                     =========

     Debt for legal settlement                                       $  330,000
                                                                     ==========
</TABLE>

                  The accompanying notes are an integral part
                   of these consolidated financialstatements.

                                       6
<PAGE>
ACCORD ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997 AND JUNE 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED)

1.   ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     Accord Advanced Technologies, Inc. (the "Company"), formally known as
     Investment Book Publishing, Inc. ("IBP") was formed in 1996 and was a
     development stage enterprise and had no significant operations until its
     acquisition of Accord Semiconductor Equipment Group, Inc. ("Accord SEG") on
     December 11, 1997. Accord SEG services, reconditions and modifies
     multi-chamber semiconductor equipment. The Company's customers include many
     of the major silicon wafer manufacturers in the United States and overseas.
     Accord SEG became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Accord Advanced
     Technologies, Inc., by the Company exchanging 9,500,000 shares of its
     common stock for 100% of the common stock of Accord SEG resulting in the
     shareholders of Accord SEG owning approximately 95% of Accord Advanced
     Technologies, Inc. The accompanying financial statements represent the
     consolidated financial position and results of operations of Accord
     Advanced Technologies, Inc. and includes the accounts and results of
     operations of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary for the year
     ended December 31, 1998 and the period from December 11, 1997 through
     December 31, 1997.


2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     CASH includes all short-term highly liquid investments that are readily
     convertible to known amounts of cash and have original maturities of three
     months or less.

     PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION: The consolidated financial statements include
     the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Accord SEG.
     The results of operations and cash flows include that of Accord SEG for the
     year ended December 31, 1998 and the period December 11, 1997 (date of
     acquisition) through December 31, 1997. All significant intercompany
     accounts and transactions are eliminated.

     INVENTORIES consist primarily of used equipment and wafer chambers and are
     stated at the lower of cost (specific identification) or market.
     Work-in-process is stated at raw materials cost, direct labor and
     allocations of overhead. Inventory items that have expected turnover rates
     of greater than a one year operating cycle are classified as long term.

     PROPERTY, MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT is recorded at cost and depreciated on a
     straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging
     from 3 to 10 years. Depreciation expense is not recorded for equipment
     acquired but that has yet to be placed in service.

                                       7
<PAGE>
     REVENUE RECOGNITION - The Company recognizes revenue when the product is
     shipped. No significant obligations remain upon shipment. Costs for
     installation, warranty and commissions are accrued when the corresponding
     sales revenues are recognized. Payments from customers prior to shipment
     are recorded as customer deposits. Revenues for service contracts are
     recognized evenly over the term of the contracts.

     INCOME TAXES - The Company provides for income taxes based on the
     provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109,
     ACCOUNTING FOR INCOME TAXES, which among other things, requires that
     recognition of deferred income taxes be measured by the provisions of
     enacted tax laws in effect at the date of financial statements.

     FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS - Financial instruments consist primarily of cash,
     accounts receivable, and obligations under accounts payable, accrued
     expenses, short-term debt and capital lease instruments. The carrying
     amounts of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses
     and short-term debt approximate fair value because of the short maturity of
     those instruments. The carrying value of the Company's capital lease
     arrangements approximates fair value because the instruments were valued at
     the retail cost of the equipment at the time the Company entered into the
     arrangements.

     USE OF ESTIMATES - The preparation of financial statements in conformity
     with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
     estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
     liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date
     of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
     expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from
     those estimates.

3.   INVENTORIES

     Inventories consist of the following:

                                     JUNE 30, 1999  DEC. 31, 1998  DEC. 31, 1997
                                      (Unaudited)

     Raw materials                     $  516,122    $  290,122      $565,297
     Work in process                      783,956       591,610       152,915
     Finished goods                           -0-       175,000           -0-
     Current inventory                  1,300,078     1,056,732       718,212
     Slow-moving inventory                    -0-           -0-       196,000
                                       ----------    ----------      --------
       Total inventory                 $1,300,078    $1,056,732      $914,212
                                       ==========    ==========      ========

     Slow-moving inventories consist primarily of parts removed from larger
     pieces of equipment and stored until needed for future jobs. Costs are
     allocated to these items as components of the larger piece of equipment
     from which they were removed. Much of this inventory has been allocated
     minimum costs and management believes market value exceeds recorded costs.
     Approximately $193,000 in inventories were written off in the year ended
     December 31, 1998 because of uncertainties about the ability of the Company
     to utilize or liquidate the related items.

                                       8
<PAGE>
4.  PROPERTY, MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT

    Property, machinery and equipment consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  JUNE 30, 1999  DEC. 31, 1998  DEC. 31, 1997
                                                  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                   (Unaudited)
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>          <C>
     Test, research and demonstration equipment      $1,566,354    $1,566,354   $2,066,354
     Equipment held for sale                            250,000       250,000           --
     Shop equipment and tools                           104,900       104,900       98,228
     Computer hardware and software                      81,613        81,320       68,423
     Furniture, office equipment and vehicles            34,129        34,129       49,046
     Leasehold improvements                             114,433       114,433      114,433
                                                     ----------    ----------   ----------
      Total                                           2,151,429     2,151,136    2,396,484
     Less accumulated depreciation and
       amortization                                     182,833       152,834      105,418
                                                     ----------    ----------   ----------

     Property, machinery and equipment - net         $1,968,596    $1,998,302   $2,291,066
                                                     ==========    ==========   ==========
</TABLE>

    Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997 was
    $58,211 and $3,530, respectively. Depreciation expense for the six months
    ended June 30, 1999 was $29,999.

    Certain equipment under a lease has been capitalized at approximately
    $1,566,000, representing the estimated fair value of the asset at the
    inception date of the lease. Management had intended to use the equipment
    for a separate product line that has not yet commenced. The equipment has
    not yet been placed in service. As discussed in Note 7, subsequent to
    December 31, 1998, the Company entered into an agreement with the lessor to
    purchase the equipment under lease and intends to either place the asset in
    service or sell the equipment. The obligation under the capital lease was
    restructured, reduced and refinanced with another financial institution.

    The Company incurred an impairment loss of $250,000 related to one piece of
    equipment under a second capital lease. The equipment has never been used in
    operations and the Company intends to dispose of the equipment and is
    seeking a buyer. The equipment was written down from its original cost of
    $500,000 to its estimated net realizable value of $250,000. The fair value
    was estimated on the basis of comparable sales less costs to put the
    equipment in working condition and discounted for liquidity issues.

                                       9
<PAGE>
5.   SHORT-TERM DEBT

     Short-term debt at December 31, 1997 consisted of advances from a finance
     company associated with certain customer purchase orders. Advances were
     arranged on a specific purchase order basis. The advances were
     collateralized by the related inventory and customer accounts receivable
     and payments received for the order. Advances were fully repaid upon
     receipt of payment from customer. Financing fees were charged based on the
     total value of the purchase order and period of time in which the advances
     were outstanding. The effective rate on financing fees charged in 1997 was
     243% which was based on actual amounts advanced. Financing fees under this
     arrangement for the year ended December 31, 1998 and the period December
     11, 1997 to December 31, 1997 were $275,090 and $9,023, respectively. Total
     fees paid under this arrangement by Accord SEG for the period January 1,
     1997 to December 10, 1997 were $155,319.

6.   INCOME TAXES

     The Company recognizes deferred income taxes for the differences between
     financial accounting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Income taxes
     consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Six months ended   Year ended    Year ended
                                             June 30, 1999   Dec. 31, 1998  Dec. 31,1997
                                             -------------   -------------  ------------
                                              (unaudited)
<S>                                            <C>            <C>             <C>
     Current tax (benefit) provision           $     -0-      $  (6,032)      $  4,004
                                               ---------      ---------       --------

     Deferred tax (benefit) provision
       Before extraordinary item                  32,595       (538,048)        32,732
         Extraordinary item                      423,000         12,047             --
                                               ---------      ---------       --------
           Total deferred (benefit) provision    455,595       (526,001)         4,004
                                               ---------      ---------       --------

      Total income tax (benefit) provision      $455,595      $(532,033)      $ 36,736
                                                ========      =========       ========
</TABLE>

     A deferred tax liability of $ $21,035 at December 31, 1997, relates
     primarily to the difference in the financial accounting and tax bases of
     property and equipment. Deferred tax assets of $674,000 less a valuation
     allowance of $134,000, and $37,213 at December 31, 1998 and 1997
     respectively, relate to net operating loss carryforwards of $1,356,015 at
     December 31, 1998 and $167,000 at December 31, 1998. State net operating
     loss carryforwards of $167,000 expire in 2001. The balance of the net
     operating loss carryforwards expire from 2003 through 2018. Approximately
     $83,000 and $30,000 of the net deferred tax asset at December 31, 1998
     relate to equipment book and tax bases differences and accrued compensation
     respectively.

     Deferred income taxes for the year ended December 31, 1998 relate to
     temporary differences for the net operating loss carryforward, net of the
     establishment of a valuation allowance of $134,000, and book and tax
     differences for the impairment loss. For the year ended December 31, 1997
     deferred income taxes relate primarily to depreciation differences.

                                       10
<PAGE>
     The differences between the statutory and effective tax rates is as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    1998                   1997
                                                             -------------------    ------------------
<S>                                                          <C>           <C>      <C>           <C>
     Federal statutory rates                                 $(556,169)    (34)%    $ 19,274      21%
     State income taxes                                       (130,863)     (8)%       7,300       8%
     Valuation allowance for operating loss carryforwards      134,000       8%
     Difference due to filing of unconsolidated returns                               15,860      17%
     Other                                                      20,999       1%       (5,698)     (6)%
                                                                           ---      --------     ---
     Effective rate                                          $(532,033)    (33)%    $ 36,736      40%
                                                             =========     ===      ========     ===
</TABLE>

     The valuation allowance of $134,000 was eliminated in the six months ended
     June30, 1999. The Company believes it will have adequate taxable income to
     utilize all of the net operating loss carryforwards. The primary difference
     between the effective and statutory income tax rates relates to the
     elimination of the remaining valuation allowance.

7.   LEASES

     OPERATING LEASES

     The Company leases its facilities and certain office equipment under
     long-term operating leases that expire in 1999. Rent expense under these
     leases was approximately $97,544 and $5,880 for the year ended December 31,
     1998 and the period December 11, 1997 through December 31, 1997. Minimum
     annual lease payments under these agreements are $60,987 for the year ended
     December 31, 1999.

     CAPITAL LEASES

     Accord SEG entered into two capital leases for equipment in 1996. In March,
     1999, the Company purchased the leased assets and was released from all
     related encumbrances. This transaction resulted in a forgiveness of lease
     debt of $803,715 plus accrued interest of approximately $250,000. The
     purchase was financed with a 10-year bank loan for $1,000,000 guaranteed by
     the Small Business Administration and personally guaranteed by the majority
     stockholder and spouse.

                                       11
<PAGE>
     The following represents principal payments due on the bank loan obtained
     to refinance these leased assets (see Note 15):

         Year ended December 31:
                  1999                                $   46,430
                  2000                                    66,183
                  2001                                    73,078
                  2002                                    80,691
                  2003                                    89,098
                  thereafter                             644,520

         Total principal payments on bank loan         1,000,000
         Add: amount of lease principal forgiven         803,715

         Present value of minimum lease payments      $1,803,715
               Current portion                            46,430
                                                      ----------
               Long-term portion                      $1,757,285
                                                      ==========

     The loan is collateralized by the equipment and virtually all assets of the
     Company. The interest rate on the bank loan is prime plus 2%.

     Assets capitalized under the capital leases total approximately $2,066,000.
     A $1,566,000 asset is held as property and equipment as the intent of
     management is to use it to produce a certain product line. No depreciation
     has yet been recognized on this asset as it has been idle since
     acquisition. One of the assets, capitalized at $500,000 less a $250,000
     impairment loss, was reclassified as property, machinery and equipment held
     for sale in the year ended December 31, 1998. The Company intends to market
     and sell the asset (see Note 4).


8.   BUSINESS COMBINATION

     On December 11, 1997, the Company acquired 100% of the issued and
     outstanding common stock of Accord SEG. The Company issued 9,500,000 shares
     of its common stock in the transaction resulting in the shareholders of
     Accord SEG then owning approximately 95% of the Company. The acquisition
     was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Due to the
     controlling ownership of Accord SEG effectively remaining with the same
     shareholders after the acquisition, the purchase is recorded at the net
     deficit book value of Accord SEG at the time of the purchase. The deficit
     value of Accord SEG's assets less liabilities was $(100,301) at December
     11, 1997. The operating results of Accord SEG are included in the
     accompanying consolidated financial statements for the period December 11,
     1997 through December 31, 1997. The following summarizes unaudited pro
     forma financial information assuming that the acquisition of Accord SEG
     occurred on January 1, 1997:

              Net Sales                                $3,828,945
              Net Earnings                             $   48,125
              Earnings per Share        Less than $0.01 per share

                                       12
<PAGE>
     The pro forma financial information is presented for informational purposes
     only and may not necessarily reflect the results had Accord SEG actually
     been acquired on January 1, 1997, nor is this information indicative of the
     future consolidated results.

9.   NOTES PAYABLE

     Notes payable at December 31 are comprised of the following:

                                                         1998             1997
                                                         ----             ----
     Note payable to equipment vendor,
     uncollateralized, monthly principal payments
     of $8,314 plus interest at 10% per annum.                        $122,021

     Settlement of legal claim.  Legal settlement
     requires the full award of $320,000 to be
     paid at $10,000 per month plus interest at
     10% per annum.                                      $ 308,396
                                                         ---------    --------
        Totals                                             308,396     122,021

         Less current portion                             (102,693)    (87,478)
                                                         ---------    --------

         Long-term portion                               $ 205,703    $ 34,543
                                                         =========    ========

     The equipment vendor loan was converted from trade accounts payable. The
     Company settled with the vendor for a $65,000 cash payment in the year
     ended December 31, 1998. The balance of $57,021 was recorded as debt
     forgiveness income and is classified as an extraordinary item.

     Principal payments due in years ended December 31:

               1998                       $ 102,693
               1999                         120,000
               2001                          85,703
                                          ---------
                 Total                    $ 308,396
                                          =========

10.  EARNINGS PER SHARE

     Net income per share is calculated using the weighted average number of
     shares of common stock outstanding during the year. The Company has adopted
     SFAS No. 128 Earnings Per Share. The effect of the extraordinary item for
     the year ended December 31, 1998 on the loss per share was less than $0.01
     per share.

                                       13
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                              Per
                                          Income/Loss                Shares                  Share
                                        ----------------        -----------------       ---------------
                                        1998        1997        1998         1997       1998       1997
                                        ----        ----        ----         ----       ----       ----
<S>                                  <C>            <C>       <C>           <C>         <C>        <C>
Net (Loss) Income                    ($1,046,391)   $54,511

BASIC (LOSS) EARNINGS PER SHARE:
  Income available to Common
     Shareholders                    ($1,046,391)   $54,511   33,584,038    3,445,389   $ (0.03)   $ 0.02

EFFECT OF DILUTIVE SECURITIES           N/A          N/A

DILUTED (LOSS) EARNINGS PER SHARE    ($1,046,391)   $54,511   33,584,038    3,445,389   $ (0.03)   $ 0.02
</TABLE>

     There were no dilutive securities outstanding at December 31, 1998 and
     1997.

     There were unvested stock grants for 24,000 shares of common stock in the
     six month period ended June 30, 1999. There were also options exercisable
     for 80,000 granted in the six month period ended June 30, 1999. The
     dilutive effect of these securities on income per share for the six month
     period ended June 30, 1999 was less than $0.01 per share. The effect of
     other options outstanding at June 30, 1999, were excluded from the
     calculation because the effect would be anti-dilutive.

11. COMMON STOCK ISSUED FOR SERVICES RENDERED

     During 1997, the Company issued shares of restricted common stock as
     payment for professional services rendered. The Company issued 1,207,000
     shares as payment for professional services rendered, valued at $37,316.
     The transactions were valued at the accrued and unpaid amounts of
     consulting fees payable.


12.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     The Company paid fees of $18,000 in the form of common stock to an entity
     owned by two members of its board of directors as compensation for services
     rendered in connection with the Accord SEG acquisition in the year ended
     December 31, 1997. The Company also has entered into an agreement with
     these individuals to provide fees for assistance in raising debt or equity
     capital. The fees are 3% of debt and 10% of the equity amounts raised and
     payable only upon success. Fees paid or accrued to these individuals were
     $73,000 and $5,000 for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997
     respectively. Balances due to these individuals were $52,704 and $24,700 at
     December 31, 1998 and 1997 respectively.

     The Company billed and received $344,302 in the year ended December 31,
     1997, for services provided to an entity with ownership that includes the
     Company's president and single largest shareholder. The Company also paid
     $4,000 to this entity for services provided to the Company by the related
     entity's personnel. These transactions occurred within Accord SEG prior to
     the acquisition.

                                       14
<PAGE>
13.  CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

     Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to
     concentrations of credit risk are primarily accounts receivable. The total
     accounts receivable balance at December 31, 1997 is due from one customer.
     Full payment was received subsequent to December 31, 1997.

14.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

     The Company provides benefits through 401(k) and SEP profit sharing plans
     for all full time employees who have completed six months of service and
     are at least 21 years of age. Contributions to SEP plan are at the
     discretion of the Board of Directors. The Company contributes 25% of
     elective employee contributions up to 6% of the individual's compensation.
     The Company has accrued plan contributions of $34,500 and $16,668 at
     December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. Contributions of $1,553 were
     expensed for the period December 11, 1997 through December 31, 1997.

15.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

     As discussed in Note 7, subsequent to December 31, 1998, the Company
     restructured two capital leases through the acquisition of $1,000,000 in
     bank financing and settlements with the lessor. As a result of this
     restructuring, debt forgiveness income of $1,058,000 was recognized in the
     six month period ended June 30, 1999.

                                       15
<PAGE>
16.  EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS

     The Company issues stock options from time to time to executives and key
     employees. The Company has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for
     Stock-Based Compensation," and continues to account for stock based
     compensation using the intrinsic value method prescribed by Accounting
     Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to
     Employees". Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for the
     stock options granted. Had compensation cost for the Company's stock
     options been determined based on the fair value at the grant date for
     awards in 1998 and 1997, consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123,
     the Company's net loss and loss per share would have been increased to the
     pro forma amounts indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            June 30, 1999      1998       1997
                                            -------------      ----       ----
<S>                                          <C>           <C>           <C>
      Net (Loss) Income - as reported        $ 1,017,723   $(1,046,391)  $54,511
      Net (Loss) Income - pro forma          $ 1,012,763   $(1,101,791)  $54,511
      (Loss) Income per share - as reported  $     0.03    $     (0.03)  $  0.02
      (Loss) Income per share - pro forma    $     0.03    $     (0.03)  $  0.02
</TABLE>

     Under the provisions of SFAS No. 123, there were no fully vested options
     and 20,000 proportionately vested options for the year ended December 31,
     1998, used to determine net earnings and earnings per share under a pro
     forma basis. There were no options to consider for the year ended December
     31, 1997.

     The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using
     the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions for
     year ended December 31, 1998 and the six months ended June 30, 1999:

             Dividend yield                              None
             Volatility                                  2.042
             Risk free interest rate                     5.25%
             Expected asset life                        3 years

     The summary of activity for the Company's stock options at December 31,
     1998 and June 30, 1999 is presented below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1998                      1999
                                                        ---------------------        ---------------
                                                                     Weighted               Weighted
                                                                      Average                Average
                                                                     Exercise               Exercise
                                                                       Price                  Price
                                                                       -----                  -----

<S>                                                          <C>          <C>              <C>
     Options outstanding at beginning of period              60,000       $4.00            0   N/A
     Granted                                                 80,000       $0.14       60,000   $ 4.00
     Exercised                                                    0     N/A                0   N/A
     Terminated/Expired                                           0     N/A                0   N/A
     Options outstanding at end of period                   140,000       $1.79       60,000   $ 4.00
     Options exercisable at end of period                         0     N/A                0   N/A
     Options available for grant at end of year                 N/A                      N/A

     Price per share of options outstanding           $0.12 - $4.00                   $ 4.00


     Weighted average remaining contractual lives           3 years                  3 years

     Weighted Average fair value of options granted
         during the period                                   $ 0.04                    $2.77
</TABLE>

     The 60,000 options were granted to a single employee and are not
     exercisable until 1999 when the employee completes six months of service.
     The 80,000 options issued in the six month period ended June 30, 1999 vest
     at one third per year for three years. There were no vested options at
     June 30, 1999.

                                       17
<PAGE>
17.  MAJOR CUSTOMERS

     Due the nature of the Company's business being associated with few but
     large sales transactions, significant concentrations exist. The
     concentration is more pronounced in the consolidated results for 1997 due
     to the short period of time in which the results of Accord SEG are
     included. Approximately 69% and 16% of the Company's revenues were
     generated from two customers in 1998. Approximately 82% of the Company's
     revenues were generated from three different customers in 1997, including
     45% from one customer.

18.  SETTLEMENT EXPENSE

     On August 19, 1997, Comdisco, Inc. ("Comdisco") filed a complaint with the
     Court attempting to enforce a Purchase and Remarketing Agreement with the
     Company. The complaint also attempts to enforce a Sale Agreement for the
     purchase of certain chambers. Comdisco was claiming principal due of
     $260,000 plus interest of approximately $51,000 as of December 31, 1997.The
     Company filed an Answer and Counterclaim claiming that it paid the amounts
     due under the agreements. The Company's counterclaim alleges interference
     with certain contractual arrangements and claims damages in an amount
     exceeding $500,000. The Company settled the claim in the year ended
     December 31, 1998 for $320,000 that is to be paid over 32 months.

                                   * * * * * *




                                       18
<PAGE>
                              ACCORD SEMICONDUCTOR
                              EQUIPMENT GROUP, INC.


                           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF
                                DECEMBER 31, 1997
                        AND INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT






<PAGE>
ACCORD SEMICONDUCTOR EQUIPMENT GROUP, INC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT                                                  1

BALANCE SHEET AT DECEMBER 31, 1997                                            3

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED
         DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996                                           4

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY FOR
         THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996                           5

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED
         DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996                                           6

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS                                                 8
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


To the Board of Directors of
Accord Semiconductor Equipment Group, Inc.:
Tempe, Arizona

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Accord Semiconductor Equipment
Group, Inc. (the "Company"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Accord Advanced
Technologies, Inc., as of December 31, 1997 and the related statements of
operations, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the two
years in the period then ended. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Accord Semiconductor Equipment
Group, Inc. at December 31, 1997, and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for each of the two years in the period then ended in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, on December 11, 1997, the
Company became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Accord Advanced Technologies, Inc.
These financial statements present the financial position and results of
operations and cash flows of Accord Semiconductor Equipment Group, Inc. only.
<PAGE>
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the
Company will continue as a going concern. The Company has a working capital
deficit of $1,932,988 at December 31, 1997 and significant long-term obligations
with uncertain cash flow to service the monthly debt obligations. Management
believes the Company will require substantial additional financing to fully
implement its plan of operations and there is no assurance that the Company will
be able to raise such financing. These factors raise substantial doubt about the
Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans with regard
to these matters are discussed in Note 1. The financial statements do not
include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of
asset carrying amounts or the amount and classification of liabilities that
might result should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.



KING, WEBER & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
Tempe, Arizona
April 10, 1998 (except for Note 7, for which the
                the date is July 17, 1998)


                                       2
<PAGE>
ACCORD SEMICONDUCTOR EQUIPMENT GROUP, INC.

BALANCE SHEET
DECEMBER 31, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS:
   Cash                                                             $    32,133
   Accounts receivable                                                  964,233
   Inventories - current portion                                        718,212
   Prepaid expenses and other assets                                     14,915
   Deferred income taxes                                                 13,697
                                                                    -----------
         Total current assets                                         1,743,190

INVENTORIES - LONG-TERM PORTION                                         196,000

PROPERTY, MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT, net                                2,291,066

OTHER ASSETS                                                             25,348

TOTAL ASSETS                                                        $ 4,255,604

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
    Short-term note payable                                         $   881,592
   Accounts payable                                                     211,605
   Accrued liabilities                                                  428,716
   Accrued warranty and installation expense                             67,215
   Customer deposits                                                    708,233
   Capital lease obligations - current portion                        1,291,339
   Note payable - current portion                                        87,478
                                                                    -----------
         Total current liabilities                                    3,676,178

CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS - LONG-TERM PORTION                           512,376

NOTE PAYABLE - LONG-TERM PORTION                                         34,543

DEFERRED INCOME TAXES                                                    21,035
         Total liabilities                                            4,244,132

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
   Common stock, $.01 par value, 25,000,000 shares
     authorized, 18,846,000 issued and outstanding                      188,460
   Paid in capital                                                       70,687
   Accumulated deficit                                                 (247,675)
                                                                    -----------
         Total stockholders' equity                                      11,472
                                                                    -----------
   TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                       $ 4,255,604
                                                                    ===========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

                                       3
<PAGE>
ACCORD SEMICONDUCTOR EQUIPMENT GROUP, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

                                                       1997             1996
                                                       ----             ----

SALES                                              $ 3,825,869      $ 4,991,295

COST OF SALES                                        2,342,384        4,110,306
                                                   -----------      -----------

     Gross profit                                    1,483,485          880,989
                                                   -----------      -----------

OTHER (INCOME) AND EXPENSES
     General and administrative expense                871,585          803,741
     Selling and marketing expense                     130,648          407,795
     Interest expense                                  326,954          119,730
     Other income                                       (5,090)          (9,124)
                                                   -----------      -----------

     Total other expense                             1,324,097        1,322,142
                                                   -----------      -----------

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX
     BENEFIT                                           159,388         (441,153)

INCOME TAX (PROVISION) BENEFIT                         (59,320)          89,806
                                                   -----------      -----------

NET INCOME (LOSS)                                  $   100,068      $  (351,347)
                                                   ===========      ===========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                       4
<PAGE>
ACCORD SEMICONDUCTOR EQUIPMENT GROUP, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                ADDITIONAL
                                          COMMON STOCK           PAID-IN       ACCUMULATED
                                    SHARES          AMOUNT       CAPITAL         DEFICIT          TOTAL
                                    ------          ------       -------         -------          -----
<S>                                     <C>        <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>
BALANCE JANUARY 1, 1996                 1,000      $     10      $    990       $ 167,564       $ 168,564

     Stock issued for cash                100             1         9,999                          10,000

     Stock split (15,905 for 1)    17,494,900       174,949       (10,989)       (163,960)              0

     Net loss                                                                    (351,347)       (351,347)
                                   ----------      --------      --------       ---------       ---------

BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1996          17,496,000       174,960             0        (347,743)       (172,783)

     Stock issued as employee
          compensation                650,000         6,500        47,687                          54,187

     Stock issued to consultants
          for services rendered       700,000         7,000        23,000                          30,000

     Net income                                                                   100,068         100,068
                                   ----------      --------      --------       ---------       ---------

BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1997          18,846,000      $188,460      $ 70,687       $(247,675)      $  11,472
                                   ==========      ========      ========       =========       =========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                       5
<PAGE>
ACCORD SEMICONDUCTOR EQUIPMENT GROUP, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    1997         1996
                                                                -----------    ---------
<S>                                                             <C>            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income (loss)                                             $   100,068    ($351,347)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to
    net cash provided by operating activities:
  Depreciation                                                       42,358       44,651
  Loss on disposal of equipment                                       3,124
  Deferred income taxes                                              55,317      (47,979)
  Issuance of stock for compensation and services rendered           84,187
  Changes in assets and liabilities:
    Accounts receivable                                            (783,659)       7,044
    Inventory                                                      (632,176)     317,356
    Refundable deposits                                                            2,722
    Other  current assets                                           112,512     (127,427)
    Accounts payable                                                 33,715      (50,995)
    Accrued liabilities                                             272,709      207,762
    Accrued warranty and installation expense                         3,227       63,988
    Customer deposits                                              (780,517)     733,341
                                                                -----------    ---------

          Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities    (1,489,135)     799,116
                                                                -----------    ---------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchase of property, machinery and equipment                      (3,594)    (236,950)
  Proceeds from disposal of property, machinery and equipment        20,302
                                                                -----------    ---------

          Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities        16,708     (236,950)
                                                                -----------    ---------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Borrowings on short-term debt                                   1,273,092
  Repayment of short-term debt                                     (391,500)
  Proceeds from shareholder loan                                                  27,783
  Repayment of shareholder loan                                                 (156,339)
  Proceeds from sale of common stock                                              10,000
  Principal payments on capital leases                                          (201,769)
                                                                -----------    ---------

          Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities       881,592     (320,325)
                                                                -----------    ---------

(DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH                                        (590,835)     241,841

CASH, BEGINNING OF YEAR                                             622,968      381,127
                                                                -----------    ---------

CASH, END OF YEAR                                               $    32,133    $ 622,968
                                                                ===========    =========
</TABLE>

                                       6
<PAGE>
ACCORD SEMICONDUCTOR EQUIPMENT GROUP, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1997          1996
                                                                   ----          ----
<S>                                                             <C>            <C>
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
     Interest paid                                              $   250,519    $  48,896
                                                                ===========    =========
     Income taxes (refunded) paid                               $   (51,163)   $  17,577
                                                                ===========    =========


SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

       Acquisition of equipment under capital leases                           $2,000,000
                                                                               ==========

       Inventory transferred in settlement of debt              $   446,251
                                                                ===========

       Conversion of liability for equipment purchase to
         note payable                                           $   122,021
                                                                ===========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                       7
<PAGE>
ACCORD SEMICONDUCTOR EQUIPMENT GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

1.   ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     Accord Semiconductor Equipment Group, Inc. (the "Company") was formed in
     1993 for the purpose of servicing, reconditioning and modifying
     multi-chamber semiconductor equipment. The Company's customers include many
     of the major silicon wafer manufacturers in the United States and overseas.
     On December 11, 1997, the Company became a wholly-owned subsidiary of
     Accord Advanced Technologies, Inc., a shell entity with no other operating
     entities. In that transaction, the shareholders of the Company exchanged
     100% of Accord Semiconductor Equipment Group, Inc. common stock for shares
     of Accord Advanced Technologies, Inc. resulting in the shareholders of
     Accord Semiconductor Equipment Group, Inc. owning approximately 95% of
     Accord Advanced Technologies, Inc. The accompanying financial statements
     represent the financial position and results of operations of Accord
     Semiconductor Equipment Group, Inc. only on an unconsolidated basis. Under
     generally accepted accounting principles, the accounts and results of
     operations of the Company are to be included in the consolidated financial
     statements of Accord Advanced Technologies, Inc. as of December 11, 1997.

     The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going concern
     basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of
     liabilities in the normal course of business. As reflected in the
     accompanying balance sheet, the Company had negative working capital of
     $1,932,988 at December 31, 1997. The Company has past due payments of
     approximately $669,000 on two capital leases with total principal balances
     of $1,803,715 at December 31, 1997. The Company is also dependent upon
     financing provided by a third party that is advanced only on approved
     customer purchase orders. These factors raise substantial doubt about the
     Company's ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements
     do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and
     classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be
     unable to continue as a going concern. The Company's continuation as a
     going concern is dependent upon its ability to generate sufficient cash
     flow or raise adequate capital to meet its obligations on a timely basis.

     Management is attempting to restructure the lease agreements and locate
     purchasers for the underlying equipment. The Company is also seeking
     alternative sources of capital. Management believes if the leases can be
     restructured in connection with the disposal of the underlying equipment,
     adequate cash flow can be generated by operations. However, there can be no
     assurances the Company can restructure the leases, sell the equipment and
     locate alternative sources of financing.

2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     CASH includes all short-term highly liquid investments that are readily
     convertible to known amounts of cash and have original maturities of three
     months or less.

                                       8
<PAGE>
     INVENTORIES consist primarily of used equipment and wafer chambers and are
     stated at the lower of cost (specific identification) or market.
     Work-in-process is stated at raw materials cost, direct labor and
     allocations of overhead. Inventory items that have expected turnover rates
     of greater than a one year operating cycle are classified as long term.

     PROPERTY, MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT is recorded at cost and depreciated on a
     straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging
     from 3 to 10 years. Depreciation expense is not recorded for equipment
     acquired but that has yet to be placed in service.

     REVENUE RECOGNITION - The Company recognizes revenue when the product is
     shipped. No significant obligations remain upon shipment. Costs for
     installation, warranty and commissions are accrued when the corresponding
     sales revenues are recognized. Payments from customers prior to shipment
     are recorded as customer deposits. Revenues for service contracts are
     recognized evenly over the term of the contracts.

     INCOME TAXES - The Company provides for income taxes based on the
     provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109,
     ACCOUNTING FOR INCOME TAXES, which among other things, requires that
     recognition of deferred income taxes be measured by the provisions of
     enacted tax laws in effect at the date of financial statements.

     FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS - Financial instruments consist primarily of cash,
     accounts receivable, and obligations under accounts payable, accrued
     expenses, short-term debt, and capital lease instruments. The carrying
     amounts of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses
     and short-term debt approximate fair value because of the short maturity of
     those instruments. The carrying value of the Company's capital lease
     arrangements approximates fair value because the instruments were valued at
     the retail cost of the equipment at the time the Company entered into the
     arrangements.

     USE OF ESTIMATES - The preparation of financial statements in conformity
     with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
     estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
     liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date
     of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
     expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from
     those estimates.

3.   INVENTORIES

     Inventories consisted of the following at December 31, 1997:

            Raw materials                               $ 565,297
            Work in process                               152,915
                                                        ---------
            Current inventory                             718,212
            Slow-moving inventory                         196,000
                                                        ---------

                  Total inventory                       $ 914,212
                                                        =========

                                       9
<PAGE>
     Slow-moving inventories consist primarily of parts removed from larger
     pieces of equipment and stored until needed for future jobs. Costs are
     allocated to these items as components of the larger piece of equipment
     from which they were removed. Much of this inventory has been allocated
     minimum costs and management believes market value exceeds recorded costs.

4.  PROPERTY, MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property, machinery and equipment consisted of the following at December
     31, 1997:

     Test, research and demonstration equipment            $ 2,066,354
     Shop equipment and tools                                   98,228
     Computer hardware and software                             68,423
     Furniture, office equipment and vehicles                   49,046
     Leasehold improvements                                    114,433
                                                           -----------

     Total                                                   2,396,484
     Less accumulated depreciation and amortization            105,418
                                                           -----------
     Property, machinery and equipment - net               $ 2,291,066
                                                           ===========

     Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 was
     $42,358 and $44,651, respectively.

     Certain equipment under two leases have been capitalized at $2,000,000,
     representing the estimated fair value of those assets at the inception
     dates of the leases. Management had intended to use the equipment for a
     separate product line that has not yet commenced. The assets have not yet
     been placed in service. As discussed in Note 7, the Company has
     restructured the leases and is intending to either place the assets in
     service or is seeking buyers for the equipment. See Note 7 regarding
     agreements entered into with the lessors.

5.   SHORT-TERM DEBT

     Short-term debt at December 31, 1997 consisted of advances from a finance
     company associated with certain customer purchase orders. Advances are
     arranged on a specific purchase order basis. The advances are
     collateralized by the related inventory and customer accounts receivable
     and payments received for the order. Advances are fully repaid upon receipt
     of payment from customer. Financing fees are charged based on the total
     value of the purchase order and period of time in which the advances are
     outstanding. The effective rate on financing fees charged in 1997 was 243%
     which was based on actual amounts advanced. Financing fees under this
     arrangement for the year ended December 31, 1997 were $164,342.

                                       10
<PAGE>
6.   INCOME TAXES

     The Company recognizes deferred income taxes for the differences between
     financial accounting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Income taxes
     for the years ended December 31, consisted of the following:

                                                   1997             1996
                                                   ----             ----

     Current tax provision (benefit)             $  4,003     $(41,827)
     Deferred tax provision (benefit)              55,317      (47,979)
                                                 --------     --------

     Total income tax provision (benefit)        $ 59,320     $(89,806)
                                                 ========     ========

     The deferred tax liability of $ 21,035 relates primarily to the difference
     in the financial accounting and tax bases of property and equipment. The
     deferred tax asset of $ 13,697 relates to state net operating loss
     carryforwards at December 31, 1997 of $167,000. The carryforwards expire in
     2001.

     Deferred income taxes for the year ended December 31, 1996, relate to
     temporary differences for the recognition of a deferred income tax asset
     for the net operating loss carryforward. Deferred income taxes for the year
     ended December 31, 1997, relate to temporary differences for the
     utilization of the deferred income tax asset for the net operating loss
     carryforward and depreciation differences.

     The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 1996 varies from the
     statutory rate mainly because of the benefit recognized for net operating
     loss carryforwards at tax rates expected for utilization being different
     than the statutory rates for the tax loss incurred for the year. There was
     no significant difference for the year ended December 31, 1997.

7.   LEASES

     OPERATING LEASES

     The Company leases its facilities and certain office equipment under
     long-term operating leases that expire in 1999. Rent expense under these
     leases was approximately $75,000 and $74,000 for the years ended December
     31, 1997 and 1996. Minimum annual lease payments under these agreements are
     as follows:

               Years ended December 31:
                           1998                               $  78,392
                           1999                                  60,987
                                                              ---------
                           Total                              $ 139,379
                                                              =========

                                       11
<PAGE>
     CAPITAL LEASES

     The Company entered into two capital leases for equipment in 1996. The
     payment streams are discounted at rates of 7.5% and 8.4%. The following
     presents future minimum lease payments under capital leases by year and the
     present value of minimum lease payments as of December 31, 1997:

             Year ended December 31:
                         1998                               $ 1,442,959
                         1999                                   483,000
                         2000                                    48,000
                                                            -----------

             Total minimum lease payments                     1,973,959
             Less amount representing interest                  170,244

     Present value of minimum lease payments                  1,803,715
             Current portion                                  1,291,339
                                                           ------------
             Long-term portion                             $    512,376
                                                           ============

     These leases are collateralized by virtually all assets of the Company and
     are personally guaranteed by the majority stock owner and spouse. The
     Company has significant past due payments on these leases. The Company is
     attempting to restructure the leases and is seeking buyers for the
     equipment. Past due payments under these leases were approximately $669,000
     as of December 31, 1997.

     Subsequent to December 31, 1997, the Company agreed to make a $25,000
     payment to the lessor under one of the leases which had a principal balance
     of $512,000 at December 31, 1997. Under an arrangement with the lessor, the
     lessor agreed not to pursue further collection through January 1, 1999. The
     Company will continue to attempt to locate a buyer for this piece of
     equipment.

     Also, subsequent to December 31, 1997 the Company entered into an agreement
     with the lessor of another piece of equipment whereby the Company will
     purchase the equipment for $750,000. The agreement will release the Company
     of all related encumbrances but the Company must provide full cash payment
     for the purchase by September 20, 1998. The Company is attempting to
     arrange the financing for the purchase. However, there can be no assurances
     that financing will be obtained and that the Company will be released of
     its related liabilities. Upon purchasing this equipment, the Company
     intends to utilize the equipment in its operations. The lease had a
     principal balance of $1,291,271 at December 31, 1997.

     Assets capitalized under the capital leases total approximately $2,000,000.
     No depreciation has yet been recognized on these assets as they have been
     idle since acquisition.

                                       12
<PAGE>
8.   NOTE PAYABLE

     On March 20, 1998, the Company converted a liability associated with an
     equipment purchase into a promissory note for the balance due at December
     31, 1997 of $122,021. The terms are $30,566 due in May, 1998 and the
     remaining balance due in 11 equal monthly payments of $8,314 plus interest
     at 10 %. The liability is presented in the accompanying December 31, 1997
     balance sheet under the restructured terms.

9.   COMMON STOCK ISSUED FOR SERVICES RENDERED

     During 1997, the Company issued shares of restricted common stock as
     payment for compensation and for legal and professional services rendered.
     The Company issued 650,000 shares as payment for compensation, valued at
     $54,187. The Company issued 700,000 shares for legal and professional
     services rendered, valued at $30,000. The transactions were valued at the
     accrued and unpaid amounts of employee payroll, legal and consulting fees.


10.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     The Company billed and received $344,302 in the year ended December 31,
     1997, for services provided to an entity with ownership that includes the
     Company's president and single largest shareholder. The Company also paid
     $4,000 to this entity for services provided to the Company by the related
     entity's personnel.


11.  CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

     Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to
     concentrations of credit risk are primarily accounts receivable. The total
     accounts receivable balance at December 31, 1997 is due from one customer.
     Full payment was received subsequent to December 31, 1997.


12.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

     The Company provides benefits through 401(k) and SEP profit sharing plans
     for all full time employees who have completed six months of service and
     are at least 21 years of age. Contributions to SEP plan are at the
     discretion of the Board of Directors. The Company contributes 25% of
     elective employee contributions up to 6% of the individual's compensation.
     The Company has accrued plan contributions of $16,668 at December 31, 1997.
     Contributions of $18,633 and $3,612 were expensed for the years ended
     December 31, 1997 and 1996 respectively.

                                       13
<PAGE>
13.   SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

     On April 10, 1998, Materials Research Corporation ("MRC") and the Company
     entered into a Settlement Agreement on a previously disputed matter wherein
     the Company is required to sell and ship certain inventory (for which the
     Company has a deposit from MRC), repay MRC $35,000 of its deposit in four
     installments concluding in July, 1998, and provide MRC a one-year service
     contract. The MRC deposits are included as customer deposits in the
     accompanying balance sheet at December 31, 1997.


14.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     On August 19, 1997, Comdisco, Inc. ("Comdisco") filed a complaint with the
     Superior Court of Maricopa County, Arizona attempting to enforce a Purchase
     and Remarketing Agreement between the Company and Comdisco dated in August,
     1995. The Complaint also attempts to enforce a Sale Agreement between the
     Company and Comdisco, dated in May, 1996, for the purchase of certain
     chambers. Comdisco is claiming principal due of $260,000 plus interest of
     approximately $51,000 as of December 31, 1997.

     On September 10, 1997, the Company filed an Answer and Counterclaim
     claiming that it paid the amounts due and owing under the Purchase and
     Remarketing Agreement and Sale Agreement. The Company's counterclaim also
     alleges that Comdisco interfered with certain contractual arrangements
     between the Company and others and that the Company had been damaged in an
     amount exceeding $500,000. The Company's attorneys are beginning initial
     discovery on this matter; therefore, management and the Company's counsel
     believe it is not yet possible to determine the likelihood or extent of any
     unfavorable outcome.

15.  MAJOR CUSTOMERS

     Due the nature of the Company's business being associated with few but
     large sales transactions, approximately 82% of the Company's revenue was
     generated from three customers in 1997, including 45% from one customer.
     Approximately 87% of the Company's revenue was generated from four
     different customers in 1996.

                                   * * * * * *


                                       14

                         AGREEMENT FOR EXCHANGE OF STOCK
                                       AND
                             PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

         THIS  AGREEMENT,  made this  _________ day of September  1997,  between
INVESTMENT  BOOK  PUBLISHERS,   INC.,  a  publicly  traded  Nevada  Corporation,
hereinafter referred to as "IBP" and ACCORD SEMICONDUCTOR EQUIPMENT GROUP, INC.,
an Arizona Corporation, hereinafter referred to as "SEG."

         1. PLAN OF  REORGANIZATION:  It is the intention of the parties  hereto
that all of the issued and  outstanding  capital stock of SEG be acquired by IBP
in exchange for its capital stock, as hereinafter set forth.

         2. IBP CAPITALIZATION:  The authorized capital stock of IBP consists of
fifty  million  (50,000,000)  shares  of common  stock,  with a par value of one
ten-thousandth  of a dollar ($.0001) per share and three million  (3,000,000) no
par  preferred  stock,  of which,  as of the date hereof,  and as of the closing
date, four million nine hundred and fifty thousand (4,950,000) common shares are
issued and  outstanding  and owned of record by  stockholders  as appears in the
records of  ________________  of ______________  (Transfer Agent),  and no other
shares of IBP have been issued or are outstanding.

         On or before fifteen (15) days prior to the closing date as hereinafter
set forth,  a  stockholder  list,  certified as accurate by the Transfer  Agent,
shall be furnished to SEG and STOCKHOLDER.

         All issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of IBP have been
duly authorized,  validly issued and are fully paid and  non-assessable.  At the
closing date,  there will exist no pre-emptive  rights on the part of any holder
of any class of securities of IBP and no options, warrants, conversions or other
rights,   agreements  or  commitments  of  any  kind   obligating  IBP,  or  its
stockholders,  contingently  or  otherwise,  to issue or sell any  shares of IBP
stock of any class or any securities  convertible  into or exchangeable  for any
such  shares  OTHER  THAN WHAT IS  COVERED IN  PARAGRAPH  9 (B).  All issued and
outstanding shares shall contain no liens, claims or encumbrances of any kind.

         The shares of IBP are trading in the "over the counter"  market and the
bid and ask price on the date of this Agreement as quoted by NASD BULLETIN BOARD
is $  .125;  ask,  $.43  bid.  It is the  representation  of IBP  that  IBP is a
publicly-traded  company  and that all  filings  required  by state and  federal
agencies  have been  complied  with and are  current.  This  matter  is  further
addressed in Paragraph 7 (1) hereof.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Agreement for Exchange of Stock and Plan of  Reorganization                  1
<PAGE>
          3. EXCHANGE OF SHARES AND ACQUISITION OF SEG: As set forth above,  IBP
capitalization consists of fifty million (50,000,000) shares of common stock and
three million (3,000,000) non par preffered stock with four million nine hundred
and fifty thousand  (4,950,000)  common shares issued and  outstanding.  It is a
specific representation by IBP that the officers,  directors and shareholders of
IBP shall  forthwith do such things as are  necessary to cause a ten to one (10:
1) reverse stock split,  which will result in four hundred  ninety five thousand
(495,000) new shares being exchanged for the four million nine hundred and fifty
thousand  (4,950,000)  shares presently  outstanding.  In this  connection,  the
officers  and  directors  will  be  instructed  to do all  things  necessary  to
accomplish this end, including, but not limited to the following:

                  (a) adopt appropriate reorganization resolutions in compliance
         with the Articles of Incorporation and the appropriate Bylaw provisions
         which will amend the Articles of Incorporation in a manner necessary to
         accommodate the Plan of  Reorganization as set forth herein including a
         name change to ACCORD ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES,  INC. (if available),  and
         the reverse split of ten to one (10: 1);

                  (b) call for the consent of  shareholders,  in compliance with
         all Articles of Incorporation and Bylaw provisions, to present the Plan
         of Reorganization  contemplated herein which will include all necessary
         authority for the reverse split  provisions,  including an amendment to
         the  Articles  of  Incorporation  in a form and  manner  necessary  and
         provide for the acquisition of SEG by the issuance of nine million five
         hundred thousand (9,500,000) post-rollback (10:1) shares to SEG

                  (c)  thereafter  provide the Transfer  Agent with  appropriate
         notices to be sent to all  shareholders  and to  otherwise  ensure that
         proper  notice and  information  filings be done to comply with any and
         all state and federal  regulatory  agencies to ensure the continuity of
         the publicly tradable share characterization, including but not limited
         to the  maintenance  of the  original  stock  issue date and to cause a
         notice of this action to be  communicated  to any IBP market  maker and
         published in a securities publication in a manner that will provide due
         diligence notice to the securities industry as needed.

                  (d) the nine million five hundred thousand  (9,500,000)  post-
         rollback  (10:1)  shares  mentioned  herein,  which  shall be issued to
         STOCKHOLDERS at the closing as hereinafter defined,  shall be delivered
         to STOCKHOLDERS  in such  denominations  as STOCKHOLDERS  may instruct,
         solely in exchange for STOCKHOLDER'S __________ ( ) shares of _____ par
         stock value in SEG as set forth herein. Such shares shall be issued and
         certificates  delivered in such  denomination  amount(s) and name(s) as
         may be requested by STOCKHOLDERS.  STOCKHOLDERS represents and warrants
         that the shares will be held for investment and not for resale, and

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Agreement for Exchange of Stock and Plan of  Reorganization                  2
<PAGE>
         in this connection  STOCKHOLDERS if required will execute an Investment
         Letter  prepared  by  IBP's  attorney  and  made  a  part  hereof.  The
         certificates shall contain the transfer  restriction legend prepared by
         IBP'S attorney.

         4.  DELIVERY OF SEG  SHARES:  On the closing  date,  STOCKHOLDERS  will
deliver,  at its expense,  certificates for the ________ ( ) common shares of no
par stock value of SEG duly endorsed with signature(s)  guaranteed and, if IBP's
counsel requires,  document stamps will be affixed thereto so as to make ISP the
sole  owner  thereof,  free and clear of all claims  and  encumbrances.  On such
closing date,  delivery of the duly endorsed nine million five hundred  thousand
(9,500,000)  post-rollback  (10: 1) IBP shares on which documentary stamp taxes,
if the  opinion of counsel  requires,  WILL have been paid by IBP.  Delivery  of
these shares will be made to STOCKHOLDERS as above set forth.

         5. REPRESENTATIONS OF STOCKHOLDERS: STOCKHOLDERS represent and warrants
as follows:

                  (a) At this date and on the closing date, STOCKHOLDERS will be
         the sole owners of all  outstanding  shares of SEG. Such shares will be
         free from claims,  liens or other  encumbrances and  STOCKHOLDERS  will
         have unqualified rights to transfer such shares.

                  (b) The shares constitute  validly issued shares of SEG, fully
         paid and non-assessable.  There is attached hereto,  marked Exhibit "B"
         and made a part hereof, a Financial  Statement of ACCORD  SEMICONDUCTOR
         EQUIPMENT GROUP, INC. These Financial  Statements have been prepared in
         compliance  with and in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting
         practices and procedures in the state of Arizona.

                  (c) Since the date of  Exhibit  "B" there  have not been,  and
         prior to the closing  date there will not be, any  material  changes in
         the financial  position of SEG except  changes  arising in the ordinary
         course of business.  The  Financial  Statement as above set forth shall
         reasonably reflect the statement (Exhibit "B") delivered herewith.

                  (d)  SEG  is  not  involved  in  any  pending   litigation  or
         governmental   investigation   or  proceeding  not  reflected  in  such
         Financial Statement or otherwise disclosed in writing to IBP and to the
         knowledge  of  SEG  or,  STOCKHOLDERS,   no  litigation  or  government
         investigation or proceeding is threatened against SEG.

                  (e) As of the  closing  date,  SEG  will be in good  corporate
         standing and a closing document will reflect this status.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Agreement for Exchange of Stock and Plan of  Reorganization                  3
<PAGE>
         6.  OPINION OF COUNSEL:  At closing,  SEG shall  deliver an  attorney's
opinion reflecting that ACCORD SEMICONDUCTOR EQUIPMENT GROUP, Inc. is an Arizona
Corporation  in good  standing and the person  executing  this  document and any
other  document(s)   necessary  to  complete  this  transaction  has  been  duly
authorized  by the board of directors  and  STOCKHOLDERS  to do so and that such
action  is taken in  compliance  with all of the  terms  and  conditions  of the
Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of SEG.

         7. REPRESENTATIONS OF IBP: IBP represents and warrants as follows:

                  (a) IBP  will  deliver  to  STOCKHOLDERS  and  SEG an  audited
         statement prepared by ___________________ Certified public accountants.

                  (b) IBP's board of  directors  will adopt  resolutions  as set
         forth in  Paragraph  Three (3)  hereof and will  thereafter  secure the
         consent of its  shareholders  pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation
         and  Bylaws  of IBP.  In  addition  to the  matters  set  forth in said
         Paragraph  Three (3) above, a resolution  shall be presented  ratifying
         and  confirming  all actions taken by the officers and directors of IBP
         in the furtherance of this Agreement.

                  (c) As of the closing  date,  IBP's  shires to be delivered to
         STOCKHOLDERS  will  constitute  the valid and legally  issued shares of
         IBP, fully and  non-assessable,  and will be legally  equivalent in all
         respects to the common  stock of IBP issued and  outstanding  as of the
         date hereof, except as reflected in the reverse split provision.

                  (d) The officers of IBID. are duly  authorized to execute this
         Agreement pursuant to authorization of its shareholders.

                  (e)  IBP's   Financial   Statements   are  true  and  complete
         statements of its financial  condition as of those dates.  There are no
         substantial liabilities,  either fixed or contingent,  not reflected in
         such Financial  Statements and the  corporation  will have done nothing
         that will after its financial  condition as reflected in such Financial
         Statements.

                  (f)  IBP  is  not  involved  in  any  pending   litigation  or
         governmental   investigation   or  proceeding  not  reflected  in  such
         Financial  Statement or otherwise  disclosed in writing to  STOCKHOLDER
         and SEG and to the  knowledge  of IBP, no  litigation  or  governmental
         investigation or proceeding is threatened against IBP.

                  (g) As of the closing date,, IBP will be in good standing as a
         Nevada  corporation  and as a closing  document,  a Certificate of Good
         Standing will be delivered.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Agreement for Exchange of Stock and Plan of  Reorganization                  4
<PAGE>
                  (h)  The  shares  of  SEG  are  being  acquired  by  IBP as an
         investment  and  there is no  present  intention  on the part of IBP to
         dispose of such shares.

                  (i) The company  attorney  representing  IBP shall  deliver to
         STOCKHOLDERS  and SEG at closing an opinion  acceptable to STOCKHOLDERS
         and SEG that all actions  taken by IBP in  connection  with the Plan of
         Reorganization,  including  shareholders  approval and ratification and
         confirmation of such plan; its standing as a publicly-traded company is
         in good standing (with all filings current); and that all actions taken
         in connection  with complying  with the  provisions of this  Agreement,
         including but not limited to the Plan of  Reorganization,  the issuance
         of the nine  million five hundred  thousand  (9,500,000)  post-rollback
         (10:1)  shares to  STOCKHOLDERS,  the  compliance  with the  Bylaws and
         Articles   of   Incorporation   in  the   adoption   of  the   Plan  of
         Reorganization,  the amendment to the Articles of Incorporation and any
         other action taken incidental to this Agreement, have complied with the
         laws of Nevada,  CONFORM TO THE RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE SECURITIES
         AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION,  and  are  in  compliance  with  the  terms,
         conditions  and  provisions  of the Articles of  Incorporation  and the
         Bylaws of IBP and that the person(s)  executing the documents  have the
         legal authority to do so. Copies of all  reorganization  documents will
         be available at closing.

         8. CONDITIONS AND CLOSING DATE: The closing date hereof and referred to
variously  herein  shall  be a date not  later  than,  _________________  unless
extended by written  mutual  consent of the  parties.  All  representations  and
covenants herein shall survive the closing. At the closing, STOCKHOLDERS and SEG
hereby  designate,  nominate,  constitute and appoint Travis Wilson as agent and
attorney-in-fact  to accept  delivery of the  certificate of IBP's stock,  to be
issued in such manner as said  attorney-in-fact  may  designate,  to acknowledge
compliance  with the closing  provisions  contained  herein,  to give a good and
sufficient receipt for the same, and in connection' therewith,  to make delivery
of stock to IBP and to do such other things as may be incidental or necessary in
the closing of this transaction. This Power of Attorney shall cease and be of no
further  force and  effect  in the  event  STOCKHOLDERS  shall be  available  at
closing.

         9.  PROHIBITED  ACTS:  IBP AND SEG agree not to do any of the following
things  prior to the  closing  date and  STOCKHOLDERS  agrees  that prior to the
closing  date  STOCKHOLDERS  will not  request  or  permit  SEG to do any of the
following THINGS:

                  (a) Declare or pay any dividends or other  distribution on its
         stock or purchase or redeem any of its stock.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Agreement for Exchange of Stock and Plan of  Reorganization                  5
<PAGE>
                  (b) Issue any stock or other  securities,  including any right
         or option to  purchase or  otherwise  acquire any of its stock or issue
         any notes or other evidence of indebtedness  not in the usual course of
         business. OTHER THEN IBP ISSUING 1,250,000 POST-ROLLBACK SHARES OF 504D
         TO A GROUP OF FOREIGN INVESTORS AND 1,200,000 POST-ROLL BACK RESTRICTED
         UNDER RULE 144 TO COVER CONSULTING FEE.

         10. DELIVERY OF RECORDS:  STOCKHOLDERS  and SEG agree that on or before
the closing date they will cause to be -delivered to IBP such corporate  records
or other documents as IBP may request. IBP shall deliver to STOCKHOLDERS and SEG
a certified  shareholder  list  prepared by the  Transfer  Agent.  The  Transfer
Agent's certification must reflect any restrictions of any kind or nature placed
on the  transferability  or  otherwise  with respect to any of the shares of IBP
outstanding.

         11.  NOTICES:  Any notice which any of the parties hereto may desire to
serve upon any of the other  parties  hereto  shall be in  writing  and shall be
conclusively  deemed to have been  received  by the party to whom  addressed  if
mailed,  postage  prepaid,  United  States  certified  mail,  to  the  following
addresses:

          IBP              6411 South Aver Street
                           Spokane, WA 99223

          SEG              5002 South Ash Avenue
                           Tempe, AZ 85282

         12.  CONSTRUCTION:  This Agreement shall be construed under the laws of
the State of Arizona  and any action  taken by any party shall be brought in the
State of Arizona and the execution hereof confers jurisdiction in Arizona to all
of the parties to this Agreement.

         13. BINDING  NATURE:  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to
the benefit of the heirs,  personal  representatives,  successors and assigns of
the parties.

         14.  CONFIDENTIAL:  All matters  contained in this  Agreement are to be
held  confidential  except as is  necessary to  accomplish  the purposes of this
Agreement.  There shall be no news releases or  announcements  of any kind until
such time as IBP and SEG's counsel  advises the.  parties that such  publication
and notice is in compliance with security  trading rules  generally  relating to
the contents, execution and culmination of the terms of this Agreement. Provided
further  that any release of any kind by either  party prior to closing  must be
approved by all parties to this Agreement.

         15. FAX  TRANSMISSIONS:  Fax  transmissions of executed  documents with
hard copies  mailed per this  Agreement  shall be  considered  as binding on the
parties from the time of such fax transmission.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Agreement for Exchange of Stock and Plan of  Reorganization                  6
<PAGE>
         16.  MULTIPLE  ORIGINALS:  This Agreement shall be executed in multiple
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed duplicate  originals as of the date
first above written.

         17. EXPENSES:  Each party hereto shall pay its own expenses incurred in
connection with this Agreement.

         18.  BROKERS:  The parties certify and agree that there were no brokers
involved in this  transaction  and there are no fees  payable to  brokers.  as a
result of this transaction.

         19. NON-ASSIGNABILITY: Each party agrees that it will not assign, sell,
transfer,  delegate or otherwise  dispose of any right or obligation  under this
Agreement.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have executed  this  Agreement on the
date first above written.

BOOK PUBLISHERS, INC.                  ACCORD SEMICONDUCTOR
                                       EQUIPMENT GROUP, INC

By                                     BY /s/ Travis Wilson
   ------------------------------         -----------------------------
          PRESIDENT                              PRESIDENT

                                                 STOCKHOLDERS

                                       By /s/ Travis Wilson
                                          -----------------------------
                                       By
                                          -----------------------------

                                       By
                                          -----------------------------

                                       By
                                          -----------------------------

                                       By
                                          -----------------------------

                                       By
                                          -----------------------------

                                       By
                                          -----------------------------

                                       By
                                          -----------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Agreement for Exchange of Stock and Plan of  Reorganization                  7

                                     *****

                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                        INVESTMENT BOOK PUBLISHERS, INC.

                                     *****

                                      FIRST

         The NAME OF THE corporation is INVESTMENT B00K PUBLISHERS, INC.

                                     SECOND

                  ITS PRINCIPAL OFFICE IN THE STATE OF NEVADA IS LOCATED AT One
East First Street, Reno Nevada 89501. The name and address of its resident agent
is THE, CORPORATION TRUST COMPANY or Nevada, One East First Street, Reno, Nevada
89501.

                                      THIRD

                  The purpose Or purposes for which the corporation is
organized:

                  To engage in and carry on my lawful business activity or
trade, and to engage In the business of publishing books.

                                     FOURTH

                  The amount of THE total AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK OF THE
CORPORATION IS FIVE Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00) Consisting or Fifty Million
(50,000,000), shares of stock of the Paz VALUE OF $0.0001 each.

                                                                RECEIVED

                                                               MAY 22
<PAGE>
                                      FIFTH

                  The governing board of this corporation shall be known as
directors, and the directors may, from time to time, be Increased or decreased
in such manner as shall be provided by the bylaws of this corporation.

                  The names and addresses of die members of the first board of
directors, which shall be two in number, are as follows

          NAME                              POST-OFFICE ADDRESS
          ----                              -------------------
          Gregory Ruff                      6411 Auer
                                            Spokane, Washington 99223

          Doris M. Ruff                     731 Sorensen Street
                                            Whittier, California 90606

                  The aforementioned individuals will be the initial directors
of this corporation and its initial officers as well. The number of members of
the Board of Directors shall not be less than two, nor more than seven,
Additional officers way be appointed by the Board of Directors.

                                      SIXTH

                  The capital Stock, After the amount of the subscription price,
or par value, has, been paid in shall not be subject to assessment to pay the
debts of the. corporation.

                                     SEVENTH

                  The name and addresses of the incorporated signing the
Ariticles of Incorporation is as follows:

         NAME                               POST-OFFICE ADDRESS
         ----                               -------------------

         Gregory RUFF                       South 6411 Auer
                                            Spokane, Washington 99223

                                     EIGHTH

                  The corporation is to have perpetual existence
<PAGE>
                                      NINTH

                  In furthermore, and not in limitation of the powers conferred
by statute, the board of directors is expressly authorized;

                  Subject to the- bylaws, If any, adopted by the stockholders,
to make, alter or amend the bylaws or The corporation.

                  To fix the amount to be reserved as working capital over and
above the capital stock paid in. to authorize and cause to be executed mortgages
and liens upon the real and personal property of this corporation.

                  By resolution passed by a majority Of the whole board, to
designate one (1) or more committees, each committee to consist of one (1) or
more of the directors of the corporation, which, to the extent provided in the
resolution or in the- bylaws of the corporation shall have and may exercise the
powers of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs
of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed
to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees shall have,
such name or names as way be stated In the bylaws, of the corporation or as may
be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the board of directors.

                  When and as authorized by the affirmative vote of stockholders
holding stock entitling them to exercise, at least a majority Of the voting
power given at a stockholders' meeting called for that purpose, or when
authorized by written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the
voting stock issued and outstanding, the board of directors shall have power and
authority at any meeting to sell, lease or exchange all of the property and
assets of the corporation, including its good will and its corporate franchises,
upon such terms and conditions as its board of directors deem expedient and for
the best interests of the corporation.

                                      TENTH

                  Meeting of stockholders may be held outside of the State of
Nevada, if the bylaws so provide. The books of the corporation may be kept
(subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Nevada
at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of
directors or in the bylaws of the corporation.
<PAGE>
                                    ELEVENTH

                  This corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or
repeal any provision contained in the Articles of Incorporation, in the manner
now or hereafter prescribed by statute, or by the Articles of Incorporation, and
all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this
reservation.

                                     TWELFTH

                  The corporation shall indemnify its officers, directors,
employees and agents to the full extent permitted by the laws of the State of
Nevada.

                  I , THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator herein before
named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General
Corporation Law of the State of Nevada, do make and file these Articles of
Incorporation, hereby declaring and certifying that the facts herein stated are
true, and accordingly has hereunto set my hands this 20th day of May, 1996.

                                            /s/ Gregory Ruff
                                            --------------------------------
                                            GREGORY RUFF


STATE OF WASHINGTON )
                    )ss.
County of Spokane   )

                  On this 20th day of May, 1996, before me, a Notary Public,
personally appeared Gregory Ruff, who severally acknowledged that he executed
the above instrument

                                            /s/ Elisa Gulson
                                            --------------------------------
                                            Notary Public residing in the State
                                            of Washington, in Spokane,


My Commission Expires:

October 9, 1998
<PAGE>
                                                  Receipt No. FY9800028440
                                                  ACCORD SEMICONDUCTOR GROUP

                                                  11/18/1997
                                                  135.00

                                                  REC'D By TN



              CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                        INVESTMENT BOOK PUBLISHERS, INC.

         We, the undersigned President and Secretary of INVESTMENT BOOK
PUBLISHERS, INC. do hereby certify as follows:

         That the Board of Directors of said corporation at a meeting duly
convened, held on November 6, 1997, adopted a resolution to amend the Amended
Articles of Incorporation filed on May 22, 1996, as follows:

         ARTICLE 1 is hereby amended to read as follows:

         That the name of the corporation is: ACCORD ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

         ARTICLE 4 is hereby amended to read as follows:

         The amount of the total authorized capital stock of the corporation is
         Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00) consisting of Forty-seven Million
         (47,000,000) shares of Common stock and Three Million (3,000,000)
         shares of Preferred stock all having the par value of $.0001 each.

         The number of shares of the corporation outstanding and entitled to
vote on an amendment to the Articles of Incorporation is 4,950,000, that said
amendment has been consented to and approved by a majority vote of the
stockholders holding at least a majority of each class of stock outstanding and
entitled to vote thereon pursuant to an Action by Written Consent of the
Shareholder of Investment Book Publishers, Inc.

                                            /s/ Gregory Paul Ruff
                                            --------------------------------
                                            GREGORY PAUL RUFF,
                                            President

                                            /s/ Doris M. Ruff
                                            --------------------------------
                                            DORIS M. RUFF Secretary

                                   Page 1 of 2
<PAGE>
STATE OF WASHINGTON )
                    )ss.
COUNTY OF SPOKANE   )

         On November 10 , 1997, personally appeared before me, a Notary Public,
GREGORY PAUL RUFF, known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the
foregoing Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation and acknowledged
that he executed the same:


                                            /s/ Jackie Braten/Jackie Braten
                                            --------------------------------
                                            Notary Public
                                            Commission Expires 12/29/99


STATE OF CALIFORNIA      )
                         )ss.
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES    )

         On November 11, 1997, personally appeared before me, a Notary Public,
DORIS M. RUFF, known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the
foregoing Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation and acknowledged
that she executed the same:

                                            /s/ Signature Illegible
                                            --------------------------------
                                                     Notary Public

                                  Page 2 of 2

                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                        INVESTMENT BOOK PUBLISHERS, INC.

I.       SHAREHOLDER'S MEETING.

         .01 ANNUAL MEETINGS.

         The annual meeting of the  shareholders  of this  Corporation,  for the
         purpose of election  of  Directors  and for such other  business as may
         come  before  it,  shall  be  held  at  the  registered  office  of the
         Corporation,  or such other places,  either within or without the State
         of Nevada,  as may be designated  by the notice of the meeting,  on the
         fourth  week in  February  of  each  and  every  year,  at  1:00  p.m.,
         commencing in 1997, but in case such day shall be a legal holiday,  the
         meeting shall be held at the same hour and place on the next succeeding
         day not a holiday.

         .02 SPECIAL MEETING.

         Special  meetings of the shareholders of this Corporation may be called
         at any time by the holders of ten percent (10%) of the voting shares of
         the Corporation, or by the president, or by the Board of Directors or a
         majority  thereof.  No  business  shall be  transacted  at any  special
         meeting of shareholders except as is specified in the notice caning for
         said meeting.  The Board of Directors  may designate any place,  either
         within or  without  the State of  Nevada,  as the place of any  special
         meeting called by the president or the Board of Directors,  and special
         meetings  called at the request of  shareholders  shall be held at such
         place in the  State of  Nevada,  as may be  determined  by the Board of
         Directors and placed in the notice of such meeting.

         .03 Notice of Meeting.

         Written notice of annual or special  meetings of  shareholders  stating
         the place,  day,  and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special
         meeting,  the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall
         be given by the secretary or persons  authorized to call the meeting to
         each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. Such notice
         shall be given  not less than ten (10) nor more  than  fifty  (50) days
         prior to the date of the meeting, and such notice shall be deemed to be
         delivered  when  deposited in the United  States mail  addressed to the
         shareholder  at his/her  address  as it  appears on the stock  transfer
         books of the Corporation.

                                       1
<PAGE>
         .04 WAIVER OF NOTICE.

         Notice of the time,  place, and purpose of any meeting may be waived in
         writing  and will be waived by any  shareholder  by his/her  attendance
         thereat in person or by proxy.  Any  shareholder  so  waiving  shall be
         bound by the  proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due
         notice thereof had been given.

         .05 QUORUM AND ADJOURNED MEETINGS.

         A majority of the  outstanding  shares of the  Corporation  entitled to
         vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a
         meeting of  shareholders.  A majority  of the shares  represented  at a
         meeting,  even if less than a quorum, may adjourn the meeting from time
         to time without  further notice.  At such adjourned  meeting at which a
         quorum shall be present or represented,  any business may be transacted
         which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.
         The  shareholders  present at a duly organized  meeting may continue to
         transact business until adjournment,  notwithstanding the withdrawal of
         enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum.

         .06 PROXIES.

         At all  meetings  of  shareholders,  a  shareholder  may  vote by proxy
         executed in writing by the  shareholder  or by his/her duly  authorized
         attorney in fact.  Such proxy shall be filed with the  secretary of the
         Corporation  before or at the time of the  meeting.  No proxy  shall be
         valid after eleven (11) months from the date of its  execution,  unless
         otherwise provided in the proxy.

         .07 VOTING OF SHARES.

         Except as  otherwise  provided in the Articles of  Incorporation  or in
         these Bylaws, every shareholder of record shall have the right at every
         shareholder's  meeting  to one (1) vote for  every  share  standing  in
         his/her name on the books of the Corporation,  and the affirmative vote
         of a majority of the shares  represented  at a meeting and  entitled to
         vote thereat shall be necessary for the adoption of a motion or for the
         determination of all questions and business which shall come before the
         meeting.

II.      DIRECTORS.

         .01 GENERAL POWERS.

         The  business  and affairs of the  Corporation  shall be managed by its
         Board of Directors.

                                        2
<PAGE>
         .02 NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS.

         The number of Directors of the  Corporation  shall be not less than one
         nor more than five.  Each  Director  shall hold  office  until the next
         annual meeting of shareholders  and until his/her  successor shall have
         been  elected and  qualified.  Directors  need not be  residents of the
         State of Nevada or shareholders of the Corporation.

         .03 ELECTION.

         The  Directors  shall be elected by the  shareholders  at their  annual
         meeting each year;  and if, for any cause the Directors  shall not have
         been  elected  at an annual  meeting,  they may be elected at a special
         meeting of shareholders  called for that purpose in the manner provided
         by these Bylaws.

         .04 VACANCIES.

         In case  of any  vacancy  in the  Board  of  Directors,  the  remaining
         Director,  whether  constituting a quorum or not, may elect a successor
         to hold office for the  unexpired  portion of the terms of the Director
         whose place shall be vacant,  and until  his/her  successor  shall have
         been duly elected and qualified.

         .05 RESIGNATION.

         Any Director may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the
         secretary of the Corporation.

         .06 Meetings.

         At any annual,  special or regular  meeting of the Board of  Directors,
         any business may be  transacted,  and the Board may exercise all of its
         powers.  Any such  annual,  special or regular  meeting of the Board of
         Directors  of the  Corporation  may be held  outside  of the  State  of
         Nevada,  and any  member or members  of the Board of  Directors  of the
         Corporation  may  participate  in  any  such  meeting  by  means  of  a
         conference  telephone or similar  communications  equipment by means of
         which all persons  participating  in the meeting can hear each other at
         the  same  time;  the  participation  by such  means  shall  constitute
         presence in person at such meeting.

                  A. ANNUAL MEETING OF DIRECTORS.

                  Annual  meetings  of the  Board  of  Directors  shall  be held
                  immediately after the annual shareholders'  meeting or at such
                  time  and  place as may be  determined  by the  Directors.  No
                  notice of the annual  meeting of the Board of Directors  shall
                  be necessary.

                                        3
<PAGE>
                  B. Special Meetings.

                  Special  meetings of the Directors shall be called at any time
                  and  place  upon the call of the  president  or any  Director.
                  Notice of the time and place of each special  meeting shall be
                  given by the secretary, or the persons calling the meeting, by
                  mail,  radio,   telegram,  or  by  personal  communication  by
                  telephone  or otherwise at least one (1) day in advance of the
                  time of the  meeting.  The purpose of the meeting  need not be
                  given in the  notice.  Notice of any  special  meeting  may be
                  waived in writing or by  telegram (either before or after such
                  meeting) and will be waived by any Director in  attendance  at
                  such meeting.

                  C. Regular Meetings of Directors.

                  Regular  meetings of the Board of  Directors  shall be held at
                  such place and on such day and hour as shall from time to time
                  be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors. No notice of
                  regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be necessary.

         .07 Quorum and Voting.

         At majority of the  Directors  presently in office  shall  constitute a
         quorum for all  purposes,  but a lesser number may adjourn any meeting,
         and the meeting may be held as adjourned  without  further  notice.  At
         each  meeting of the Board at which a quorum is  present,  the act of a
         majority of the  Directors  present at the meeting  shall be the act of
         the Board of  Directors.  The  Directors  present  at a duly  organized
         meeting may  continue  to  transact  business  until  adjournment,  not
         withstanding  the  withdrawal of enough  Directors to leave less than a
         quorum.

         .08 Compensation.

         By  resolution  of the Board of  Directors,  the  Directors may be paid
         their  expenses,  if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of
         Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of
         the Board of Directors or a stated salary as Director.  No such payment
         shall  preclude any Director from serving the  Corporation in any other
         capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

         .09 Presumption of Assent.

         A Director of the  Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board
         of Directors at which action on any corporate  matter is taken shall be
         presumed to have  assented to the action taken unless  his/her  dissent
         shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless  he/she  shall
         file his/her  written  dissent to such action with the person acting as
         the

                                       4
<PAGE>
         secretary  of the  meeting  before  the  adjournment  thereof  or shall
         forward  such  dissent  by  registered  mail  to the  secretary  of the
         Corporation  immediately  after the  adjournment  of the meeting.  Such
         right to dissent  shall not apply to a  Director  who voted in favor of
         such action.

         .10 EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES.

         The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the full
         Board of DIRECTORS,  may designate  from among its members an executive
         committee  and one of more  other  committees,  each of  which,  to the
         extent provided in such resolution, shall have and may exercise all the
         authority of the Board of Directors,  but no such committee  shall have
         the authority of the Board of  Directors,  in reference to amending the
         Articles of Incorporation,  adoption a plan of merger or consolidation,
         recommending to the SHAREHOLDERS the sale,  lease,  exchange,  or other
         disposition of all of substantially  all the property and assets of the
         dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation thereof,  designation of
         any such  committee and the delegation  thereto of authority  shall not
         operate  to  relieve  any  member  of the  Board  of  Directors  of any
         responsibility imposed by law.

         .11 Chairman of Board of Directors.

         The Board of Directors may, in its discretion,  elect a chairman of the
         Board of  Directors  from its  members;  and,  if a  chairman  has been
         elected,  he/she shall,  when  present,  preside at all meetings of the
         Board of  Directors  and the  shareholders  and shall  have such  other
         powers as the Board may prescribe.

         .12 Removal.

         Directors may be removed from office with or without cause by a vote of
         shareholders  holding a majority  of the shares  entitled to vote at an
         election of Directors.

III.     ACTIONS BY WRITTEN CONSENT.

Any corporate action required by the Articles of  Incorporation,  Bylaws, or the
laws under which this  Corporation is formed,  to be voted upon or approved at a
duly called meeting of the Directors or shareholders may be accomplished without
a meeting if a written  memorandum of the respective  Directors or shareholders,
setting  forth  the  action so taken,  shall be signed by all the  Directors  or
shareholders, as the case may be.

                                       5
<PAGE>
IV.      OFFICERS.

         .01 Officers Designated.

         The Officers of the Corporation shall be a president,  one or more vice
         presidents  (the  number  thereof  to be  determined  by the  Board  of
         Directors), a secretary and a treasurer,  each of whom shall be elected
         by the Board of Directors.  Such other Officers and assistant  officers
         as may be deemed  necessary may be elected or appointed by the Board of
         Directors.  Any Officer may be held by the same person,  except that in
         the event that the Corporation  shall have more than one director,  the
         offices of president and secretary shall be held by different persons.

         .02 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE.

         Each of the Officers  shall be elected by the Board of Directors.  None
         of said Officers  except the president  need be a Director,  but a vice
         president who is not a Director cannot succeed to or fill the office of
         president.  The  Officers  shall be elected by the Board of  Directors.
         Except as hereinafter provide,  each of said Officers shall hold office
         from the date of his/her  election until the next annual meeting of the
         Board of Directors  and until  his/her  successor  shall have been duly
         elected and qualified.

         .03 POWERS AND DUTIES.

         The powers and duties of the respective  corporate Officers shall be as
         follows:

                  A. PRESIDENT.

                  The  president  shall be the chief  executive  Officer  of the
                  Corporation  and,  subject to the direction and control of the
                  Board of Directors,  shall have general charge and supervision
                  over its property, business, and affairs. He/she shall, unless
                  a Chairman of the Board of  Directors  has been elected and is
                  present, preside at meetings of the shareholders and the Board
                  of Directors.

                  B. VICE PRESIDENT.

                  In the absence of the  president or his/her  inability to act,
                  the senior vice president shall act in his place and stead and
                  shall  have all the  powers and  authority  of the  president,
                  except as limited by resolution of the Board of Directors.

                                        6
<PAGE>
         C. SECRETARY.

         The secretary shall:

                  1.       Keep  the  minutes  of the  shareholder's  and of the
                           Board  of  Directors  meetings  in one or more  books
                           provided for that purpose;

                  2.       See that all  notices  are duly  given in  accordance
                           with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by
                           law;

                  3.       Be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal
                           of  the   Corporation  and  affix  the  seal  of  the
                           Corporation to all documents as may be required;

                  4.       Keep a register  of the post  office  address of each
                           shareholder which shall be furnished to the secretary
                           by such shareholder;

                  5.       Sign  with  the  president,   or  a  vice  president,
                           certificates  for  shares  of  the  Corporation,  the
                           issuance  of which  shall  have  been  authorized  by
                           resolution of the Board of Directors;

                  6.       Have general  charge of the stock  transfer  books of
                           the corporation; and,

                  7.       In general  perform all duties incident to the office
                           of  secretary  and such other  duties as from time to
                           time may be assigned to him/her by the  president  or
                           by the Board of Directors.

         D. TREASURER.

         Subject to the  direction  and control of the Board of  Directors,  the
         treasurer shall have the custody,  control and disposition of the funds
         and securities of the  Corporation and shall account for the same; and,
         at the expiration of his/her term of office,  he/she shall turn over to
         his/her   successor  all  property  of  the   Corporation   in  his/her
         possession.

         E. ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS.

         The assistant  secretaries,  when authorized by the Board of Directors,
         may sign with the president or a vice president certificates for shares
         of the  Corporation the issuance of which shall have been authorized by
         a resolution of the Board of Directors. The assistant treasurers shall,
         respectively, if required by the Board of Directors, give bonds for the
         faithful  discharge of their duties in such sums and with such sureties
         as the Board of Directors shall determine. The assistant

                                        7
<PAGE>
         secretaries and assistant  treasurers,  in general,  shall perform such
         duties as shall be assigned to them by the secretary or the  treasurer,
         respectively, or by the president or the Board of Directors.

         .04 REMOVAL.

         The Board of  Directors  shall  have the right to  remove  any  Officer
         whenever in its judgment the best interest of the  Corporation  will be
         served thereby.

         .05 Vacancies.

         The Board of Directors  shall fill any office which becomes vacant with
         a  successor  who shall hold  office for the  unexpired  term and until
         his/her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. Salaries.

         The salaries of all Officers of the  Corporation  shall be fixed by the
         Board of Directors.

V.       SHARE CERTIFICATES

         .01 FORM AND EXECUTION OF CERTIFICATES.

         Certificates for shares of the Corporation  shall be in such form as is
         consistent with the provisions of the Corporation  laws of the State of
         Nevada. They shall be signed by the president and by the secretary, and
         the seal of the Corporation shall be affixed thereto.  Certificates may
         be issued for fractional shares.

         .02 Transfers.

         Shares may be  transferred  by delivery of the  certificates  therefor,
         accompanied  either  by an  assignment  in  writing  on the back of the
         certificates  or by a written  power of attorney to assign and transfer
         the same  signed by the  record  holder of the  certificate.  Except as
         otherwise  specifically  provided in these  Bylaws,  no shares shall be
         transferred  on the  books of the  Corporation  until  the  outstanding
         certificate therefor has been surrendered to the Corporation.

         .03 LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF CERTIFICATES.

         In case of loss or  destruction of any  certificate of shares,  another
         may be issued in its place upon proof of such loss or  destruction  and
         upon the giving of a satisfactory bond of indemnity to the Corporation.
         A new certificate may be issued without requiring any bond, when in the
         judgment of the Board of Directors it is proper to do so.

                                        8
<PAGE>
VI.      BOOKS AND RECORDS.

         .01 Books of ACCOUNTS, MINUTES AND SHARE REGISTER.

         The  Corporation  shall keep complete books and records of accounts and
         minutes of the  proceedings of the Board of Directors and  shareholders
         and shall keep at its registered  office,  principal place of business,
         or at the office of its transfer  agent or  registrar a share  register
         giving the names of the shareholders in alphabetical  order and showing
         their respective addresses and the number of shares held by each.

         .02 COPIES OF RESOLUTIONS.

         Any person dealing with the  Corporation may rely upon a copy of any of
         the records of the proceedings,  resolutions,  or votes of the Board of
         Directors  or   shareholders,   when  certified  by  the  president  or
         secretary.

VII.     CORPORATE SEAL.

         The  following  is  an  impression  of  the  corporate   seal  of  this
         Corporation:













VIII.    LOANS.

         Generally, no loans shall be made by the Corporation to its Officers or
         Directors,  unless  first  approved by the holder of  two-third  of the
         voting shares, and no loans shall be made by the Corporation secured by
         its shares. Loans shall be permitted to be made to Officers,  Directors
         and employees of the Company for moving expenses, including the cost of
         procuring  housing.  Such  loans  shall be limited  to  $25,000.00  per
         individual upon unanimous consent of the Board of Directors.

                                        9
<PAGE>
IX.      INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

         .01 INDEMNIFICATION.

         The Corporation  shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
         threatened  to be  made a  party  to  any  proceeding,  whether  civil,
         criminal,  administrative or investigative  (other than an action by or
         in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that such person
         is or was a  Director,  Trustee,  Officer,  employee  or  agent  of the
         Corporation,  or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as
         a Director, Trustee, Officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
         partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses
         (including  attorneys'  fees),  judgment,  fines  and  amounts  paid in
         settlement   actually  and  reasonably   incurred  by  such  person  in
         connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in
         good faith and in a manner such person reasonably  believed to be in or
         not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation,  and with respect
         to any  criminal  action  or  proceeding,  had no  reasonable  cause to
         believe such person's  conduct was  unlawful.  The  termination  of any
         action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement,  conviction,
         or upon a plea of nolo  contendere  or its  equivalent,  shall not,  of
         itself,  create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith
         and in a manner which such person  reasonably  believed to be in or not
         opposed to the best interests of the  Corporation,  and with respect to
         any criminal action  proceeding,  had reasonable  cause to believe that
         such person's conduct was unlawful.

         .02 DERIVATIVE ACTION

         The Corporation  shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
         threatened to be made a party to any  threatened,  pending or completed
         action  or suit by or in the  right of the  Corporation  to  procure  a
         judgment  in the  Corporation's  favor by  reason of the fact that such
         person is or was a Director, Trustee, Officer, employee or agent of the
         Corporation,  or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as
         a Director, Trustee, Officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
         partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses
         (including  attorney's fees) and amount paid in settlement actually and
         reasonably  incurred by such person in  connection  with the defense or
         settlement  of such action or suit if such  person  acted in good faith
         and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed
         to the best interests of the Corporation,  and, with respect to amounts
         paid in  settlement,  the  settlement  of the suit or action was in the
         best  interests  of  the  Corporation;   provided,   however,  that  no
         indemnification  shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter
         as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for gross
         negligence or willful  misconduct in the  performance  of such person's
         duty to the  Corporation  unless and only to the extent that, the court
         in  which  such  action  or  suit  was  brought  shall  determine  upon
         application  that,  despite  circumstances  of the case, such person is
         fairly and  reasonably  entitled to indemnity for such expenses as such
         court  shall  deem  proper.  The  termination  of any action or suit by
         judgment or settlement shall not, of itself,  create a presumption that
         the person did not act in good faith and in a manner  which such person
         reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to the best  interests  of
         the Corporation.

                                       10
<PAGE>
         .03 Successful Defense.

         To the extent that a Director,  Trustee,  Officer, employee or Agent of
         the  Corporation  has been  successful on the merits or  otherwise,  in
         whole or in part in defense of any action,  suit or proceeding referred
         to in Paragraphs .0 1 and .02 above, or in defense of any claim,  issue
         or matter therein,  such person shall be indemnified  against  expenses
         (including  attorneys'  fees) actually and reasonably  incurred by such
         person in connection therewith.

         .04 AUTHORIZATION.

         Any indemnification  under Paragraphs .01 and .02 above (unless ordered
         by a court) shall be made by the Corporation  only as authorized in the
         specific  case  upon  a  determination  that   indemnification  of  the
         Director,  Trustee,  Officer,  employee  or  agent  is  proper  in  the
         circumstances  because such person has met the  applicable  standard of
         conduct set forth in Paragraphs .01 and .02 above.  Such  determination
         shall be made (a) by the Board of  Directors  of the  Corporation  by a
         majority vote of a quorum  consisting of Directors who were not parties
         to such  action,  suit or  proceeding,  or (b) is such a quorum  is not
         obtainable, by a majority vote of the Directors who were not parties to
         such action,  suit or proceeding,  or (c) by independent  legal counsel
         (selected by one or more of the Directors,  whether or not a quorum and
         whether  or not  disinterested)  in a  written  opinion,  or (d) by the
         Shareholders.  Anyone making such a determination  under this Paragraph
         .04 may determine that a person has met the standards therein set forth
         as to some  claims,  issues or matters  but not as to  others,  and may
         reasonably prorate amounts to be paid as indemnification.

         .05 ADVANCES.

         Expenses  incurred  in  defending  civil or  criminal  action,  suit or
         proceeding shall be paid by the  Corporation,  at any time or from time
         to time in advance of the final  disposition  of such  action,  suit or
         proceeding as authorized in the manner  provided in Paragraph .04 above
         upon  receipt  of an  undertaking  by or on  behalf  of  the  Director,
         Trustee,  Officer,  employee  or agent to repay such  amount  unless it
         shall ultimately be by the Corporation is authorized in this Section.

         .06 NONEXCLUSIVITY.

         The  indemnification  provided  in this  Section  shall  not be  deemed
         exclusive  of any  other  rights  to  which  those  indemnified  may be
         entitled  under any law,  bylaw,  agreement,  vote of  shareholders  or
         disinterested  Directors  or  otherwise,  both  as to  action  in  such
         person's  official  capacity and as to action in another capacity while
         holding such office,  and shall  continue as to a person who has ceased
         to be a Director,  Trustee,  Officer, employee or agent and shall inure
         to the benefit of the heirs,  executors,  and  administrators of such a
         person.

                                       11
<PAGE>
         .07 INSURANCE.

         The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance
         on behalf of any person  who is or was a  Director,  Trustee,  Officer,
         employee  or  agent of the  Corporation,  or is or was  serving  at the
         request of the Corporation as a Director, Trustee, Officer, employee or
         agent of another  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or
         other enterprise, against any liability assessed against such person in
         any such  capacity  or  arising  out of such  person's  status as such,
         whether or not the  corporation  would have the power to indemnify such
         person against such liability.

         .08 "CORPORATION" DEFINED.

         For purposes of this  Section,  references to the  "Corporation"  shall
         include,  in addition to the  Corporation,  an constituent  corporation
         (including   any   constituent   of  a   constituent)   absorbed  in  a
         consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued,
         would have had the power and  authority  to  indemnify  its  Directors,
         Trustees,  Officers,  employees or agents, so that any person who is or
         was a Director, Trustee, Officer, employee or agent of such constituent
         corporation or of any entity a majority of the voting stock of which is
         owned  by such  constituent  corporation  or is or was  serving  at the
         request  of  such  constituent  corporation  as  a  Director,  Trustee,
         Officer,  employee  or agent  of the  corporation,  partnership,  joint
         venture,  trust or other  enterprise,  shall stand in the same position
         under the  provisions  of this Section with respect to the resulting or
         surviving  Corporation  as such person  would have with respect to such
         constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

X.       AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS.

         .01 BY THE SHAREHOLDERS.

         These  Bylaws may be  amended,  altered,  or repealed at any regular or
         special  meeting  of  the   shareholders  if  notice  of  the  proposed
         alteration or amendment is contained in the notice of the meeting.

         .02 BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

         These Bylaws may be amended,  altered,  or repealed by the  affirmative
         vote of a majority of the entire  Board of  Directors at any regular or
         special meeting of the Board.

XI.      FISCAL YEAR.

         The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be set by resolution of the
         Board of Directors.

                                       12
<PAGE>
XII.     RULES OF ORDER.

         The rules  contained  in the most recent  edition of Robert's  Rules or
         Order,  Newly Revised,  shall govern all meetings of  shareholders  and
         Directors where those rules are not  inconsistent  with the Articles of
         Incorporation, Bylaws, or special rules or order of the Corporation.

XIII.    REIMBURSEMENT OF DISALLOWED EXPENSES.

         If any salary, payment, reimbursement, employee fringe benefit, expense
         allowance payment, or other expense incurred by the Corporation for the
         benefit  of  an  employee  is  disallowed  in  whole  or in  part  as a
         deductible  expense of the Corporation for Federal Income Tax purposes,
         the employee shall reimburse the  Corporation,  upon notice and demand,
         to the  full  extent  of the  disallowance.  This  legally  enforceable
         obligation  is in  accordance  with the  provisions  of Revenue  Ruling
         69-115,  1969-1  C.B.  50,  and is for the  purpose of  entitling  such
         employee to a business expense  deduction for the taxable year in which
         the  repayment  is  made  to  the  Corporation.  In  this  manner,  the
         Corporation shall be protected from having to bear the entire burden of
         disallowed expense items.

                                       13

BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==============================================================================================================
Principal      Loan Date      Maturity       Loan No.  Call      Collateral     Account   Officer   Initials
<S>            <C>            <C>            <C>       <C>       <C>            <C>       <C>
$1,000,000.00  03-19-1999     03-19-2009     2000917   40        3,4,9          10006     BF
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     References  in the shaded area are for  Lender's  use only and do not limit the applicability of this
     document to any particular loan item.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Borrower:      ACCORD SEMICONDUCTOR EQUIPMENT, GROUP, Inc.            Lender:       UNION BANK OF ARIZONA, N.A.
               (TIN: 86-07451M                                                      PO BOX 230
               6002 S. ASH STREET                                                   Gilbert, AZ 85299
               TEMPE, AZ 85282

==============================================================================================================
</TABLE>

THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT DATED March 19, 1999, Is made and executed  between
Accord  Semiconductor  Equipment,  Group,  Inc.  ("Borrower")  and Union Bank of
Arizona,  N.A.  ("Lender") on the following terms and  conditions.  Borrower has
received  prior  commercial  loans  from  Lender or has  applied to Lender for a
commercial  loan or loans or other  financial  accommodations,  Including  those
which may be  described  on any exhibit or schedule  attached to this  Agreement
("Loan").  Borrower understands and agrees that: (A) In granting,  renewing,  or
extending  any  Loan,   Lender  Is  relying  upon  Borrower's   representations,
warranties,  and  agreements  as set forth in this  Agreement,  and (8) all such
Loans shall be and remain subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

TERM. This Agreement shall be effective as of March 19, 1999, and shall continue
in full force and effect until such time as all of Borrower's  Loans in favor of
Lender  have  been  paid in  full,  in  principal,  interest,  costs,  expenses,
attorneys' fees, and other fees and charges, or until March 19, 2009.

CONDITIONS  PRECEDENT TO EACH ADVANCE.  Lender's  obligation to make the initial
Advance and each subsequent Advance under this Agreement shall be subject to the
fulfillment to Lender's  satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth in this
Agreement and in the Related Documents.

     LOAN DOCUMENTS.  Borrower shall provide to Lender the following  'documents
     for the Loan:  (1) the Note;  (2)  Security  Agreements  granting to Lender
     security interests in the Collateral;  (3) financing  statement  perfecting
     Lender's Security  Interests;  (4) evidence of insurance as required below;
     (5) guaranties;  (6) together with all such Related Documents as Lender may
     require for the Loan; all in form and substance  satisfactory to Lender and
     Lender's counsel.

     BORROWER'S  AUTHORIZATION.   Borrower  shall  have  provided  in  form  and
     substance  satisfactory  to Lender  properly  certified  resolutions,  duly
     authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement,  the Note and the
     Related  Documents.  In addition,  Borrower  shall have provided such other
     resolutions,  authorizations,  documents and  instruments  as Lender or its
     counsel, may require.

     PAYMENT OF FEES AND EXPENSES.  Borrower shall have paid to Lender all fees,
     charges,  and other expenses which are then due and payable as specified in
     this Agreement or any Related Document.

     REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES.  The  representations  and warranties set
     forth in this Agreement,  in the Related Documents,  and in any document or
     certificate delivered to Lender under this Agreement a true and correct.

     NO EVENT OF  DEFAULT.  There  shall not exist at the time of any  advance a
     condition  which would  constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement
     or under any Related Document,

REPRESENTATIONS  AND WARRANTIES.  Borrower represents and warrants to Lender, as
of the  date of this  Agreement,  as of the  date of each  disbursement  of loan
proceeds, as of the date of any renewal,  extension or modification of any Loan,
and at all times any Indebtedness exists:

     ORGANIZATION.  Borrower is a  corporation  for profit  which is, and at all
     times shall be, duly  organized,  validly  existing,  and in good  standing
     under and by virtue of the laws of the State of  Arizona.  Borrower is duly
     authorized  to transact  business in all other states in which  Borrower is
     doing  business,  having  obtained  all  necessary  filings,   governmental
     licenses and approvals for each state in which Borrower is doing  business.
     Specifically,  Borrower Is, and at all times shall be, duly  qualified as a
     foreign  corporation in all states in which the failure to so quality would
     have a material  adverse  effect on its  business or  financial  condition.
     Borrower  has the full power and  authority  to own its  properties  and to
     transact  the  business  in  which it is  presently  engaged  or  presently
     proposes  to engage.  Borrower  maintains  an office at 5D02 S. Ash Street,
     Tempe, AZ 85282. Unless Borrower has designated  otherwise in writing,  the
     principal  office  is the  office  at which  Borrower  keeps  its books and
     records  including its records  concerning  the  Collateral.  Borrower will
     notify Lender of any change in the location of Borrower's principal office.
     Borrower  shall do all things  necessary  to  preserve  and to keep in full
     force and effect its  existence,  rights and  privileges,  and shall comply
     with all regulations,  rules, ordinances,  statutes,  orders and decrees of
     any  governmental or quasi-govern  mental  authority or court applicable to
     Borrower and Borrower's business activities.

     ASSUMED  BUSINESS  NAMES.  Borrower has filed or recorded all  documents or
     filings  required by law  relating to all  assumed  business  names used by
     Borrower.  Excluding the name of Borrower, the following is a complete list
     of all assumed business names under which Borrower does business: None.

     AUTHORIZATION.  Borrower's  execution,  delivery,  and  performance  of his
     Agreement and all the Related  Documents  have been duly  authorized by all
     necessary  action  by  Borrower  and  do not  conflict  with,  result  in a
     violation of, or constitute a default under (1) any provision of Borrower's
     articles of incorporation or organization,  or bylaws,  or any agreement or
     other  instrument  binding  upon  Borrower  or (2)  any  law,  governmental
     regulation,  court decree, or order applicable to Borrower or to Borrower's
     properties.

     FINANCIAL INFORMATION.  Each of Borrower's financial statements supplied to
     Lender truly and completely  disclosed Borrower's financial condition as of
     the date of the statement, and there has been no material adverse change in
     Borrower's  financial  condition  subsequent to the date of the most recent
     financial statement supplied to Lender. Borrower has no material contingent
     obligations except as disclosed in such financial statements.

     LEGAL EFFECT. This Agreement  constitutes,  and any instrument or agreement
     Borrower Is  required  to give under this  Agreement  when  delivered  will
     constitute,  legal, valid, and binding obligations of Borrower  enforceable
     against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms.

     HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES.  Except as disclosed to and acknowledged by Lender in
     writing,  Borrower  represents  and warrants that: (1) During the period of
     borrower's  ownership  of  borrower's  collateral,  there  has been no use,
     generation,   manufacture,   storage,   treatment,   disposal,  release  or
     threatened  release of any  hazardous  substance  by any person on,  under,
     about or from any of the  Collateral.  (2) Borrower has no knowledge of, or
     reason to believe  that there has been (a) any breach or  violation  of any
     Environmental  Laws;  (b)  any  use,  generation,   manufacture,   storage,
     treatment,  disposal,  release,  or  threatened  release  of any  Hazardous
     Substance  on, under,  about or from the  Collateral by any prior owners or
     occupants  of any of  the  Collateral;  or (c)  any  actual  or  threatened
     litigation  or claims of any kind by any person  relating to such  matters.
     (3) Neither Borrower nor any tenant, contractor,  agent or other authorized
     user of any of the  Collateral  shall use,  generate,  manufacture,  store,
     treat,  dispose of, or release any Hazardous  Substance on, under, about or
     from any of the  Collateral;  and any such  activity  shall be conducted in
     compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, regulations,
     and  ordinances,  including  without  limitation  all  Environmental  Laws,
     Borrower  authorizes  Lender and its agents to enter upon the Collateral to
     make such inspections and tests as Lender may deem appropriate to determine
     compliance  of the  Collateral  with this  section  of the  Agreement.  Any
     inspections or tests made by Lender SHALL be at Borrower's  expense and for
     Lender's   purposes   only  and  shall  not  be  construed  to  create  any
     responsibility  or  liability  on the part of Lender to  Borrower or to any
     other person. The representations and warranties contained herein are based
     on Borrower's due diligence in  investigating  the Collateral for hazardous
     waste and hazardous substances. Borrower hereby (1) releases and waives any
     future claims  against  Lender for indemnity or  contribution  in the event
     Borrower becomes liable for cleanup or other costs under any such laws, and
     (2)  agrees to  indemnify  and hold  harmless  Lender  against  any and all
     claims, losses, liabilities,  damages, penalties, and expenses which Lender
     may directly or  indirectly  sustain or suffer  resulting  from a breach of
     this section of the agreement or as a consequence  of any use,  generation,
     manufacture,   storage,  disposal,  release  or  threatened  release  of  a
     hazardous  waste or  substance  onhe  properties.  The  provisions  of this
     section of the  Agreement,  including the  obligation  to indemnify,  shall
     survive the payment of the indebtedness and the termination,  expiration or
     satisfaction  of this  Agreement  and shall  not be  affected  by  Lender's
     acquisition  of  any  interest  in  any  of  the  Collateral,   whether  by
     foreclosure or otherwise.

     LITIGATION AND CLAIMS. No litigation,  claim investigation,  administrative
     proceeding or similar  action  (including  those for unpaid taxes)  against
     Borrower is pending or  threatened,  and no other event has occurred  which
     may  materially   adversely  affect  Borrower's   financial   condition  or
     properties,  other than litigation,  claims,  or other events, if any, that
     have been disclosed to and acknowledged by Lender in writing.

     TAXES. To the best of Borrower's  knowledge,  all of Borrower's tax returns
     and reports that are or were required to be filed, have been filed, and all
     taxes,  assessments and other governmental charges have been paid! in full,
     except those  presently  being or to be contested by Borrower in good faith
     in the ordinary  course of business and for which  adequate  reserves  have
     been provided,

     INFORMATION.  All  information  heretofore  or  contemporaneously  herewith
     furnished by Borrower to Lender for the purposes of or in  connection  with
     this  Agreement  or  any  transaction   contemplated  hereby  is,  and  all
     Information  hereafter furnished by or on behalf of Borrower to Lender will
     be,  true and  accurate in every  material  respect on the date as of which
     such information is dated or certified;  and none of such information is or
     will be incomplete by omitting to state any material fact necessary to make
     such information not misleading.

     LIEN PRIORITY.  Unless otherwise previously disclosed to Lender in writing,
     Borrower  has not  entered  into or granted  any  Security  Agreements,  or
     permitted  the  filing  or  attachment  of  any  Security  Interests  on or
     affecting any of the Collateral  directly or indirectly  securing repayment
     of Borrower's  Loan and Note, that would be prior or that may in any way be
     superior  to  Lender's  Security  Interests  and  rights  in  and  to  such
     Collateral.
<PAGE>
                             BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT                      Page 2
                                   (Continued)

================================================================================

     BINDING EFFECT. This Agreement, the Note, all SECURITY AGREEMENTS (I! any),
     and all Related Documents are binding upon the signers thereof,  as well as
     upon  their  successors,  representatives  and  assigns,  and  are  legally
     enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

AFFIRMATIVE  COVENANTS.  Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that, so long
as this Agreement remains in effect, Borrower will:

     NOTICES OF CLAIMS AND LITIGATION.  Promptly inform Lender in writing of (1)
     all material adverse changes in Borrower's financial condition, and (2) all
     existing   and   all   threatened   litigation,   claims,   Investigations,
     administrative  proceedings or similar  actions  affecting  Borrower or any
     Guarantor which could materially affect the financial condition of Borrower
     or the financial condition of any Guarantor.

     FINANCIAL RECORDS.  Maintain its books and records in accordance with GAAP,
     applied  on a  consistent  basis,  and permit  Lender to examine  and audit
     Borrower's books and records at all reasonable times.

     FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS.  Furnish Lender with such  financial  statements and
     other related  information at such frequencies and in such detail as Lender
     may reasonably request.

     ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. Furnish such additional Information and statements,
     as Lender may request from time to time.

     INSURANCE.  Maintain  fire  and  other  risk  insurance,  public  liability
     insurance,  and such other  insurance as Lender may require with respect to
     Borrower's properties and operations, in form, amounts,  coverages and with
     insurance companies acceptable to Lender. Borrower, upon request of Lender,
     will  deliver to Lender from time to time the policies or  certificates  of
     Insurance  in form  satisfactory  to Lender,  including  stipulations  that
     coverages  will not be  cancelled or  diminished  without at least ton (10)
     days prior  written  notice to Lender.  Each  insurance  policy  also shall
     include an endorsement  providing that coverage in favor of Lender will not
     be impaired  in any way by any act,  omission or default of Borrower or any
     other person.  In  connection  with all policies  covering  assets in which
     Lender holds or is offered a security interest for the Loans, Borrower will
     provide  Lender with such  lender's loss payable or other  endorsements  as
     Lender may require.

     INSURANCE REPORTS.  Furnish to Lender,  upon request of Lender,  reports on
     each  existing  insurance  policy  showing such  information  as Lender may
     reasonably  request,  including without  limitation the following:  (1) the
     name of the insurer;  (2) the risks insured;  (3) the amount of the policy;
     (4) the properties  Insured;  (5) the then current  property  values on the
     basis of which  insurance has been obtained,  and the manner of determining
     those values; and (6) the expiration date of the policy. In addition,  upon
     request of Lender  (however not more often than  annually),  Borrower  will
     have  an  independent  appraiser  satisfactory  to  Lender  determine.   as
     applicable,  the actual cash value or replacement  cost of any  Collateral.
     The cost of such appraisal shall be paid by Borrower.

     OTHER  AGREEMENTS.  Comply  with all  terms  and  conditions  of all  other
     agreements,  whether now or hereafter  existing,  between  Borrower and any
     other  party and notify  Lender  immediately  In writing of any  default in
     connection with any other such agreements.

     LOAN  PROCEEDS.  Use all Loan proceeds  solely for the  following  specific
     purposes: Loan Proceeds are to be disbursed by two-party cashier's check or
     wire transfer only.

     TAXES,   CHARGES  AND  LIENS.  Pay  and  discharge  when  due  all  of  its
     indebtedness and obligations, including without limitation all assessments,
     taxes,  governmental  charges,  levies and liens, of every kind and nature,
     imposed upon Borrower or its properties,  Income, or profits,  prior to the
     date on which  penalties  would  attach,  and all lawful  claims  that,  if
     unpaid,  might become a lien or charge upon any of  Borrower's  properties,
     income, or profits.

     PERFORMANCE.  Perform  and  comply,  In a timely  manner,  with all  terns,
     conditions,  and  provisions  set forth in this  Agreement,  in the Related
     Documents, and In all other Instruments and agreements between Borrower and
     Lender.  Borrower shall notify Lender immediately in writing of any default
     In connection with any agreement.

     OPERATIONS.  Maintain executive and management personnel with substantially
     the  same  qualifications  and  experience  as the  present  executive  and
     management  personnel;  provide  written  notice to Lender of any change in
     executive  and  management  personnel;  conduct its  business  affairs in a
     reasonable and prudent manner.

     COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS. Comply with at laws, ordinances,
     and  regulations,   now  or  hereafter  in  effect,   of  all  governmental
     authorities applicable to the conduct of Borrower's properties,  businesses
     and operations,  and to the use or occupancy of the  Collateral,  including
     without  limitation,  the Americans  with  Disabilities  Act.  Borrower may
     contest in good faith any such law,  ordinance,  or regulation and withhold
     compliance during any proceeding, including appropriate appeals, so long as
     Borrower has notified  Lender in writing  prior to doing so and so long as,
     in Lender's sole opinion,  Lender's  interest!  in the  Collateral  are not
     jeopardized.  Lender may require  Borrower to post  adequate  security or a
     surety  bond,  reasonably  satisfactory  to  Lender,  to  protect  Lender's
     interest.

     INSPECTION.  Permit employees or agents of Lender at any reasonable time to
     Inspect any and all Collateral  for the Loan or Loans and Borrower's  other
     properties and to examine or audit Borrower's books,  accounts, and records
     and to make  copies  and  memoranda  of  Borrower's  books,  accounts,  and
     records.  If Borrower now or at any time  hereafter  maintains  any records
     (including  without  limitation  computer  generated  records and  computer
     software  programs for the generation of such records) in the possession of
     a third party, Borrower, upon request of Lender, shall notify such party to
     permit  Lender free access to such records at all  reasonable  times and to
     provide Lender with copies of any records It may request, all at Borrower's
     expense.

     COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES. Unless waived in writing by Lender, provide Lender
     within thirty (30) after the end of each fiscal  quarter and at the time of
     each  disbursement  of  Loan  proceeds,  with  a  certificate  executed  by
     Borrower's chief financial  officer,  or other officer or person acceptable
     to Lender,  certifying that the representations and warranties set forth in
     this Agreement are true and correct as of the date of the  certificate  and
     further  certifying  that, as of the date of the  certificate,  no Event of
     Default exist; under this Agreement.

     ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE AND REPORTS. Borrower shall comply in all respects
     with any and all  Environmental  Laws;  not cause or permit to exist,  as a
     result of an intentional or unintentional  action or omission or Borrower's
     part or on the part of any third party,  on property owned and/or  occupied
     by  Borrower,  any  environmental  activity  where damage may result to the
     environment,  unless  such  environmental  activity  Is  pursuant to AND IN
     COMPLIANCE  with the  conditions  of a  permit  issued  by the  appropriate
     federal, state or local governmental authorities; shall furnish to Borrower
     promptly and in any event within thirty (30) days after  receipt  thereof a
     copy of any notice,  summons,  lien, citation,  directive,  letter or other
     communication from any governmental  agency or  instrumentality  concerning
     any  Intentional or  unintentional  action or omission on Borrowers part in
     connection with any  environmental  activity whether or not there Is damage
     to the environment and/or other natural resources.

     ADDITIONAL ASSURANCES.  Make, execute and deliver to Lender such promissory
     notes,  mortgages,  deeds  of  trust,  security  agreements,   assignments,
     financing statements, instruments, documents and other agreements as Lender
     or its  attorneys may  reasonably  request to evidence and secure the Loans
     and to perfect all Security Interests.

EXPENDITURES  BY LENDER.  If not  discharged  or paid when due,  Lender may (but
shall  not  be  obligated  to)  discharge  or pay  any  amounts  required  to be
discharged  or paid by Borrower  under this  Agreement  or any Related  Document
including without limitation 911 taxes, liens, security interests, encumbrances,
and other claims,  at any time levied or placed on any  Collateral.  Lender also
may (but shall not be obligated to) pay all costs for insuring,  maintaining and
preserving any Collateral.  All such expenditures incurred or paid by Lender for
such  purposes  will then bear  interest at the rate charged under the Note from
the date  incurred or paid by Lender to the date of repayment  by Borrower.  All
such expenses  will become a part of the  Indebtedness  and, at Lender's  option
will (A) be payable on demand, (B) will be added to the balance of the Note, (C)
and be apportioned among and be payable with any installment  payments to become
due  during  either (1) the term of any  applicable  insurance  policy,  (2) the
remaining term of the Note, or (3) be treated as a balloon payment which will be
due and payable at the Note's maturity.  Any Collateral also will secure payment
of these  amounts.  Such  right  shall be in  addition  to all other  rights and
remedies to which  Lender may be  entitled  upon the  occurrence  of an Event of
Default.

NEGATIVE  COVENANTS.  Borrower  covenants and agrees with Lender that while this
Agreement is in effect,  Borrower shall riot,  without the prior written consent
of Lender:

     INDEBTEDNESS  AND LIENS.  (1) Except for trade debt  incurred in the normal
     course  of  business  and  indebtedness  to  Lender  contemplated  by  this
     Agreement,   create,  incur  or  assume  indebtedness  for  borrowed  money
     including capital leases, (2) sell,  transfer,  mortgage,  assign,  pledge,
     lease,  grant a security  interest in, or encumber any of Borrower's assets
     (except as allowed as Permitted  Liens),  or (3) sell with  recourse any of
     Borrower's accounts, except to Lender.

     TRANSFER  AND LIENS.  Fail to  continue  to own all of  Borrower's  assets,
     except for routine  transfers,  use or depletion in the ordinary  course of
     Borrower's business.  Borrower agrees not to create or grant to any person,
     except Lender, any lien,  security interest,  encumbrance,  cloud on title,
     mortgage, pledge or similar interest in any of Borrower's property, even in
     the ordinary  course of Borrower's  business,  Borrower agrees not to sell,
     convey, grant, lease, give, contribute,  assign, or otherwise transfer an),
     of Borrower's  assets,  except for sales of inventory or leases of goods in
     the ordinary course of Borrower's business.

     CONTINUITY   OF   OPERATIONS.   (1)  Engage  in  any  business   activities
     substantially  different than those in which Borrower is presently engaged,
     (2) cease operations,  liquidate,  merge, transfer,  acquire or consolidate
     with any other  entity,  change  its name,  dissolve  or  transfer  or sell
     Collateral out of the ordinary course of business, or (3) pay any dividends
     on Borrower's stock (other than dividends payable in its stock),  provided,
     however that notwithstanding the foregoing, but only so long as no Event of
     Default has occurred and is  continuing or would result from the payment of
     dividends,  if Borrower is a "Subchapter S Corporation"  (as defined in the
     internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), Borrower may pay cash dividends
     on its stock to its shareholders  from time to time in amounts necessary to
     enable the shareholders to pay income taxes and make

<PAGE>
                             BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT                      Page 3

================================================================================

     estimated  income tax payments to satisfy their  liabilities  under federal
     and state law which arise  solely from their  status as  Shareholders  of a
     Subchapter S Corporation because of their ownership of shares of Borrower's
     stock, or purchase or retire any of Borrower's  outstanding shares or alter
     or amend Borrower's capital structure.

     LOANS, ACQUISITIONS AND GUARANTIES. (1) Loan, invest in or advance money or
     assets,  (2)  purchase,  create  or  acquire  any  interest  in  any  other
     enterprise  or entity,  or (3) incur any  obligation as surety or guarantor
     other than in the ordinary course of business.

     CESSATION OF ADVANCES.  If Lender has made any  commitment to make any Loan
     to Borrower,  whether  under this  Agreement or under any other  agreement,
     Lender shall have no  obligation  to make Loan Advances or to disburse Loan
     proceeds if: (1) Borrower or any Guarantor is in default under the terms of
     this Agreement or any of the Related  Documents or any other agreement that
     Borrower or any  Guarantor  has with Lender;  (2) Borrower or any Guarantor
     dies,  becomes  incompetent  or  becomes  insolvent,  files a  petition  in
     bankruptcy  or similar  proceedings,  or is adjudged a bankrupt;  (3) there
     occurs a material adverse change in Borrower's financial condition,  in the
     financial  condition of any  Guarantor,  or in the value of any  Collateral
     securing any Loan; or (4) any Guarantor seeks, claims or otherwise attempts
     to limit,  modify or revoke  such  Guarantor's  guaranty of the Loan or any
     other loan with Lender;  or (5) Lender in good faith deems itself insecure,
     even though no Event of Default shall have occurred.

     RIGHT OF SETOFF.  Borrower grants to Lender a contractual security interest
     in, and hereby assigns, conveys, delivers, pledges and transfers to Lender,
     all Borrower's right, title and interest in and to all Borrower's  accounts
     with  Lender  (whether  checking,  savings,  or some other  account).  This
     includes  all  accounts  Borrower  holds  jointly with someone else and all
     accounts  Borrower may open in the future.  However,  this does not include
     any IRA or Keogh  accounts,  or any trust accounts for which the grant of a
     security interest would be prohibited by law, Borrower  authorizes  Lender,
     to the extent  permitted  by  applicable  law, to charge or setoff all sums
     owing on the  indebtedness  against  any and all  such  accounts,  and,  at
     Lender's  option,  to  administratively  freeze all such  accounts to allow
     Lender to  protect  Lender's  charge  and setoff  rights  provided  in this
     paragraph.  DEFAULT.  Each of the  following  shall  constitute an Event of
     Default under this Agreement:

     PAYMENT  DEFAULT.  Borrower  fails to make any  payment  when due under the
     Loan.

     OTHER DEFAULTS. Borrower fails to comply with or to perform any 0ther term,
     obligation,  covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any of
     the Related Documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation,
     covenant or condition  contained in any other agreement  between Lender and
     Borrower.

     FALSE  STATEMENTS.  Any  warranty,  representation  or  statement  made  or
     furnished  to  Lender  by  Borrower  or on  Borrower's  behalf  under  this
     Agreement, the Note, or the Related Documents is false or misleading in any
     material  respect,  either now or at the time made or  furnished or becomes
     false or misleading at any time thereafter. I

     INSOLVENCY.  The  dissolution or  termination of Borrower's  existence as a
     going business,  the insolvency of Borrower,  the appointment of a receiver
     for any part of  Borrower's  property,  any  assignment  for the benefit of
     creditors,  any  type  of  creditor  workout,  or the  commencement  of any
     proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Borrower.

     DEFECTIVE COLLATERALIZATION. This Agreement or any of the Related Documents
     ceases to be in full force and effect (including  failure of any collateral
     document to create a valid and perfected  security interest or lien) at any
     time and for any reason.

     CREDITOR  OR  FORFEITURE   PROCEEDINGS.   Commencement  of  foreclosure  or
     forfeiture   proceedings,   whether  by  judicial  proceeding,   self-help,
     repossession  or any other  method,  by any  creditor of Borrower or by any
     governmental agency against the Collateral or any other collateral securing
     the Loan.  This  includes  a  garnishment  of any of  Borrower's  accounts,
     including deposit  accounts,  with Lender.  However,  this Event of Default
     shall not apply if there is a good  faith  dispute by  Borrower  as; to the
     validity or  reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor
     or forfeiture proceeding and if Borrower gives Lender written notice of the
     creditor or  forfeiture  proceeding  and deposits  with Lender  monies or a
     surety  bond  for the  creditor  or  forfeiture  proceeding,  in an  amount
     'determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve
     or bond for the dispute,

     EVENTS AFFECTING GUARANTOR. Any of the preceding events occurs with respect
     to any  Guarantor  of any of the  Indebtedness  or any  Guarantor  dies  or
     becomes  incompetent,  or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability
     under, any Guaranty of the Indebtedness.  In the event of a death,  Lender,
     at its option,  may, but shall not be required to,  permit the  Guarantor's
     estate to assume unconditionally the obligations arising under the guaranty
     in a manner  satisfactory  to Lender,  and,  in doing so, cure any Event of
     Default.

     CHANGE IN OWNERSHIP.  Any change in ownership of twenty-five  percent (25%)
     or more of the common stock of Borrower.

     ADVERSE CHANGE.  A material  adverse change occurs in Borrower's  financial
     condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of the
     Loan is impaired.

     INSECURITY. Lender in good faith believes itself insecure.

     RIGHT TO CURE.  if any default,  other than a default on  Indebtedness,  is
     curable and if Borrower or Grantor,  as the case may be, has not been given
     a notice of a similar default within the preceding twelve, (12) months', it
     may be cured (and no Event of Default  will have  occurred)  if Borrower or
     Grantor,  as the case may be, after  receiving  written  notice from lender
     demanding  cure of such  default:  (1) cure the default  within twenty (20)
     days; or (2) if the cure  requires more than twenty (20) days,  immediately
     initiate  steps  which  Lender  deems in  Lender's  sole  discretion  to be
     sufficient  to cure the default and  thereafter  continue  and complete all
     reasonable and necessary steps sufficient to produce  compliance as soon as
     reasonably practical.

EFFECT OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT.  If any Event of Default shall occur except where
otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Related  Documents,  all commitments
and  obligations of Lender under this Agreement or the Related  Documents or any
other  agreement  immediately  WILL terminate  (including any obligation to make
further  Loan  Advances  or   disbursements),   and,  at  Lender's  option,  all
Indebtedness  immediately will become due and payable, all without notice of any
kind to  Borrower,  except  that in the case of an Event of  Default of the type
described in the  "Insolvency"  subsection  above,  such  acceleration  shall be
automatic and not optional. In addition,  Borrower shall have all the rights and
remedies  provided in the Related  Documents or available at law, in equity,  or
otherwise. Except as may be prohibited by applicable law, all of Lender's rights
and  remedies   shall  be  cumulative   and  may  be  exercised   singularly  or
concurrently.  Election by Lender to pursue any remedy shall not exclude pursuit
of any other remedy,  and an election to make  expenditures or to take action to
perform an obligation  of Borrower or of any Grantor  shall not affect  Lender's
right to declare a default and to exercise its rights and remedies,

MISCELLANEOUS  PROVISIONS.  The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of
this Agreement:

     AMENDMENTS.   This   Agreement,   together  with  any  Related   Documents,
     constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the
     matters set forth in this Agreement.  No alteration of or amendment to this
     Agreement  shall be  effective  unless  given in writing  and signed by the
     party or  parties  sought  to be  charged  or bound  by the  alteration  or
     amendment.

     ATTORNEYS'  FEES;  EXPENSES.  Borrower  agrees  to pay upon  demand  all of
     Lender's  costs  and  expenses,  including  Lender's  attorneys'  fees  and
     Lender's legal  expenses,  incurred in connection  with the  enforcement of
     this  Agreement.  Lender may hire or pay someone  else to help enforce this
     Agreement,   and  Borrower  shall  pay  the  costs  and  expenses  of  such
     enforcement.  Costs and expenses include Lender's attorneys' fees and legal
     expenses whether or not there is a lawsuit,  including  attorneys' fees and
     legal expenses for bankruptcy  proceedings  (including efforts to modify or
     vacate any automatic  stay or  injunction),  appeals,  and any  anticipated
     post-judgment collection services,  Borrower also shall pay all court costs
     and such additional fees as may be directed by the court.

     CAPTION  HEADINGS.  Caption  headings in this Agreement are for convenience
     purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the  provisions
     of this Agreement.

     CONSENT TO LOAN  PARTICIPATION.  Borrower  agrees and consents to 'Lender's
     sale or  transfer,  whether  now or  later,  of one or  more  participation
     interests  in the  Loan  to one or  more  purchasers,  whether  related  or
     unrelated to Lender. Lender may provide, without any limitation whatsoever,
     to any one or more purchasers, or potential purchasers,  any information or
     knowledge Lender may have about Borrower or about any other matter relating
     to the Loan, and Borrower hereby waives any rights to privacy  Borrower may
     have with respect to such matters. Borrower additionally waives any and all
     notices of sale of participation  interests,  as well as all notices of any
     repurchase of such participation  interests.  Borrower also agrees that the
     purchasers of any such  participation  interests  will be considered as the
     absolute  owners of such interests in the Loan and will have all the rignts
     granted under the participation  agreement or agreements governing the sale
     of such  participation  interests.  Borrower  further  waives all rights of
     offset  or  counterclaim  that it may have now or later  against  Lender or
     against any purchaser of such a participation  interest and unconditionally
     agrees  that  either  Lender  or  such  purchaser  may  enforce  Borrower's
     obligation under the Loan  irrespective of the failure or insolvency of any
     holder  of any  interest  in the Loan.  Borrower  further  agrees  that the
     purchaser of any such  participation  interests  may enforce its  interests
     irrespective  of any  personal  claims or defenses  that  Borrower may have
     against Lender.

     GOVERNING  LAW. THIS AGREEMENT HAS BEEN DELIVERED TO LENDER AND ACCEPTED BY
     LENDER IN THE STATE OF ARIZONA. IF THERE IS A LAWSUIT, BORROWER AGREES UPON
     LENDER'S  REQUEST TO SUBMIT TO THE  JURISDICTION  OF THE COURTS OF MARLCOPA
     COUNTY, STATE OF ARIZONA.  THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED
     AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF ARIZONA.

     NO WAIVER BY  LENDER.  Lender  shall not be deemed to have waive any rights
     under this  Agreement  unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by
     Lender.  No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right
     shall  operate  as a waiver of such right or any other  right,  A waiver by
     Lender of a provision of this Agreement shall not prejudice or constitute a
     waiver of Lender's right otherwise to demand strict

<PAGE>
                             BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT                      Page 4
                                   (Continued)

================================================================================

     compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Agreement. No
     prior  waiver by  Lender,  nor any  course of  dealing  between  Lender and
     Borrower,  or between Lender and any Grantor,  shall constitute a waiver of
     any  of  Lender's  rights  or  of  any  of  Borrower's  or  any  Grantor's,
     obligations as to any future  transactions.  Whenever the consent of Lender
     is required under this Agreement, the granting of such consent by Lender in
     any  instance  shall  not  constitute   continuing  consent  to  subsequent
     instances  where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may
     be granted or withheld In THE SOLE DISCRETION of Lender.

     NOTICES.  Any notice  required to be given under this  Agreement  she II be
     given in writing,  and shall be effective  when  actually  delivered,  when
     actually received by telefacsimile (unless otherwise required by law), when
     deposited with a nationally  recognized  overnight courier,  or, if mailed,
     when  deposited  in the United  States  mail,  as first class  certified or
     registered mail postage  prepaid,  directed to the addresses shown near the
     beginning of this  Agreement.  Any party may change its address for notices
     under this  Agreement by giving formal written notice to the other parties,
     specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party's address.
     For notice  purposes,  Borrower agrees to keep Lender informed at all times
     of Borrower's  current address.  Unless  otherwise  provide (or required by
     law, if there is more than one Borrower,  any notice given by Lender to any
     Borrower is deemed to be notice given to all Borrowers

     SEVERABILITY.  If a court of competent  jurisdiction finds any provision of
     this  Agreement  to  be  illegal,  invalid,  or  unenforceable  as  to  any
     circumstance,  that finding shall not make the offending provision illegal,
     invalid,  or unenforceable as to any other circumstance.  If feasible,  the
     offending provision shall be considered modified so that it becomes le gal,
     valid and enforceable. If the offending provision cannot be so modified, it
     shall be considered deleted from this Agreement.  Unless otherwise required
     by law, the illegality, invalidity, or unenforceability of any provision of
     this Agreement shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of
     any other provision of this Agreement.

     SUBSIDIARIES  AND AFFILIATES OF BORROWER.  To the extent the context of any
     provisions  of this  Agreement  makes  it  appropriate,  including  without
     limitation any representation, warranty or covenant, the word "Borrower" as
     used in this  Agreement  shall include all of Borrower's  subsidiaries  and
     affiliates.  Notwithstanding the foregoing however,  under no circumstances
     shall this  Agreement be  construed  to require  Lender to make any Loan or
     other  financial   accomodation  to  any  of  Borrower's   subsidiaries  or
     affiliates.

     SUCCESSORS  AND ASSIGNS.  All covenants and  agreements  contained by or on
     behalf of Borrower shall bind  Borrower's  successors and assigns and shall
     inure to the benefit of Lender, its successors and assigns.  Borrower shall
     not,  however,  have the  right to  assign  Borrower's  rights  under  this
     Agreement or any interest  therein,  without the prior  written  consent of
     Lender.

     SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Borrower understands and agrees
     that  in  making  the  Loan,  Lender  is  relying  on all  representations,
     warranties,  and  covenants  made by Borrower in this  Agreement  or in any
     certificate or other instrument  delivered by Borrower to Lender under this
     Agreement or the Related Documents. Borrower further agrees that regardless
     of any investigation made by Lender, all such  representations,  warranties
     and covenants will survive the making of the Loan and delivery to Lender of
     the Related  Documents,  shall be continuing in nature, and shall remain in
     full force and effect until such time as Borrower's  Indebtedness  shall be
     paid in full,  or until this  Agreement  shall be  terminated in the manner
     provided above, whichever is the Iast to occur.

     TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE.  Time is of the essence in the  performance of this
     Agreement.

DEFINITIONS.  The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following
meanings  when  used  in  this  Agreement.  Unless  specifically  stated  to the
contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of
the United States of America. Words and terms used in the singular shall include
the  plural,  and the plural  shall  include  the  singular,  as the context may
require.  Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the
meanings  attributed to such terms In the Uniform  Commercial  Code.  Accounting
words and terms not otherwise  defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings
assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles as
in effect on the date of this Agreement:

     ADVANCE.  The word "Advance" means a disbursement of Loan funds made, or to
     be made,  to  Borrower  or on  Borrower's  behalf  on a tine of  credit  or
     multiple advance basis under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

     AGREEMENT. The word "Agreement" means this Business Loan Agreement, as this
     Business  Loan  Agreement  may be  amended or  modified  from time to time,
     together  with all exhibits and  schedules  attached to this  Business Loan
     Agreement from time to time.

     BORROWER. The word "Borrower" means Accord Semiconductor Equipment,  Group,
     Inc.,  and all other  persons  and  entities  signing  the Note in whatever
     capacity.

     COLLATERAL.  The word "Collateral" means all property and assets granted as
     collateral security for a Loan, whether real or personal property,  whether
     granted directly or indirectly,  whether granted now or In the future,  and
     whether granted in the form of a security  interest,  mortgage,  collateral
     mortgage, dead of trust, assignment, pledge, chattel mortgage, crop pledge,
     chattel  mortgage,  collateral  chattel mortgage,  chattel trust,  factor's
     lien, equipment trust,  conditional sale, trust receipt, lien, charge, lien
     or title retention  contract,  lease or consignment  intended as a security
     device, or any other security or lien interest whatsoever,  whether created
     by law, contract, or otherwise.

     ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS. The words  "Environmental Laws" mean any and all state,
     federal and local  statutes,  regulations  and  ordinances  relating to the
     protection of human health or the environment,  Including without Imitation
     the Comprehensive Environmental Response,  Compensation,  and Liability Act
     of 1980,  as amended,  42 U.S.C.  Section  9601,  et seq.  ("CERCLA"),  the
     Superfund  Amendments and  Reauthorization  Act of 1986, Pub. L. No. 99-499
     ("SARA"),  the Hazardous Materials  Transportation  Act, 49 U.S.C.  Section
     1801,  at seq.,  the  Resource  Conservation  and  Recovery  Act, 42 U.S.C.
     Section 6901, at seq., or other applicable state or federal laws, rules, or
     regulations adopted pursuant thereto.

     EVENT OF DEFAULT.  The words  "Event of Default"  mean any of the Events of
     Default set forth in this Agreement in the section titled "Default".

     GAAP. The word "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles.

     GRANTOR.  The word "Grantor"  means each and all of the persons or entities
     granting a Security  Interest  in any  Collateral  for the Loan,  including
     without limitation all Borrowers granting such a Security Interest.

     GUARANTOR.   The  word  "Guarantor"   means  any  guarantor,   surety,   or
     accommodation party of any or all of the Loan.

     GUARANTY.  The word "Guaranty" means the guaranty from Guarantor I. Lender,
     INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION A GUARANTY OF ALL or part of the Note.

INDEBTEDNESS.  The word "Indebtedness"  means the indebtedness  evidenced by the
Note or Related  Documents,  including all principal and interest  together with
all other  indebtedness and costs and expenses for which Borrower is responsible
under this Agreement or under any of the Related Documents.

LENDER. The word "Lender" means Union Bank of Arizona,  N.A., its successors and
assigns.

LOAN. The word "Loan" means any and all loans and financial  accommodations from
Lender to Borrower  whether now or hereafter  existing,  and however  evidenced,
including without limitation 'hose loans and financial  accommodations described
herein or described on any exhibit or schedule  attached to this  Agreement from
time to time.

NOTE.  The word "Note"  means the Note  executed  by  Borrower in the  principal
amount of  $1,000,000.00  dated March 19, 1999,  together  with all renewals of,
extensions  of,  modifications  of,  refinancings  of,  consolidations  of,  and
substitutions for the note or credit agreement.

PERMITTED  LIENS.  The words  "Permitted  Liens"  mean (1)  liens  and  security
interests securing Indebtedness owed by Borrower to Lender; (2) liens for taxes,
assessments,  or similar  charges either not yet due or being  contested in good
faith; (3) liens of materialmen,  mechanics, warehousemen, or carriers, or other
like liens arising in the ordinary  course of business and securing  obligations
which  are not yet  delinquent;  (4)  purchase  money  liens or  purchase  money
security  interests upon or in any property  acquired or held by Borrower in the
ordinary  course of business to secure  indebtedness  outstanding on the date of
this Agreement or permitted to be incurred under the paragraph of this Agreement
titled  "Indebtedness and Liens";  (5) liens and security  interests which as of
the date of this Agreement, have been disclosed to and approved by the Lender in
writing;  and (6) those  liens and  security  interests  which in the  aggregate
constitute an immaterial and  insignificant  monetary amount with respect to the
net value of Borrower's assets.

RELATED  DOCUMENTS.  The words "Related  Documents"  mean all promissory  notes,
credit  agreements,  loan  agreements,   environmental  agreements,  guaranties,
security  agreements,  mortgages,  deeds of trust,  security  deeds,  collateral
mortgages, and all other instruments,  agreements and documents,  whether now or
hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Loan.

SECURITY  AGREEMENT.  The words  "Security  Agreement"  mean and include without
limitation any agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements,  understandings or
other  agreements,  whether created by law,  contract or otherwise,  evidencing,
governing, representing, or creating a Security Interest.

SECURITY INTEREST.  The words "Security Interest" mean, without limitation,  any
and all types of collateral security, present and future, whether in the form of
a lien, charge, encumbrance, mortgage, deed of trust, security deed, assignment,
pledge,  crop pledge,  chattel mortgage,  collateral  chattel mortgage,  chattel
trust, factor's lien, equipment trust,  conditional sale, trust receipt, lien or
title retention contract, lease or consignment Intended as a security device, or
any other security or lien interest whatsoever whether created by law, contract,
or otherwise.
<PAGE>
                             BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT                      Page 5
                                   (Continued)

================================================================================

BORROWER  ACKNOWLEDGES  HAVING READ ALL THE  PROVISIONS  OF THIS  BUSINESS  LOAN
AGREEMENT AND BORROWER  AGREES TO ITS TERMS.  THIS  BUSINESS  LOAN  AGREEMENT IS
DATED MARCH 19, 1999.

BORROWER:

    ACCORD SEMICONDUCTOR EQUIPMENT GROUP, INC.

By: /s/ Travis Wilson                      By: /s/ Terrie C. Wilson
    -----------------------------------    -------------------------------------
    Travis Wilson, President of Accord     Terrie C. Wilson, Secretary of Accord
    Semiconductor Equipment, Group, Inc.   Semiconductor Equipment, Group, Inc.

LENDER.

UNION BANK OF ARIZONA, N.A.

X /s/ Signature Illegible
  -------------------------------------
  Authorized Signer

================================================================================

                      SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND INVESTMENT
                           REPRESENTATION OF INVESTORS

Accord Advanced Technologies, Inc.
5002 S. Ash Avenue
Tempe, AZ  85282


Gentlemen:

1)   Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the undersigned, intending to
     be legally bound, hereby irrevocably subscribers for and agrees to accept
     and subscribe to 83,333 shares of Regulation D. Section 504 Common Stock of
     Accord Advanced Technologies, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the "Company"),
     for a total consideration of $250,000, the receipt and sufficiency of which
     is hereby acknowledged. The 83,333 shares shall be adjusted for the 3-1
     stock split announced by the Company, i.e., the adjusted number of shares
     will be 250,000.

2)   In order to induce the company to accept the subscription made hereby, the
     undersigned hereby represents and warrants to the Company, and each other
     person who acquires or has acquired the Common Stock, as follows:

     a)  The undersigned, if an individual (i) has reached the age of majority
         in the state in which he resides, and ii) is a bona fide resident and
         domiciliary (not a temporary or transient resident) of the state set
         forth beneath his signature below.

     b)  The undersigned has the financial ability to bear the economic risk of
         an investment in the Common Stock and has adequate means of providing
         for his current needs and personal contingencies, has no need for
         liquidity in such investment, and could afford a complete loss of such
         investment. The undersigned's overall commitment to investments that
         are not readily marketable is not disproportionate to his net worth,
         and investment in the Company will not cause such overall commitment to
         become excessive.

     c)  The undersigned meets at least one of the following criteria:

            (i)   the undersigned is a natural person whose individual net worth
                  or joint net worth with his spouse, at the time of the
                  purchase of the Common Stock, exceeds one million dollars
                  ($1,000,000); or

            (ii)  the undersigned is a natural person and has an individual
                  income in excess of two hundred thousand ($200,000) in each of
                  the two most recent years, or jointly with his spouse in
                  excess of three hundred thousand ($300,000) in each of the two
                  most recent years, and who reasonably expects to achieve at
                  least the same level of income in the current year; or

            (iii) qualifies as an "accredited investor" under Regulation D of
                  the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act").

     d)  The investment is one in which the undersigned is purchasing for
         himself and not for others.

     e)  The investment amount does not exceed ten percent (10%) of the net
         worth of the undersigned, and the undersigned has the capability to
         understand the investment and the risk of such investment.
<PAGE>
     f)  The undersigned has been given full opportunity to ask questions of and
         to receive answers from the Company concerning the terms and conditions
         of the offering and the business of the Company, and to obtain
         additional information necessary to verify the accuracy of the
         information provided him or to obtain such other information as is
         desired in order to the full satisfaction of the undersigned.

     g)  In making his decision to purchase the Common Stock herein subscribed
         for, the undersigned has relied solely upon independent investigation,
         and is not subscribing pursuant hereto for any Common Stock as a result
         of or subsequent to: (i) any advertisement, article, notice or other
         communication published in any newspaper, magazine, or similar media or
         broadcast over television or radio, or (ii) any seminar or meeting
         whose attendee, including the undersigned, has been invited as a result
         of, subsequent to , or pursuant to any of the foregoing.

     h)  The undersigned understands that the Common Stock has not been
         registered under the Act, in reliance upon specific exemptions from
         registration thereunder, and agrees that his Common Stock may not be
         sold, offered for sale, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or
         otherwise disposed of except in compliance with the Act and applicable
         state securities laws. The undersigned has been advised that the
         Company has no obligation to cause the Common Stock to be registered
         under the Act or to comply with any exemption under the Act, which
         would permit the Common Stock to be sold by the undersigned.

3)   To the extent the undersigned has the right to rescind his purchase of the
     Common Stock, which right of recession is hereby offered, the undersigned
     waives and relinquishes such rights and agrees to accept certificate(s)
     evidencing such Common Stock.

4)   This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall
     be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of
     the state of Nevada.

5)   All pronouns contained herein and any variations thereof shall be deemed to
     refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the
     identity of the parties hereto may require.

6)   The Common Stock referred to herein may be sold to the subscriber in a
     transaction exempt under the New York Securities Act. The Common Stock has
     not been registered under said act in the state of New York. The offering
     described herein has not been reviewed by the Attorney General of the State
     of New York, and the Attorney General of the State of New York has not
     passed on or endorsed the merits of this offering. Any representation to
     the contrary is unlawful.
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned has executed and agrees to be bound by this
Subscription  Agreement and Investment  Representation on the date written below
as the Date of Subscription.

                          (TO BE USED FOR INDIVIDUALS)



- ----------------------------------      -----------------------------------
First Name of Individual                Signature of Individual



- ----------------------------------      -----------------------------------
State of Residence                      Date of Subscription



                            (TO BE USED FOR PARTNERSHIPS, CORPORATIONS
                                    TRUSTS OR OTHER ENTITIES)



Nismic
- ----------------------------------      -----------------------------------
Print Name of Entity                    Signature of Authorized Representative




President                               Michael Manis
- ----------------------------------      -----------------------------------
Capacity of Authorized                  Print Name of Authorized Representative
Representative



New York                                10-6-98
- ----------------------------------      -----------------------------------
Print Jurisdiction of                   Date of Subscription
Incorporation or Organization
<PAGE>

                             SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
                           PRIVATE PLACEMENT OF STOCK

Gentlemen:

This Subscription Agreement has been executed by the undersigned In connection
with the private placement of shares consisting of shares of Common Stock (the
"Shares") of ACCORD ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (AVTI), a Nevada corporation
(the "Company"). The undersigned (sometimes herein referred to as the
"Investor") hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as
follows:

1.       AGREEMENT TO SUBSCRIBE; PAYMENT: SUBSCRIPTION IRREVOCABLE.

The undersigned hereby subscribes for 127,272 post split Common Shares at a
price of $2.75 per Share payable to the Company.

Terms of the Subscription

a.       Enclosed herewith is the undersigned's wire verifications in the amount
         of $350,000 pursuant to the following terms: $100,000 to be wired by
         October 2,1998. $75,000 per week commencing October 12, 1998 until the
         entire $350,000 is fully paid. Furthermore, the Investor shall have the
         right to match any competitive bid proffered to AVTI during the next 12
         month period through a 504 D offering.

Note:

   Company will issue 127,272 Common Shares on receipt of the $350,000.

The undersigned understands that, except as provided, as expressly provided
herein, this subscription may not be revoked by the undersigned for six months
from the date hereof, and that the execution and delivery of this Agreement will
not constitute an agreement between the undersigned and the Company until this
Agreement has been accepted by the Company, and then subject to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement.

THE UNDERSIGNED UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS INVESTMENT IN THE COMPANY IS ILLIQUID AND
INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF SPECULATIVE RISK.

2.       QUALIFICATIONS OF INVESTOR.
<PAGE>
(a)      Accredited Investor Status. The undersigned hereby represents and
         warrants to the Company that the Investor is an accredited investor
         inasmuch as the Investor is:

                   (Please check all applicable descriptions)

( )      A bank or savings and loan association, as defined in the Securities
         Act, whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity.

( )      A broker or dealer registered pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act
         Of 1934.

( )      An insurance company, as defined in the Securities Act, as amended.

( )      An investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of
         1940.

( )      A business development company, as defined in the Investment Company
         Act of 1940.

( )      A Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business
         Administration.

( )      A plan established and maintained by a state, its political
         subdivisions or an agency or instrumentality of a state or its
         political subdivisions for the benefit of its employees, if such plan
         has total assets in excess of $5,000,000.

( )      An employee benefit plan within the meaning of Title I of the
         Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA), if the
         investment decision with respect to this investment is made by a plan
         fiduciary, as defined in ERISA, which is either a bank, insurance
         company, or registered investment advisor, if the employee benefit plan
         has total assets in excess of $5,000,000.

( )      A private business development company, as defined in the Investment
         Advisors Act of 1940.

( )      A tax exempt organization defined in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal
         Revenue Code, or a corporation, Massachusetts or similar business
         trust, or partnership, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring
         the Shares, With total assets in excess OF $5,000,000.

( )      A director or executive officer of the Company.

( )      A natural person whose individual net worth (or joint net worth with
         that person's spouse) exceeds $1,000,000.
<PAGE>
( )      A natural person who had an individual income in excess of $200,000 or
         with his spouse $300,000 in each of the two most recent years and who
         reasonably expects an income of at least the same level in the current
         year.

( )      A trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the
         specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose purchase is
         directed by a sophisticated person as described in Rule 506(b)(2)(ii)
         under the Securities Act.

( )      An entity all the equity owners of which may respond affirmatively to
         any of the preceding paragraphs.

(x)        None of the above.

                          (please check if applicable)

         (x)      Alone, or with his purchaser representative, if any, the
                  Investor has such knowledge and experience in financial and
                  business matters that he is capable if evaluating the merits
                  and risks of this transaction and of an investment in the
                  Corporation as provided for in the Memorandum.

(c)      Investor Suitability; Illiquidity; Ability to Bear Loss. The Investor
         has a net worth of at LEAST $650,000 (exclusive of home, furnishings
         and automobiles), or during the past taxable year, the Investor had,
         and during the present taxable year, the Investor will have, an annual
         gross income of at least $200,000 and a net worth of at least $650,000
         (exclusive of home, furnishings and automobiles).

         (x)      The overall commitment of the undersigned to securities which
                  are not readily marketable is not disproportionate to the
                  Investor's net worth, and his investment in the Shares will
                  not cause his overall commitment to become excessive.

         (x)      The undersigned has adequate means of providing for his
                  current needs and personal contingencies, has no need for
                  liquidity in his investment in the Shares, and can sustain a
                  complete loss of his investment in the Shares.

(d)      Entity Investors. If the undersigned is other than a natural person,
         the undersigned represents and warrants that:
<PAGE>
         (i)      The undersigned has not been formed, reformed or recapitalized
                  for the specific purpose of purchasing the Shares;

         (ii)     The undersigned has been duly formed and is validly existing-
                  in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
                  formation, WITH FILL power and authority to enter into the
                  transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and

         (iii)    This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed
                  and delivered by the undersigned and when executed and
                  delivered by the Company, will constitute the valid, binding
                  and enforceable agreement of the undersigned.

3.       ACCESS TO INFORMATION-, INDEPENDENT INVESTIGATION.

  (a)    Private Placement Memorandum. The undersigned has not received Private
         Placement Memorandum dated _______________ but has instead made an
         independent investigation of the company, its management, its business
         plan and other related investment information it deems appropriate.

  (b)    Independent Investigation; Access. The undersigned, in making the
         decision to purchase the Shares subscribed for, has relied upon
         independent investigations made by him and his purchaser
         representatives (if any), and the undersigned and such representatives
         (if any) have, prior to any sale to him, been given access and the
         opportunity to examine all material' books and records of the
         Corporation, all material contracts and document; relating to this
         offering and an opportunity to ask questions of, and to receive answers
         from, the Corporation or any person acting on its behalf CONCERNING the
         terms and conditions of this offering and to obtain any additional
         information to the extent the Corporation possesses such information or
         can acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense, necessary to
         verify the accuracy of the information set forth in the Memorandum.

         The undersigned and the undersigned's advisors, if any, have been
         furnished with all materials relating to (i) the business, finances and
         operation of the Company and materials relating to the offer and sale
         of the Shares. The undersigned and the undersigned's advisors, if any,
         have received complete and satisfactory answers to any such inquiries.

  (c)    No Other Representations. No representations have been made to
         undersigned or such purchaser representative, if any, concerning the
         Shares, the Corporation, its business or prospects, or other matters.
<PAGE>
  (d)    Adequacy of Investigation. The undersigned acknowledges that the
         undersigned is subscribing for the Shares after what the undersigned
         deems to be adequate investigation of the business, finances and
         prospects of the Company by the undersigned and the undersigned's
         advisors, if any.

  (e)    No Governmental Recommendation or Approval. The undersigned understands
         that no federal, state or other United States agency has passed on or
         made any recommendation or endorsement of the Shares.

4.       INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS.

  (a)    Shares Not Registered; Indefinite Holding. The undersigned has been
         advised by the Company, and understands, that the undersigned must bear
         the economic risk of an investment in the Shares for an indefinite
         period of time because the Shares have not been registered under the
         Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") and the
         Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. Therefore, the
         Shares must be held by the undersigned unless they are subsequently
         registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such
         registration is available for the transfer of the Shares.

  (b)    Purchase for own Account. The ;undersigned represents that the Shares
         are being acquired solely for the undersigned's own account for
         investment and not with a view toward, or for resale in connection
         with, any "distribution" (as that term is used in the Securities Act
         and the Rules and Regulations thereunder) of all or any portion
         thereof.

  (c)    No Disposition of Shares Without Securities Law Compliance. The
         undersigned agrees not to subdivide the Shares or to offer, sell,
         pledge, hypothecate or otherwise transfer or dispose of any of the
         Shares in the absence of an effective registration statement under the
         Securities Act covering such disposition, or an opinion of counsel,
         satisfactory to the Company and its counsel, to the effect that
         registration under the Securities Act is not required in respect to
         such transfer or disposition.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE
ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SAID ACT, OR AN AVAILABLE
EXEMPTION UNDER FEDERAL AND, OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS.
<PAGE>
5.       INDEMNIFICATION.

The undersigned agrees to indemnify and hold the Company, its officers,
directors and stockholders or any other person who may be deemed to control the
Company harmless from any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, arising out
of the inaccuracy of any of the above representations, warranties or statements
or the breach of any of the agreements contained herein, and this
indemnification shall survive the purchase and sale of the Shares subscribed for
herein.

6.       BLUE SKY NOTICES.

Exempt in the State of Nevada
US Company incorporated in Nevada

7.       CLOSING DATE.

         The date of the dosing of the sale of the Shares (the "Closing") shall
         be the date specified in written notice from the Company to the
         undersigned, which date shall be no later than 5 days after the date of
         such notice. The Closing shall take place at the offices of the Company
         located at 5002 South Ash Avenue, Tempe, Arizona 85282, or at such
         other place as may be designated by the Company in the above notice and
         shall be at such time specified in such notice.

8.       CONDITIONS TO THE COMPANY'S OBLIGATION TO SELL.

         Investor understands that the Company's obligation to sell the Stock is
         conditioned upon:

  (a)    the receipt and acceptance by the Company of satisfactory Subscription
         Agreements for all of the Shares to be offered;

  (b)    the simultaneous or substantially simultaneous sale of at least 60% of
         the Shares;

  (c)    an Opinion of Counsel that the collective subscribers are unaffiliated
         and not control by one or more affiliated or related persons;

  (d)    the offering not being sooner terminated by the Company pursuant to
         Section 10 hereof.

9.       CONDITIONS TO INVESTOR'S OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE.

Investor's obligation to purchase the Stock in accordance with the terms of this
Subscription Agreement is conditioned upon:

(i)      the simultaneous or substantially simultaneous sale of all the Shares
         offered.

10.      TERMINATION OF THE OFFERING

Investor and company acknowledge that the offering of the Stock can not be
terminated after money has changed hands. Prior to this, Investor acknowledges
that the offering of the stock can be terminated at any time by the company
prior to the closing regardless of whether this Subscription Agreement had
theretofore been accepted by the company. In the event of such termination this
Subscription Agreement, and the parties' obligations hereunder, shall terminate.

11.      GOVERNING LAW.

This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws
of the State of Nevada.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Subscription Agreement was duly executed on the 1st
day of October, 1998.

INVESTOR                                ACCORD ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By: /s/                                 /s/ Travis Wilson
- --------------------------------        -----------------------------------
Title:                                  Travis Wilson
     For ECB International ....         Title: President/CEO
<PAGE>
                                ESCROW AGREEMENT

This agreement entered into this 1st day of October, 1998 by and between Accord
Advanced Technologies, Inc. (AVTI) Davis, McKee & Forshey P.C. Attorneys At Law
(Escrow Agent) and Tantay/Investor. The Investor has purchased common shares of
AVTI pursuant to Regulation D Section 504 under terms and conditions set forth
in a certain Subscription Agreement dated October 1, 1998. The Escrow Agent has
agreed to hold said certificates evidencing the above mentioned sale in
safekeeping at its office located at 5338 North Seventh Street, Suite A201,
Phoenix, AZ 85014 for a period of one year or until further written instructions
mutually agreed upon from both the Investor and AVTI. The Investor hereby agrees
to place said certificates in the custody of the Escrow Agent and agrees not to
attempt to sell or make any representations that said shares can be sold during
this lock-up period of time.

This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws
of the State of Arizona.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Escrow Agreement was duly executed on the 1st day of
October, 1998.


INVESTOR                                ACCORD ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By: /s/                                 /s/ Travis Wilson
- --------------------------------        -----------------------------------
Title:                                  Travis Wilson
     For ECB International ....         Title: President/CEO


ESCROW AGENT
DAVIS, MCKEE & FOREHEY

By: /s/
- --------------------------------


                                   AGREEMENT

1. R&F ADVISORS (RF), with its principal place of business in Phoenix, AZ, is an
advisory group consisting of Gerald Flanagan and Carol Ranno. It is engaged in
the business of advising and assisting companies as well as arranging financing.
The financing may be in the form of loans, merger, an equity investment by one
or more investors, or other transactions wherein the company receives funding
through a combination of the above ACCORD ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (AVTI),
with its principal place of business in Tempe, AZ, desires to retain RF as its
Advisor to assist in Mergers and Acquisitions, Business Planning, Due Diligence
Strategic Plan and to arrange financing to meet present and future needs. The
primary capital raise is to secure a $6 million private placement to be used for
the continuous expansion and operation of the subsidiary company Accord SEG.

2. RF agrees to respect the confidentiality of all financial, operational, and
product information which it may receive from time to time from AVTI, and agrees
not to disseminate any such information to any candidate without securing the
prior written consent of AVTI and without securing the prior written agreement
of confidentiality, if needed, from a designated candidate. RF will, on a
monthly basis, advise AVTI as to the name and progress on each funding
candidate.

3. This Agreement shall remain in effect from the date of execution for a period
of six months unless canceled by either party with 30 days written notice. Upon
the termination of this Agreement. RF agrees to provide AVTI a list of all
parties contacted on behalf of AVTI by RF and the status of any negotiations,
which may have commenced. RF shall continue to assist AVTI in the negotiation
and completion of any pending transaction begun during the term of this
Agreement and shall receive the full success fee as hereinafter set forth.

4. Should, within a period of twelve months, subsequent to the termination of
this Agreement, AVTI completes a transaction with a party introduced by RF to
AVTI a fee of 10% of the total value of the amount raised shall be the maximum
amount remitted to RF, or another advisor, or a combination of advisors who
assist AVTI to close said transaction with a party introduced by RF.

5. For the purpose of this Agreement, the term "financing" includes, but is not
limited to, any loans made to or for the benefit of AVTI or its affiliate,
proceeds or consideration paid to or on behalf of or for the benefit of AVTI or
its affiliate, for any stock or securities warrants, options or rights to
acquire stock or securities or to make loans to or its affiliate, and any other
sums of money, proceeds or other consideration paid to or received by or on
behalf of or for the benefit of AVTI or its affiliate.

6. RF's fee for services shall be a contingent fee of 10% of the value of the
funding for any funding sources introduced to AVTI by RF, payable upon the
successful closing of the transaction. The contingent fee will be based upon the
total transaction value even if the funding is staggered, which is defined to
include cash, notes, cancellation or the express assumption of debt in
connection with a purchase of assets, and the then-current US dollar value of
any other consideration. The fee shall be paid in cash or a combination of cash
and stock as agreed to by RF and shall be paid by AVTI to RF upon receipt of the
funding by AVTI. Furthermore, RF shall be granted an Option to purchase a
mutually agreed upon number of common shares of AVTI at a price not to exceed
the price per share paid by the investor introduced to AVTI by RF.

7. RF, upon request, shall also assist in the arrangement of debt financing, as
needed by AVTI. RF shall receive a fee of 3% of any funds received by AVTI,
which shall be payable at the time said debt financing is received. A fee of 3%
of the total value of the debt amount raised shall be the maximum remitted to
RF, or another advisor, or a combination of advisors who assist AVTI to close
said transaction with a party introduced by RF.

8. AVTI agrees to indemnify and hold RF and its affiliates harmless from and
against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses, including
those resulting from any threatened or pending investigation, action, proceeding
or dispute whether or not RF is a party to said activity, arising out of RF's
entering into or performing services under this Agreement, or arising out of any
matter referred to in this Agreement. The indemnity herein set forth SHALL NOT
APPLY WHERE A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION HAS MADE A FINAL DETERMINATION
THAT RF ACTED IN A GROSSLY NEGLIGENT MANNER OR ENGAGED IN WILLFUL MISCONDUCT IN
THE PERFORMANCE OF ITS SERVICES WHICH GAVE RISE TO THE LOSS, CLAIM, DAMAGE,
LIABILITY, COST OR EXPENSE SOUGHT TO BE RECOVERED.

9. Any controversy arising from the terms of this Agreement shall be submitted
to and settled by arbitration in accordance with the American Arbitration
Association-Commercial Arbitration, which shall be binding and conclusive upon
the parties to such arbitration and judgment thereon may be entered in any court
of competent jurisdiction.

10. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
laws of the State of Arizona.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this agreement, consisting
of three pages and ten paragraphs as of the date written below.


Date 3/1/98                                  R&F ADVISORS


                                             By: /s/ Carl P. Ranno
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Carl P. Ranno


Date 3/1/98                                  ACCORD ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.


                                             By: /s/ Travis Wilson
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Travis Wilson, President

                         STANDARD INDUSTRIAL LEASE - NET

                   AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION


1. PARTIES.  This lease,  dated, for reference purposes only, August 18, 1994 is
made by and between  Robert Colman Trust (heroin called  "Lessor")  and.  Accord
Semiconductor  Equipment Group, Inc. and Travis Wilson,  Individually and Terrie
Wilson, Individually (herein called "Lessee"),

2.  PROMISES.  Lessor  hereby losses to Lessee and Lessee leases from Lessor for
the term, at the rental,  and upon all of the conditions set forth herein,  that
certain  real  property  situated  in the county of-  Maricopa  State of Arizona
commonly known as 5002 South Ash, Tempe,  Arizona and described as approximately
14,000  square  foot  building  said real  properly  including  the land and all
improvements therein, is heroin called "the promises".

3. TERM.

     3.1 TERM. THE TERM OF THIS LEASE SHALL BE FOR FIVE (5) YEARS  COMMENCING ON
October  1, 1994 AND ENDING ON  SEPTEMBER  30,  1999  UNLESS  SOONER  TERMINATED
PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION HEREOF.,

     3.2 DELAY IN POSSESSION, NOTWITHSTANDING SAID COMMENCEMENT DATE, It (Of ANY
REASON LESSOR CANNOT DELIVER  POSSESSION OF THE PROMISES 10 LESSEE ON SAID DATE.
LESSOR SHALL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY  LIABILITY  THEREFOR,  NOR SHALL SUCH FAILURE
AFFECT THE  VALIDITY OF THIS LEASE OR THE  OBLIGATIONS  OF LESSEE  HEREUNDER  OR
EXTEND THE TERM HEREOF,  BUT IN SUCH CASE,  LESSEE SHALL NOT BE OBLIGATED TO PAY
RENT UNTIL POSSESSION OF THE PROMISES IS TENDERED TO LOSSES, PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,
THAT It LESSOR SHALL NOT HAVE DELIVERED  POSSESSION OF THE PROMISES WITHIN SIXTY
(60) DAYS FROM SAID COMMENCEMENT DATE. LESSEE MAY, AT LESSEE'S OPTION. BY NOTICE
IN WRITING TO LESSOR  WITHIN TON (10) DAYS  THEREAFTER,  CANCEL THIS  LEASE,  IN
WHICH EVENT THE PARTIES  SHALL BE  DISCHARGED  FROM ALL  OBLIGATIONS  HEREUNDER;
PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER. THAT IF SUCH WRITTEN NOTICE OF LESSEE IS NOT RECEIVED
BY LESSOR  WITHIN SAID TON (10) DAY PERIOD.  LESSEE 3 RIGHT TO CANCEL THIS LEASE
HEREUNDER SHALL TERMINATE AND BE OF NO FURTHER FORCE OR EFFECT.

     3.3  EARLY  POSSESSION,  IT  LESSEE  OCCUPIES  THE  PROMISES  PRIOR TO SAID
COMMENCEMENT  DATE,  SUCH OCCUPANCY  SHALL BE SUBJECT TO ALL PROVISIONS  HEREOF,
SUCH OCCUPANCY SHALL NOT ADVANCE THE TERMINATION DATE, AND LESSEE SHALL PAY RENT
FOR SUCH PERIOD AT THE INITIAL MONTHLY RATES SET FORTH BELOW.

4. RENT.  LESSEE SHALL PAY TO LESSOR AS RENT FOR THE PROMISES,  MONTHLY PAYMENTS
OF $ see  paragraph  48, IN ADVANCE,  ON THE first DAY OF EACH MONTH OF THE TERM
HEREOF. LESSEE SHALL PAY LESSOR UPON THE EXECUTION HEREOF $*5,880.00 AS RENT FOR
amount does not include NNN charges nor rental tax.

RENT FOR ANY  PERIOD  DURING  THE TERM  HEREOF  WHICH IS FOR LESS THAN ONE MONTH
SHALL BE A PRO RATE PORTION OF THE MONTHLY  INSTALLMENT RENT SHALL BE PAYABLE IN
LAWFUL MONEY OF THE UNITED  STATES TO LESSOR AT THE ADDRESS  STATED HEREIN OR TO
SUCH OTHER PERSONS Of AT SUCH OTHER PLACES AS LESSOR MAY DESIGNATE IN WRITING.

5.  SECURITY  DEPOSIT  LESSEE SHALL  DEPOSIT WITH LESSOR UPON  EXECUTION  HEREOF
$25,000.00 AS SECURITY FOR LESSEE'S FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE OF LESSEE'S OBLIGATIONS
HEREUNDER.  11  LOSSES  FALLS TO PAY RENT OR OTHER  CHARGES  DUO  HEREUNDER.  OR
OTHERWISE DEFAULTS WITH RESPECT TO ANY PROVISION OF THIS LEASE.  LESSOR MAY USE.
APPLY OR RETAIN ALL OR ANY  PORTION OF SAID  DEPOSIT FOR THE PAYMENT OF ANY RENT
OR OTHER  CHARGE IN DEFAULT OR FOR THE PAYMENT OF ANY OTHER SUM TO WHICH  LESSOR
MAY BECOME OBLIGATED BY REASON OF LESSEE'S  DEFAULT OR TO COMPENSATE  LESSOR FOR
ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE WHICH LESSOR MAY SUFFER THEREBY. 11 LESSOR SO USES OR APPLIES
ALL of ANY  PORTION OF SAID  DEPOSIT.  LESSEE  SHALL  WITHIN TAN (10) DAYS ALTER
WRITTEN  DEMAND  THEREFOR  DEPOSIT CASH WITH LESSOR IN AN AMOUNT  SUFFICIENT  TO
RESTORE SAID DEPOSIT TO THE FULL AMOUNT  HEREINABOVE STATED AND LESSEE'S FAILURE
TO DO SO SHALL BE A MALARIAL BREACH OF THIS LEASE.  LESSOR SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED
TO KEEP SAID DEPOSIT SEPARATE FROM ITS GENERAL ACCOUNTS.  IT LESSEE PERFORMS ALL
OF LESSEE'S OBLIGATIONS  HEREUNDER.  SAID DEPOSIT, OF SO MUCH THEREOF AS HAS NOT
THERETOFORE  BEEN  APPLIED  BY LESSOR,  SHALL BE  RETURNED,  WITHOUT  PAYMENT OF
INTEREST OR OTHER INCREMENT FOR ITS USE. TO LASSOS FOR LESSOR'S  OPTION,  TO THE
LAST ASSIGNEE,  IF ANY, OF LESSEE'S INTEREST HEREUNDER) AT THE EXPIRATION OF THE
TERM HEREOF.  AND SLIER LESSEE HAS VACATED  PREMISES.  NO TRUST  RELATIONSHIP IS
CREATED HEREIN BETWEEN LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO SAID SECURITY  DEPOSIT.
office and warehouse for semi conductor equipment

6. Use.

     6.1 Use.  The  Promises  shall be used and  Occupied  only for And  RELATED
business  or any  other  use  which Is  reasonably  comparable  and for no other
purpose.

     6.2 Compliance with Law.

         (a) Lessor warrants to Losses that the Premises,  In its state existing
on the DATE THAT THE LEASE form  commences.  but  without  regard to the use for
which  Lessee  will  use  the  Promises,  does  not  violate  any  covenants  or
restrictions of record. or any applicable building code. regulation or ordinance
In effect on such Lease term  commencement  date.  In the event It Is determined
that this  warranty has been  violated.  then It shall be the  Obligation of the
Lessor. after written notice from Lessee. to promptly, at Lessor's sole cost and
expense. tacitly any such violation. In the event Lessee does not give to Lessor
written notice of the violation of this warranty within six months from the date
that the Lease term commences. the correction of same shall be the obligation of
the Losses at Lessee's sole cost.  The warranty  contained In this paragraph 6.2
(a) shall be of no force of effect it,  prior to the date of this Lease,  Lessee
was the owner or occupant of the  Promises.  and.  In such event.  Lessee  shall
correct any such violation of Lessee's sole cost.

         (b) Except as provided In paragraph  6.2(a).  Lessee shall. at Lessee's
expense.  comply  promptly  with all  applicable  statutes,  ordinances.  rules.
regulations.  orders,  covenants and restrictions of record. and requirements in
effect  during the term or any part of the term  hereof.  regulating  the use by
L03SOO 01 Ins Promises.  Lessee shall not use nor permit the use of the Promises
In any manner that will tend to create Waste or a nuisance of. it there shall be
more than one tenant In the  building  containing  the  Promises.  shall land to
disturb such other tenants.

      6.3 Condition of Promises.

         (a) Lessor  shall  deliver  the  Promises  to Lessee  clean and free of
debris on Lease  commencement  date (unless Lessee is already in possession) and
Lessor further warrants to Lessee that the plumbing,  lighting, air conditioning
hosting,  and loading doors in the Promises shall be in good operating condition
on the Lease  commencement  date. In the event that It Is  determined  that this
warranty has bean  violated,  then it shall be the  obligation of Lessor,  after
receipt of written notice from Losses setting forth with  specificity the nature
of the violation,  to promptly,  at Lessor's sole cost.  rectify such violation.
Lessee's  failure to give such written  notice to Lessor within thirty (30) days
after the Lease  commencement  date shall cause the conclusive  presumption that
Lessor has complied  with all of Lessor's  obligations  hereunder.  The warranty
contained  In this  paragraph  6.3(a) shall be of no force or effect It prior to
the date of this Lease, Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises.

         (b) Except as otherwise  provided in this Lease.  Losses hereby accepts
the Promises In their condition  existing as of the Lease  commencement  date or
the date that Lessee takes  Possession  of the  Promises.  whichever is earlier.
subject to all applicable zoning.  municipal.  county and state laws. ordinances
and  regulations  governing  and  regulating  the Us* Of the  Premises,  and any
covenants or  restrictions  of me" And accepts this Lease subject thereto and to
all  matters  disclosed  thereby and by any  exhibits  attached  hereto.  Losses
acknowledges that neither Lessor nor Lessor's agent has made any  representation
of warranty  as to the present or future  suitability  of the  Promises  for the
conduct of Lessee's business.

7. Maintenance, Repairs and Alterations

     7.1 Lessee's  Obligations.  Lessee shall keep in good order.  condition and
repair the  Promises  and every part  thereof.  structural  and non  structural.
(whether or not such portion of the Promises  requiring  repair. or the means of
repairing the same are reasonably or readily  accessible to Lessee.  and whether
or not the need for such repairs  occurs as a result of Lessee's  use. any prior
use. the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises) INCLUDING, WITHOUT
limiting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing.   all  plumbing.   heating.   air
conditioning  (Lessee shall procure and maintain.  at Lessee's  expense,  an air
conditioning  system maintenance  contract)  ventilating.  electrical.  lighting
facilities  and equipment  within the Promises.  fixtures,  walls  (interior and
exterior),  foundations,   callings,  roots  (interior  and  exterior),  floors,
windows,  doors, late glass and skylights  LOCATED within the Promises.  and all
landscaping.  driveways.  parking lots, fences and signs located on the Premises
and sidewalks and parkways adjacent to the Promises.

     7.2  Surrender.  On the  last  day of the  term  hereof,  or on any  sooner
termination. LOS308 shall surrender the Promises to Lessor in the same condition
as when  received,  ordinary west and teat  excepted,  clean and free of debris.
Lessee shall repair any damage to the Promises
<PAGE>
by the  installation  or removal of Lessee's  trade  fixtures,  furnishings  and
equipment.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  otherwise  stated in this
Lease, Lessee shall leave the air lines, power panels,  electrical  distribution
systems.  lighting  fixtures,  space  heaters,  air  conditioning,  plumbing and
fencing on the premises in good operating condition.

     7.3 Lessor's Rights. It Lessee fails to perform Lessee's  obligations under
this Paragraph 7, or under any other paragraph of this Lease.  Lessor may at its
option (but shall not be  required  to) enter upon the  Promises  alter ton (10)
days' prior written  notice to Lessee  (except in the case of an  emergency,  in
which case no notice shall be required).  perform such  obligations  on Lessee's
behalf  and put the  same in good  order,  condition  and  repair,  and the cost
thereof  together with Interest  thereon at the rate of 15% shall become due and
payable as  additional  rental to Lessor  together  with  Lessee's  next  rental
Installment.

     7.4  Lessor's  Obligations.  Except  for the  obligations  of Lessor  under
Paragraph  6.2(a)  and 6.3(a)  (relating  to  Lessor's  warranty).  Paragraph  9
(relating to  destruction  of the Promises) and under  paragraph 14 (relating to
condemnation of the Promises),  it is intended by the parties hereto that Lessor
have no  obligation,  In any  manner  whatsoever,  to repair  and  maintain  the
Premises nor the building  located  thereon not the equipment  therein,  whether
structural or non structural,  all of which  obligations are intended to be that
of the Lessee under Paragraph 7.1 hereof.  Los a expressly waives the benefit of
any statute now or 'hereinafter  in effect which would  otherwise  afford Lessee
the right to make repairs at Less see expense of 10 terminate this Lease because
of Lessor's failure to keep the promises in good order, condition and repair.

      7.5 Alterations and Additions.

         (a) Lessee shall not,  without  Lessor's prior written consent make any
alterations. improvements, additions. or Utility Installations in. on of whether
or not in excess of $2,500 in  cumulative  cost.  Lessee shall make no change or
alteration 10 the exterior of the Premises no a about the  Premises,  except for
nonstructural  alterations not exceeding  $2,500 in cumulative  costs during the
term of this Leas In any event, the building(s) on the Premises without Lessor's
prior  written  consent.  As used  in  this  Paragraph  7.5  the  term  "Utility
Installation*' shall mean carpeting,  window coverings, air lines, power panels,
electrical   distribution  Systems.   lighting  fixtures.   space  heaters,  air
conditioning.  plumbing. and fencing.  Lessor may require that Lessee remove any
or all of said alterations,  improvements, additions or Utility Installations at
the expiration of the term,  and restore the Premises to their prior  condition.
Lasso( may require Lessee to provide Lessor,  at Lessee's sole cost and expense,
a lien and  Completion  bond in an amount  equal to one and  one-hall  times the
estimated cost of such improvements,  to insure Lessor against any liability lot
mechanic's and materialmen's  lions and to insure Completion of the work. Should
Lessee make any alterations.  improvements.  Additions of Utility  Installations
Without the prior approval of Lessor.  Lessor may require that Lessee remove any
or all of the same.

         (b) Any alterations,  improvements,  additions or Utility Installations
in, or about the Premises  that Lessee  shall desire to make and which  requires
the consent of the Lessor  shall be presented  to Lessor in written  form,  with
Proposed detailed plans. It Lessor shall give its consent.  the consent shall be
deemed  conditioned  upon Lessee  acquiring  a permit to do so from  appropriate
governmental  agencies.  the furnishing of a copy thereof to Lessor prior to the
commencement  of the work and the compliance by Lessee of all conditions of said
permit in a prompt and expeditious Manner.

         (c) Lessee  shall  pay,  when due.  all  claims for labor or  materials
furnished  or alleged to have been  furnished  to or for Lessee at or for use in
the  premises,  which  claims  are or  may  be  secured  by  any  mechanics'  or
materialmen's  lien against the premises or any interest  therein.  Lessee shall
give Lessor not less than ten (10) days' notice prior to the commencement of any
work in the  Premises,  and  Lessor  shall  have the  right to post  notices  of
non-responsibility in or on the Premises as as Provided by law, If Lessee shall,
In good faith,  contest the  validity of any such lien.  claim Or as Provided by
law,  If Lessee  shall,  In good faith,  contest the  validity of any such lien.
claim Or at its sole expense defend itself and Lessor against the same and shall
pay and satisfy any, such adverse  judgment that may be rendered  thereon before
the enforcement  thereof against the Lessor or the Promises,  upon the condition
that if Lessor  shall  require,  Lessee  shall  furnish to Lessor a surety  bond
satisfactory to Lessor in an amount equal to such contested lien claim or demand
Indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same and holding the Premises free
from the effect of such lien or claim. In addition, Lessor may require Lessee 10
pay Lessor's  attorneys lees and costs in participating In such action it Lessor
shall decide It Is to Its best Interest to do so.

         (d) Unless Lessor  requires  their  removal,  as sot forth in Paragraph
7.5(a),  all  alterations.  improvements,  additions  and Utility  Installations
(whether or not such Utility Installations constitute trade fixtures of Lessee).
which may be made on the  Premises,  shall  become  the  property  of Lessor and
remain upon and be surrendered  with the Promises at the expiration of the term.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph 7.5 (d), Lessee's machinery and
equipment,  of her than that which is affixed to the  Premises so that it cannot
be removed without material damage to the Premises, shall remain the property of
Lessee and may be removed by Lessee  subject to the  provisions of the Paragraph
7.2.

     8.1 Insuring Party. As used In this Paragraph 8, the term "insuring -party"
shall mean the party who has the  obligation  to obtain the  Properly  Insurance
(squired  hereunder.  The  insuring  patty shall be  designated  in Paragraph 46
hereof.  In the event Lessor Is the insuring  party.  Lessor shall also maintain
the liability  insurance  described in paragraph 8.2 hereof, In addition to, and
not In lieu of, the  insurance  required to be  maintained  by Losses under said
paragraph  8.2, but Lessor shall not be (squired to name Lessee as an additional
Insured on such policy.  Whether the insuring  pelf Is the Lessor or the Lessee,
Lessee shall, as additional rent for the Promises, pay the cost of all Insurance
required hereunder, except lot that portion of the cost attributable to Lessor's
liability  Insurance coverage In excess of $1,000,000 per occurrence.  It Lessor
is the Insuring  party LOSSES shall,  within ton (10) days  following  demand by
Lessor, reimburse Lessor for the cost of the Insurance so obtained.

     8.2 Liability Insurance.  Lessee shall, at Lessee's expense obtain and keep
In force during the term of this Lease a policy of Combined Single Limit, Bodily
Injury and Properly  Damage  insurance  Insuring  Lessor and Losses  against any
liability  arising out of the  ownership,  use,  occupancy or maintenance of the
Promises and all areas appurtenant  therein.  Such Insurance shall be a combined
single limit  policy In an amount not less than  $500.000  pat  occurrence.  The
policy shall insure  performance  by Lessee of the indemnity  provisions of this
Paragraph  8. The  limits  of said  insurance  shall  not.  however,  limit  the
liability of Lessee hereunder.

     8.3 Properly Insurance,

         (a) The  insuring  party shall obtain and keep in force during the form
of this Lease a policy or policies of insurance  covering  loss or damage to the
Promises,  in the amount of the full replacement value thereof,  as the same may
exist from time to time,  which  replacement  value is now $750,000.00 but In no
event  less  than the total  amount  required  by  lenders  having  lions on the
Promises.  against  all  perils  included  within  the  classification  of lire,
extended coverage,  vandalism,  malicious mischief,  flood (In the event same is
required by a lender having a lion on the Premises), and special extended perils
("all  risk" as such term Is used in the  insurance  industry).  Said  Insurance
shall  provide  for  payment of loss  thereunder  to Lessor or to (he holders of
mortgages  or deeds of trust on the  Premises.  The  insuring  party  shall,  in
addition.  obtain  And keep in force  during  the term of this Lease a policy of
rental  value  Insurance  covering  a period of one year.  with loss  payable to
Lessor,  which  insurance  shall also cover all real estate taxes and  insurance
costs for said period. A stipulated value or agreed amount endorsement  deleting
the coinsurance provision of the policy shall be procured with said insurance as
well as an automatic Increase in insurance  endorsement  causing the increase in
annual  properly  insurance  coverage by 2% per quarter.  If the Insuring  party
shall fail to procure and maintain said Insurance the other party may, but shall
not be required to, procure and maintain the same, but at the expense of Lessee.
It such insurance  coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall
not exceed $1,000 per occurrence, and Lessee shall be liable for such deductible
amount.

         (b) If the Premises are part of a larger  building,  or if the Premises
are part of a group of  buildings  owned by  Lessor  which are  adjacent  to the
Promises,  then Lessee shall pay for any  Increase in the property  insurance of
such other  building or buildings it said Increase if, caused by Lessee's  Acts,
omissions, use or occupancy of the Promises.

         (c) 11 the  Lessor is the  insuring  party the  Lessor  will not Insure
Lessee's  fixtures,   equipment  or  tenant   improvements   unless  [he  tenant
improvements  have become a part of the Promises under paragraph 7, hereof.  But
if Lessee is the Insuring party the Lessee shall insure its fixtures,  equipment
and tenant improvements.

     8.4 Insurance Policies.  Insurance required hereunder shall be in companies
holding a  "General  Policyholders  Rating"  of at least 8 plus.  or such  other
rating as may be  required  by a lender  having a lien on the  Premises,  as set
forth in the most current issue of "Best's Insurance Guide".  The insuring patty
shall  deliver  to the other  party  copies of  policies  of such  insurance  of
certificates  evidencing  the existence and amounts of such  insurance with loss
payable  clauses  as  required  by this  paragraph  8. No such  policy  shall be
cancelable  or subject to  reduction  of coverage or other  modification  except
after  thirty  (30)  days'  prior  written  notice to  Lessor.  It Lessee is the
insuring  party Lessee shall,  at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration
of such policies,  furnish Lessor with renewals or "binders" thereof,  or Lessor
may order such  insurance  and charge the cost  thereof to Lessee,  which amount
shall be payable by Lessee upon demand. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done
anything which shall invalidate the insurance  policies referred to in Paragraph
8.3. 11 Lessee does or permits to be done anything which shall increase the cost
of the  insurance  policies  retorted to in  Paragraph  8,3,  then Lessee  shall
forthwith upon Lessor's  demand  reimburse  Lessor for any  additional  premiums
attributable to any act or omission or operation of Lessee causing such increase
In the cost of insurance.  If Lessor Is the Insuring party, and it the insurance
policies  maintained  hereunder  cover  other  improvements  in  addition to the
Promises,  Lessor shall deliver to Lessee a written  statement setting forth the
amount of any such insurance coal Increase and showing in reasonable  detail the
manner In which It has been computed.

     8.5 Waiver of  Subrogation.  Lessee  and Lessor  each  hereby  release  and
relieve the other and waive their entire right of recovery against the other for
loss or damage  arising out of or incident to the perils  insured  against under
paragraph 8.3,  which perils occur in. on or about the Promises.  whether due to
the  negligence  of Lessor or Lessee  or their  agents,  employees,  contractors
and/or  invitees.  Lessee and Lessor  shall.  upon  obtaining  the  policies  of
Insurance required  hereunder,  give notice to the insurance carrier or carriers
that the foregoing mutual waiver of subrogation is contained In THIS LEASE.

     8.6  Indemnity.  Lessee shall  Indemnity and hold harmless  Lessor from and
against any and all claims  arising from Lessee's use of the  Premises,  or from
the conduct of  Lessee's  business or from any  activity,  work or things  done,
permitted or suffered by Lessee in or about the Premises Or elsewhere  and shall
further  indemnify and hold harmless  Lessor from and against any and all claims
arising  from any breach of  default in the  performance  of any  obligation  on
Lessee's part to be performed under the terms of this Lease, or arising from any
negligence of the Lessee. of any of Lessee's agents,  contractors, of employees,
and from and  against  all costs,  attorney's  fees,  expenses  and  liabilities
incurred  in the defense of any such Claim or any action or  PROCEEDING  BROUGHT
THEREON;  AND IN CASE ANY  ACTION OR  PROCEEDING  be BROUGHT  AGAINST  LESSOR BY
REASON OF ANY SUCH CLAIM,  LESSEE upon notice from Lessor  shall defend the SAME
AT LESSEE'S  EXPENSE by COUNSEL  SATISFACTORY TO LESSOR.  LESSEE,  as A MATERIAL
PART of the  consideration  to  Lessor,  hereby  assumes  all risk of  damage to
properly or injury to persons,  In, upon or ABOUT THE PREMISES  ARISING FROM ANY
CAUSE AND LESSEE hereby waives all claims In respect thereof against Lessor.

     8.7  EXEMPTION OF LESSOR FROM  LIABILITY.  Lessee hereby agrees that Lessor
shall  not be  liable  for  Injury to  Lessee's  business  or any loss of income
therefrom or for damage to the goods,  wares,  merchandise  or other properly of
Lessee, Lessee's employees. invitees. customers. or any other person in or about
the  Premises,  nor shall  Lessor be liable  for injury to the person of Lessee,
Lessee's  employees,  agents or  contractors,  whether  such damage or injury Is
caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity,  gas, water or rain, or from
the breakage, leakage, obstruction of other detects of pipes, sprinklers, wires,
appliances,  plumbing.  air conditioning or lighting fixtures, or from any other
cause.  whether the said damage or injury results from  conditions  arising upon
the Premises of upon other  portions of the building of which the Premises are a
part,  or from other  sources or places and  regardless  of whether the cause of
such  damage of Injury or the means of  repairing  the same is  inaccessible  to
Lessee.  Lessor  shall not be liable  lot any  damages  arising  from any act or
neglect of any other  tenant.  if any. of the building in which the Premises are
located.
<PAGE>
9 Damage or Destruction.

     9.1 Definitions.

         (a) "Promises  Partial  Damage" shall herein mean damage or destruction
to the  Promises  to the extent  that the cost of repair Is less than 50% Of the
then replacement cost of the Premises.  "Promises Building Partial Damage" shall
herein mean damage or  destruction  to the  building of which the Premises are a
part to the  extent  that  the  cost of  repair  is less  than  50% of the  then
replacement cost of such building as a whole.

         (b)  "Promises   Total   Destruction"   shall  herein  mean  damage  or
destruction to the Promises to the extent that the cost of repair is 50% or more
of  the  then  replacement  cost  of the  Premises.  "Premises  Building.  Total
Destruction"  shall herein mean damage of  destruction  to the building of which
the  Promises are a part to the extent that the cost of repair is 60% or more of
the than replacement cost of such building as a whole.

         (c) "Insured  Loss" shall herein mean damage or  destruction  which was
caused  by an  event  required  to be  covered  by the  insurance  described  in
paragraph 8,

     9.2 Partial Damage  -Insured Loss.  Subject to the provisions of paragraphs
9.4,  9.5 and 9.6,  If at anytime  during the term of this Lease there is damage
which is an Insured  Loss and which  falls into the  classification  of Premises
Partial  Damage or Premises  Building  Partial  Damage,  then Lessor  shall,  at
Lessor's expense,  repair such damage, but not Lessee's  fixtures,  equipment or
tenant  improvements unless the same have become a part of the Premises pursuant
to  Paragraph  7.5 hereof as soon as  reasonably  possible  and this Lease shall
continue In lull force and Affect.  Notwithstanding  the above, It the Lessee Is
the Insuring  party,  and It the Insurance  proceeds  received by Lessor are not
sufficient  to effect  such  repair,  Lessor  shall give notice to Lessee of the
amount  required In addition to the  Insurance  proceeds to effect such  repair.
Lessee  shall  contribute  the required  amount to Lessor  within ten days after
Lessee has received  notice from Lessor of the shortage In the  Insurance.  When
Lessee shall contribute such amount to Lessor, Lessor shall make such repairs as
soon as  reasonably  possible  and this Lease  shall  continue in full force and
effect.  Lessee shall In no event have any right to  reimbursement  for any such
amounts so contributed.

     9.3 Partial Damage Uninsured Loss.  Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs
9.4,  9.5 and 9.6,  It at any time during the term of this Lease there is damage
which Is not an  Insured  Loss and which  falls  within  the  classification  of
Premises Partial Damage or Premises Building Partial Damage,  unless caused by a
negligent or willful act of Lessee (In which event Lessee shall make the repairs
at  Lessee's  expense),  Lessor may at  Lessor's  option  either (1) repair such
damage as soon as reasonably  possible at Lessor's expense,  In which event this
Lease shall  continue In full force and effect,  or (11) give written  notice to
Lessee within  thirty (30) days after the date of the  occurrence of such damage
of Lessor's  Intention to cancel and terminate this Lease, as of the date of the
occurrence  of such damage.  In the event  Lessor  elects to give such notice of
Lessor's  intentions to cancel and terminate  this Lease,  Lessee shall have the
right  within ton (10) days after the  receipt  of such  notice to give  written
notice  to Lessor of  Lessee's  intention  to  repair  such  damage at  Lessee's
expense,  without  reimbursement  from  Lessor,  In which event this Lease shall
continue In full force and effect, and Lessee shall proceed to make such repairs
as soon as reasonably possible.  If Lessee does not give such notice within such
10-day period this Lease shall be cancelled and terminated as of the date of the
occurrence of such damage.

     9.4 Total  Destruction,  If at any time during the term of this Lease there
Is damage,  whether or not an Insured Loss.  (including  destruction required by
any  authorized  public  authority),  which  falls  into the  classification  of
Promises Total  Destruction or Promises Building Total  Destruction,  this Lease
shall automatically terminate as of the date of such total destruction.

     9.5 Damage Near End of Term.

         (a) 11 at anytime  during the last six months of the term of this Lease
there Is  damage,  whether  or not an  Insured  Loss,  which  falls  within  the
classification of Promises Partial Damage,  Lessor may at Lessor's option cancel
and  terminate  this Lease as of the date of occurrence of such damage by giving
written notice to Lessee of Lessor's  election to do so within 30 days after the
date of occurrence of such damage.

         (b)  Notwithstanding  paragraph 9.5(a), In the event that Lessee has an
option to EXTEND OR RENEW THIS LEASE,  AND the time within which said option may
be exercised has not yet expired, Lassos shall exercise such option, It it Is to
be  exercised at all, no later than 20 days after the  occurrence  of an Insured
Loss falling  within the  classification  of Promises  Partial Damage during the
last six months of the term of this Lease.  It Lessee duly  exercise such option
during said 20 day period, Lessor shall. at Lessor's expense. repair such damage
as soon AS reasonably  possible and this Lease shall  continue in lull force and
effect, 11 Lessee falls to exercise such option during said 20 day period,  then
Lessor  may at  Lessor's  option  terminate  and  cancel  this  Lease  as of the
expiration of said 20 day period by giving  written notice to Lessee of Lessor's
election  to do so within 10 days after the  expiration  of said 20 day  period,
notwithstanding any term or provision In the grant of option to the contrary.

      9.6 ABATEMENT OF RENT; LESSEE'S REMEDIES.

         (a) In the event of damage  described  In  paragraphs  9.2 or 9.3,  and
Lessor or Lessee repairs or restores the Premises  pursuant to the provisions of
this  Paragraph 9, the tent payable  hereunder  for the period during which such
damage, repair or restoration continues shall be abated proportion to the degree
to which  Lessee's use of the  Premises Is  Impaired..  Except for  abatement of
tent,  It any.  Lessee  shall have no claim make  against  Lessor lot any damage
suffered by reason of any such damage, destruction, repair or restoration.

         (b) 11 Lessor  shall be  obligated  to repair or restore  the  Premises
under the  provisions of this  Paragraph 9 and shall not commence such repair or
restoration  within 90 days after such obligations  shall accrue,  Lessee may at
Lessee's  option cancel and terminate this Lea so b giving Lessor written notice
of  Lessee's  election  to do so at anytime  prior to the  commencement  of such
repair or restoration. In such event this ease shall terminate as of the dole of
such notice.

     9.7 Termination -Advance Payments.  Upon termination of this Lease pursuant
to this Paragraph 9, an equitable  adjustment  shall be made concerning  advance
tent and any  advance  payments  made by  Lessee to  Lessor.  Lessor  shall,  In
addition,  return to  Lessee so much of  Lessee's  security  deposit  as has not
theretofore been applied by Lessor.

     9.8 Waiver.  Lessor and Lessee waive the  provisions Of any statutes  which
relate to termination Of LEASES when leased properly is destroyed and agree that
such event shall be governed by the terms of this Lease.

10. Real Property Taxes.

     10.1 Payment of Taxes.  Lessee shall pay the real  property tax, as defined
In paragraph 10.2, Lease. All such payments shall be made at least ten (10) days
prior to the  delinquency  date of such payment  Lessee shall  promptly  furnish
Lessor with  satisfactory  evidence  that such taxes have been paid. 11 any such
taxes  paid by  Lessee  shall  cover any  period  of time  prior to or alter the
expiration of the term hereof,  Lessee's  share of such taxes shall be equitably
prorated  to cover only the period of time  within  the tax fiscal  year  during
which this Lease shall be In effect,  and Lessor shall  reimburse  Lessee to the
extent required.  If Lessee shall fail to pay any such taxes,  Lessor shall have
the right to pay the same,  In which case  Lessee  shall  repay  such  amount to
Lessor with Lessee's next rent installment together with Interest at the rate of
15%

     10.2  Definition of "Real  Properly  Tax".  As used herein,  the term "real
property tax" shall Include any form of real estate tax or assessment,  general,
special, ordinary of extraordinary,  and any license fee, commercial rental tax.
Improvement bond or bonds, levy or lax (other than inheritance,  personal income
or estate taxes)  Imposed on the Promises by any authority  having the direct or
indirect power to tax, including any city, slate or federal  government,  or any
school,  agricultural,  sanitary,  fire,  street,  drainage or other improvement
district  thereof,  as against any legal or equitable  interest of Lessor In the
Premises or In the real  property of which the Promises are 'a part,  as against
Lessor's  right to rent of  other  income  therefrom,  and as  against  Lessor's
business  of  leasing  the  Promises.  The term "real  property  tax" shall also
include  any tax,  fee,  levy,  assessment  or charge  (I) in  substitution  of,
partially or totally,  any tax,  fee,  levy,  assessment  or charge  hereinabove
included  within the  definition of " real property  tax," or (ii) the nature of
which was hereinbefore Included within the definition of "real property tax," or
(III) which Is imposed for a service of fight not charged prior to June 1, 1978,
or, 11 previously charged,  has been Increased since June 1, 1978, or (iv) which
is imposed as a result of a  transfer,  either  partial  or total,  of  Lessor's
Interest  in the  Premises  or which Is  added to a tax or  charge  hereinbefore
Included  within the definition of real property tax by reason of such transfer,
or (v) which Is  Imposed by reason of this  transaction,  any  modifications  or
changes hereto, of any transfers hereof

     10.3  Joint  Assessment.  it the  Premises  are  not  separately  assessed,
Lessee's  liability shall be an equitable  proportion of the real property taxes
lot all of the land and  improvements  included within the tax parcel  assessed,
such  proportion  to be  determined  by Lessor  from the  respective  valuations
assigned  in [he  assessor's  work  shoots Of such other  Information  as may-be
reasonably available.  Lessor's reasonable determination thereof, in good faith,
shall be conclusive.

     10.4 PERSONAL PROPERTY TAXES.

         (a) Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency  all taxes  assessed  against
and levied upon trade  fixtures,  furnishings.  equipment and all other personal
property of Lessee contained In the Promises or elsewhere. When possible, Lessee
shall cause said trade fixtures.  furnishings,  equipment and all other personal
property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor.

         (b) 11 any of LESSEE'S  said personal  property  shall be assessed with
Lessor's real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee
within 10 days alter  receipt  of a written  statement  setting  forth the taxes
applicable to Lessee's property.

11.  Utilities.  Lessee  shall  pay lot all  water,  gas,  heat,  light,  power,
telephone and other  utilities and services  supplied to the Promises.  together
with any taxes  thereon.  If any such  services  are not  separately  metered to
Lessee,  Lessee shall pay a reasonable  proportion to be determined by Lessor of
all charges jointly metered with other promises.

12. Assignment and Subletting.

     12.1  Lessor's  Consent  Required.  Lessee  shall  not  voluntarily  or  by
operation of law assign,  transfer,  mortgage,  sublet, or otherwise transfer or
encumber all or any part of Lessee's  interest In this Lease or in the Promises,
without  Lessor's  prior written  consent,  which Lessor shall not  unreasonably
withhold.  Lessor shall respond to Lessee's  request for consent  hereunder in a
timely manner and any attempted assignment.  transfer, mortgage,  encumbrance or
subletting  without such consent shall be void, and shall constitute a breach of
this Lease.

     12.2 LEASES  AFFILIATE.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions of paragraph 12.1
hereof, Lessee may assign or sublet the Promises. of any portion thereof without
Lessor's  Consent,  to any corporation  which  controls,  Is controlled by or It
UNDER COMMON  CONTROL  WITH Lessee,  or to any  corporation  resulting  from the
merger or consolidation  with Lessee,  or to any person or entity which acquires
all the  assets of  Lessee  as a going  concern  of the  business  that is being
conducted on the Promises,  provided that said assignee  assumes.  In full,  the
obligations  of Lessee under this Lease.  Any such  assignment  shall not in any
way,  affect or limit the liability of Lessee under the terms of this Lease even
it alter such  assignment or subletting  the terms of this Lease are  materially
changed or altered without the consent of Lessee,  the consent of whom shall not
be necessary.

     12.3 No Release of Lessee. Regardless of Lessor's consent, no subletting or
assignment  shall  release  Lessee of Lessee's  obligation  or alter the primary
liability of Lessee to pay the ten; and to perform all other  obligations  to be
performed by Lessee  hereunder.  The acceptance of rent by Lessor from any other
person  shall not be deemed  to be a waiver by Lessor of any  provision  hereof.
Consent  to one  assignment  or  subletting  shall not be deemed  consent to any
subsequent assignment or subletting.  In the event of default by any assignee of
Lessee  or any  successor  of  Lessee,  In the  performance  of any of the terms
hereof,  Lessor may proceed  directly  against Lessee without the necessity,  of
exhausting  remedies  against said  assignee.  Lessor may consent to  subsequent
assignments or subletting of this Lease or amendments of  modifications  to this
Lease with assignees.
<PAGE>
of Lessee,  without notifying  Lessee,  or any successor of Lessee,  and without
obtaining Its or their consent  thereto and such action shall not relieve Lessee
of liability under this Lease,

     12.4  Attorney's  Fees.  In the event  Lessee  shall  assignor  sublet  the
Premises or request the consent of Lessor to any  assignment or subletting or it
Lessee  shall  request the  consent of Lessor lot any act Lessee  proposes to do
then Lessee shall pay Lessor's reasonable  attorneys 1003 Incurred in connection
therewith, such attorneys fees not to exceed $350.00 for each such request.

13. Defaults; Remedies.

     13.1 Defaults The  occurrence  of any one or more of the  following  events
shall constitute a material default and breach of this Lease by Lessee:

         (a) The vacating or abandonment of the Promises by Lessee.

         (b) The  failure  by  Lessee to make any  payment  of rent or any other
payment  required  lobe made by Lessee  hereunder.  as and when due,  where such
failure shall  continue lot a period of three days after written  notice [hereof
from Lessor to Lessee.  In the event that Lessor  serves Lessee with a Notice to
Pay Rent or Quit pursuant to applicable  Unlawful  Detainer statutes such Notice
to Pay  Rent  or  Quit  shall  also  constitute  the  notice  requited  by  this
subparagraph.

         (c) The failure by Lessee to observe or perform  any of the  covenants,
conditions or provisions of this Lease so to be observed or performed by Lessee,
other than  described in paragraph (b) above.  where such failure shall continue
for a period of 30 days after  written  notice  thereof  from  Lessor to Lessee;
provided, however, that It the nature of Lessee's default Is such that more than
30 days ate reasonably required for its cure. then Lessee shall not be deemed to
be in  default It Lessee  commenced  such cure  within  said  30-day  period and
thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

         (d) (i) The making by Lessee of any general  arrangement  or assignment
for the benefit of  creditors:  (ii) Lessee  becomes a "debtor" as defined in 11
U.S.C.  ss.  101 of any  successor  statute  thereto  (unless,  In the case of a
petition filed against Lessee,  the same Is dismissed within 60 days): (iii) [he
appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially  all of
Lessee's  assets located at the Premises or of Lessee's  interest in this Lease,
where  possession  Is not  restored  to  Lessee  within  30  days;  or (iv)  the
attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee's
assets located at the Premises or of Lessee's Interest In this Lease, where such
seizure is not discharged  within 30 days Provided,  however.  in the event that
any provision of this paragraph 13.1 (D) IS contrary to any applicable law. such
provision shall be of no force or effect.

         (a) The  discovery  by Lessor  that any  financial  statement  given to
Lessor by Lessee, any assignee of Lessee. any subtenant of LESSEE. any successor
in interest of Lessee or any guarantor of Lessee's obligation hereunder, and any
of them, was materially false.

     13.2  Remedies.  In the  event of any such  material  default  or breach by
Lessee, Lessor may at any time thereafter,  with or without notice or demand and
without  limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may
have by reason of such default or breach:

         (a)  Terminate  Lessee's  fight to  possession  of the  Premises by any
lawful  means,  In which  case this  Lease  shall  terminate  and  Lessee  shall
immediately surrender tender possession of the Premises to Lessor, In such event
Lessor shall be entitled to recover  from Lessee all damages  incurred by Lessor
by reason  of  Lessee's  default  including,  but not  limited  to,  the cost of
recovering  possession  of  the  Premises;  expenses  of  retailing,   including
necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorney's fees,
and any real estate commission  actually paid; the worth at the time of award by
the court having jurisdiction thereof of the amount by which the unpaid rent for
the balance of the term alter the time of such award  exceeds the amount of such
rental loss for the same period the Lessee proves could be  reasonably  avoided;
that portion of the leasing  commission  paid by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 15
applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease.

         (b)  Maintain  Lessee's  right to  possession  In which case this Lease
shall  continue  In effect  whether  or not  Lessee  shall  have  abandoned  the
Promises,  In such event  Lessor  shall be  entitled  to enforce all of Lessor's
rights and remedies under this Lease. Including the right to recover the font as
it becomes due hereunder,

         (c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter  available to Lessor under
the laws or judicial  decisions  of the slate  wherein the Promises are located.
Unpaid  installments  of rent and other unpaid  monetary  obligations  of LESSEE
under the  terms of this  Lease  shall  bear  Interest  from the date due at the
maximum rate then allowable by law.

     13.3 Default by Lessor.  Lessor shall not be In default unless Lessor (site
to perform  obligations  required of Lessor within a reasonable  time, but in no
event later than thirty (30) days after  written  notice by Lessee to Lessor and
to the holder of any first mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises whose
name and address  shall have  theretofore  been  furnished to Lessee In writing,
specifying  wherein  Lessor  has failed to perform  such  obligation  provided I
however, that If the mature of Lessor's obligation Is such that more than thirty
(30) days are  required for  performance  than Lessor shall not be in default If
Lessor commences performance within such 30-day period and thereafter diligently
prosecutes the same to completion.

     13.4 Late Charges.  Lessee hereby  acknowledges that late payment by Lessee
to Lessor of rent and other sums due hereunder  will cause Lessor to incur costs
not  contemplated  by this Lease,  the exact  amount of which will be  extremely
difficult to ascertain.  Such costs include,  but are not limited 10, processing
and accounting  charges,  and late charges which may be Imposed on Lessor by the
terms of any mortgage or trust dead covering the Promises.  Accordingly,  it any
installment  of rent or any other sum due from  Lessee  shall not be received by
Lessor's  designee  within ten (10) days after such amount  shall be due,  then,
without any requirement for notice to Lessee.  Lessee shall pay to Lessor a late
charge equal to 6% of such overdue  amount,  The parties  hereby agree that such
late charge  represents a fair and reasonable  estimate of the costs Lessor WILL
incur by reason of late  payment by Lessee.  Acceptance  of such late  charge by
Lessor shall In no event constitute a waiver of Lessee's default with respect to
such overdue amount,  nor prevent Lessor from exercising any of the other fights
and  remedies  granted  hereunder.  In the event  that a late  charge is payable
hereunder,  whether or not collected,  for three (3) consecutive Installments of
rent,  then tent  shall  automatically  become  due .and  payable  quarterly  in
advance, rather than monthly, notwithstanding paragraph 4 or any other provision
of this Lease to the contrary.

     13.5  Impounds.  In the  event  that a late  charge is  payable  hereunder,
whether  or not  collected,  for  three  (3)  installments  of sent of any other
monetary obligation of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, Lessee shall pay to
Lessor,  it Lessor shall so request,  in addition to any other payments required
under this Lease, a monthly advance installment, payable at the same time as the
monthly  rent as  estimated  by  Lessor,  FOR REAL  PROPERTY  Tax and  insurance
expenses on the  Premises  which are  payable by Lessee  under the terms of this
Lease.  SUCH FUND  SHALL BE  ESTABLISHED  to insure a payment  when due,  before
delinquency,  of any or all such real property taxes and insurance premiums.  If
the amounts paid to Lessor by Lessee under the  provisions of this paragraph are
Insufficient  to discharge the  obligations  of Lessee to pay such real property
taxes and insurance  premiums as the same become due, Lessee shall pay to Lessor
upon Lessor's  demand,  such additional sums necessary to pay such  obligations.
All moneys paid to Lessor under this  paragraph MAY be  intermingled  with other
moneys of Lessor and shall not bear  Interest.  In the event of a default In the
obligations  of Lessee to perform under this Lease,  then any balance  remaining
from funds paid to Lessor under the  provisions  of this  paragraph  MAY, AT THE
OPTION OF LESSOR, BE APPLIED TO THE PAYMENT OF ANY MONETARY DEFAULT OF LESSEE IN
LIEU OF  BEING  APPLIED  TO THE  PAYMENT  OF  REAL  PROPERTY  TAX AND  INSURANCE
PREMIUMS.

14.  Condemnation.  I (the  Promises or any portion  thereof are taken under the
power of eminent domain,  or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power
(all of which are herein called  "condemnation"),  this Lease shall terminate as
to the part so taken as of the dale  the  condemning  authority  lakes  title or
possession,  whichever  first occurs,  11 more than 10% of the floor area of the
building  on the  Premises,  or more than 25% of the land  area of the  Premises
which is no( occupied by any building, is taken by condemnation,  Lessee may, at
Lessee's  option,  to be  exercised  in writing  only within Ion (10) days after
Lessor shall have given Lessee  written notice of such taking (or in the absence
of such notice,  within ten (10) days allot the condemning  authority shall have
taken possession)  terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning  authority
takes such  possession.  If Lessee does not  terminate  this Lease In accordance
with the  foregoing.  this Lease shall remain In full force and effect as to the
portion of the Premises remaining,  except that the rent shall be reduced In the
proportion  that the floor area of the  building  taken bears to the total floor
area of the building situated on the Promises.  No reduction of rent shall occur
If the only Area taken Is that which does not have a building  located  thereon.
Any award for the taking of all or any part of the  Promises  under the power of
eminent  domain or any payment  made under  threat of the exorcise of such power
shall  be  the  property  of  Lessor,  whether  such  award  shall  be  made  as
compensation  for  diminution in value of the leasehold or for the taking of the
fee, or as severance damages:  provided,  however. that Lessee shall be entitled
to any award for loss of or damage to  Lessee's  trade  fixtures  and  removable
personal  property.  In the event that this Lease Is not terminated by reason of
such  condemnation.  Lessor shall to the extent of severance damages received by
Lessor in connection with such  condemnation,  repair any damage to the Promises
caused by such condemnation except to the extent that Lessee has been reimbursed
therefor by the condemning  authority.  Lessee shall pay any amount In EXCESS of
such severance damages required to complete such repair,

15. Broker's Fee.

         (a) Upon execution of this Lease by both parties. Lessor shall pay to J
& J Commercial  Properties,  Inc. Licensed real estate  broker(s).  a fee as set
forth in a separate  agreement between Lessor and said broker(s) or in the event
there is no separate  agreement  between  Lessor and said broker(s) the sum of $
separate  agreement for brokerage  services rendered by said broker(s) to Lessor
in this transaction.

         (b)  Lessor  further  agrees  that if Lessee  exercises  any  Option as
defined in paragraph  39.1 of this Lease,  which Is granted to Lessee under this
Lease, or any subsequently  granted option which is substantially  similar to an
Option granted to Lessee under this Lease,  or if Lessee  acquires any rights to
the Premises or other premises  described in this Lease which are  substantially
similar to what  Lessee  would have  acquired  had an Option  herein  granted to
Lessee been exercised,  or if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises alter
the  expiration  of the form of this Lease  after  having  failed to exercise an
Option,  or It said broker(s) are the procuring cause of any other lease or sale
entered into between the parties  pertaining to the Premises and/or any adjacent
property In which Lessor has an Interest,  then as to any of said  transactions,
Lessor shall pay said  broker(s) a fee In  accordance  with the schedule of said
broker(s) In effect at the time of execution of this Lease.

         (c) Lessor agrees to pay said fee not only on behalf of Lessor but also
on behalf of any person,  corporation,  association,  or other entity  having an
ownership  interest In said (eat property of any part thereof,  when such lee Is
due hereunder,  Any transferee of Lessor's interest in this Least,  whether such
transfer Is by agreement or by operation of law, shall be deemed to have assumed
Lessor's  obligation under this Paragraph 15. Said broker shall be a third party
beneficiary of [he provisions of this Paragraph 15.

16. Estoppel Certificate.

         (a) Lessee  shall at any time upon not less than ten (10)  days'  prior
written  notice  from  Lessor  execute,  acknowledge  and  deliver  to  Lessor a
statement in writing (1)  certifying  that this Lease Is unmodified  and In full
force and effect (or, It modified  stating the nature of such  modification  and
certifying that this Lease, as so modified, Is in full force and effect) and the
date to which the rent and other  charges are paid In advance,  if any, and (ii)
acknowledging that there are not, to Lessee's knowledge, any uncured defaults on
the part of Lessor  hereunder,  or specifying  such defaults If any are claimed.
Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon by any prospective  purchaser
or encumbrancer of the Premises.

         (b) At Lessor's  option,  Lessee's  failure to deliver  such  statement
within such time shall be a material breach of this Lease or shall by -Wag
<PAGE>
conclusive upon Lessee (I) that this Lease is in full force and effect,  without
modification  except as may be  represented  by  Lessor,  (it)  that  there a no
uncured  defaults  In  Lessor's  performance,  and (ill)  that not more than one
month's (ant has been paid In advance or such failure may I considered by Lessor
as a default by Lessee under this Lease.

         (c) If Lessor desires to finance,  refinance,  or sell the Premises, or
any part  thereof,  Lessee  hereby  agrees to deliver  to any  lender  purchaser
designated  by Lessor such  financial  statements of Lessee as may be reasonably
required by such lender or  purchaser.  Such  statement  shall  include the Past
111180 years'  financial  statements of Lessee.  All such  financial  statements
shall be received by Lessor and such lender purchaser in confidence and shall be
used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17.  Lessor's  Liability.  The term  "Lessor" as used herein shall mean only the
owner or owners at the time In question of the fee title or a lessee Interest in
a ground lease of the  Promises,  and except as expressly  provided In Paragraph
15, In the event of any transfer of such title or interest  Lessor  herein named
(and in case of any  subsequent  transfers  then the grantor)  shall be relieved
from and after the dais of such  transfer  of a LIABILITY  AS respects  Lessor's
obligations  thereafter to be performed,  provided a fund In the hands of Lessor
or the then grantor at the time such transfer,  in which Lessee has an Interest,
shall be delivered to the grantee. The obligations contained In this Lease to be
performed  by Lessee  shall,  subject  as  aforesaid,  be  binding  on  Lessor's
successors and assigns, only during their respective periods of ownership.

18.  SeverabilIity,  The Invalidity of any provision of this Lease as determined
by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any
other provision hereof,

19. Interest on Past-due Obligations.  Except as expressly herein provided,  any
amount due to Lessor not paid when due shall  bear  interest  at the rate of 15%
from the date due. Payment of such Interest shall not excuse or cure any default
by Lessee under this Lease provided, however, that interest shall not be payable
on late  charges  incurred by Lessee nor on any amounts  upon which late charges
are paid by Lessee.

20. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence.

21.  Additional  Rant.  Any monetary  obligations  of Lessee to Lessor under the
terms of this Lease shall be deemed to be rent.

22.  Incorporation  of Prior  Agreements;  Amendments.  This Lease  contains all
agreements of the parties with respect to any matter mentioned  herein. NO prior
agreement or  understanding  pertaining  to any such matter shall be  effective.
This Lease maybe modified In writing only,  signed by the parties in Interest at
the time of the modification,  Except as otherwise stated In this Lease,  Lessee
hereby  acknowledges  that neither the (as estate  broker listed In Paragraph 15
hereof  nor any  cooperating  broker on this  transaction  not the Lessor or any
employees  or  agents  of any of said  persons  has  made  any  oral or  written
warranties  or  representations  to Lessee  relative 19 the  condition or use by
Lessee  of said  Premises  and  Lessee  acknowledges  that  Losses  assumes  all
responsibility  regarding the Occupational  Safety Health Act. the legal use and
adaptability of the Premises and the compliance thereof with all applicable laws
and  regulations  In effect  DURING THE TERM OF THIS LEASE  EXCEPT AS  OTHERWISE
SPECIFICALLY STATED in this Lease.

23. Notices.  Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be In
writing and me be given by personal  delivery or by certified mail, and it given
personally or by mail, shall be deemed sufficiently given If addressed to Lessee
or to Lessor at the address noted below the signature of the respective parties,
as the case may be.  Either party may by notice to the other specify a different
address for notice purposes  except that upon Lessee's taking  possession of the
Promises,  the Premises shall constitute Lessee's address for notice purposes. A
copy of all notices  required or permitted to be given to Lessor hereunder shall
be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor
may from time to time hereafter designate by notice to Lessee.

24.  Waivers.  NO waiver by Lessor  or any  provision  hereof  shall be deemed a
waiver of any other  provision  hereof or of any subsequent  breach by Lessee of
the same or any other  provision.  Lessor's  consent to, or approval of, any act
shall not be deemed to render  unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor's  consent to
or approval of any,  subsequent act by Lessee.  The acceptance of rent hereunder
by  Lessor  shall  not boa  waiver  of any  preceding  breach  by  Lessee of any
provision hereof, other than the failure of Lessee to pay the particular rent so
accepted,  regardless of Lessor's knowledge It such preceding breach at the lime
of acceptance of such rent,

25.  Recording.  Either  Lessor or Lessee  shall,  upon  request  of the  other,
execute,  acknowledge and deliver to the other a "short form" memorandum of this
Lease for recording purposes.

26. Holding Over. It Lessee, with Lessor's consent, remains In possession of the
Premises or any part  thereof  after the  expiration  of the term  hereof,  such
occupancy shall be a tenancy from month to month upon all the provisions of this
Lease  pertaining to the  obligations  of Lessee,  but all options and rights of
first  refusal,  it any,  granted  under the terms of this Lease shall be deemed
terminated and be of no further effect during said month to month tenancy.

27.  Cumulative  Remedies.  No  remedy  or  election  hereunder  shall be deemed
exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at
law at in equity.

28.  Covenants  and  Conditions.  Each  provision  of this Lease per formable by
Lessee shall be deemed both a covenant and a condition.

29. Binding Effect,, Choice of Low. Subject to any provisions hereof restricting
assignment or  subletting  by Lessee and subject to the  provisions of Paragraph
17,  this  Lease  shall  bind  the par  ties,  their  personal  representatives,
successors  and  assigns.  This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the Slate
wherein the Promises are located.
<PAGE>
30. SUBORDINATION.

         (a) This Lease. at Lessor's option,  shall be subordinate to any ground
lease,  mortgage,  dead of trust, or any other  hypothecation or security now or
hereafter  placed upon the real properly of which the Premises are a part and to
any  and  all  advances  made  on the  security  thereof  and  to all  renewals,
modifications,    consolidations.    replacements   and   extensions    thereof.
Notwithstanding  such  subordination.  Lessee's fight to quiet possession of the
Promises  shall not be  disturbed  if Lessee  Is not in  default  and so long as
Lessee shelf pay the tent and observe and perform all of the  provisions of this
Lease,  unless this Lease Is otherwise  terminated pursuant to its terms. 11 any
mortgagee,  trustee or ground lessor shall elect to have this Lease prior to the
lion of its  mortgage,  dead of trust or ground  lease.  and shall give  written
notice  thereof to Lessee.  this Lease shall be deemed  prior to such  mortgage,
dead of trust, or ground lease,  whether this Lease is dated prior or subsequent
to the  date of said  mortgage,  deed of trust  or  ground  lease or the date of
recording thereof.

         (b) Lessee  agrees to execute any  documents  required to effectuate an
attornment,  a  subordination  or to make  this  Lease  prior to the lien of any
mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, as the case may be, Lessee's failure to
execute such documents  within 10 days after written  demand shall  constitute a
material  default by Lessee  hereunder,  or, at Lessor's  option,  Lessor  shall
execute such documents on behalf of Lessee as Lessee's attorney-in- fact. Lessee
does  hereby  make,  constitute  and  Irrevocably  appoint  Lessor  as  Lessee's
attorney-In-fact  and In  Lessee's  name.  place  and  $lead,  to  execute  such
documents in accordance with this paragraph 30(b),

31. Attorney's Fees. If either party or the broker named herein brings an action
to enforce the terms hereof or declare rights hereunder, the prevailing party in
any such  action,  on trial or  appeal,  shall  be  entitled  to his  reasonable
attorney's  fees to be paid by the  losing  party  as fixed  by the  court.  The
provisions  of this  paragraph  shall Inure to the  benefit of the broker  named
herein who seeks to enforce a right hereunder.

32. Lassoes Access. Lessor and Lessor's agents shall have the right to enter the
Promises at reasonable  times for the purpose of inspecting the same showing the
same  to  prospective   purchasers,   lenders,  or  lessees,   and  making  such
alterations,  repairs,  Improvements  or  additions  to the  Premises  or to the
building  of which they are a part as Lessor may deem  necessary  or  desirable.
Lessor may at any time place on or about the Premises  any  ordinary  "For Sale"
signs and  Lessor may at any time  during  the last 120 days of the term  hereof
place on or about the  Premises  any  ordinary  "For Lease"  signs,  all without
rebate of rent or liability to Lessee.

33.  Auctions.  Lessee shall not  conduct.  nor permit to be  conducted,  either
voluntarily or Involuntarily, any auction upon the Promises without first having
obtained  Lessor's  prior  written  consent.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the
contrary In this Lease,  Lessor shall riot be obligated to exercise any standard
of reasonableness In determining whether to grant such consent.

34. Signs.  Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Promises  without  Lessor's
prior written consent except that Lessee shall have the right, without the prior
permission  of Lessor  to place  ordinary  and  usual  for rent of sublet  signs
thereon.

35.  Merger.  The  voluntary or other  surrender  of this Lease by Lessee,  or a
mutual  cancellation  thereof,  or a  termination  by  Lessor,  shall not work a
merger,  and  shall,  at the  option of Lessor,  terminate  all or any  existing
subtenancies or may, at the option of Lessor, operate as an assignment to Lessor
Of Any or all of such subtenancies.

36. Consents. Except for paragraph 33 hereof, wherever In this Lease the consent
of one party Is required to an act of the other party such consent  shall not be
unreasonably withheld.

37,  Guarantor.  In the event  that there is a  guarantor  of this  Lease,  said
guarantor shall have the same  obligations as Lessee under this Lease.

38 Quiet Possession,  Upon Lessee paying the rent for the Premises and observing
and performing all of the covenants,  conditions and PROVISIONS ON LESSEE'S part
to be observed and PERFORMED  HEREUNDER,  LESSEE SHALL HAVE quiet  possession of
the Promises for the entire term hereof subject to all of the provisions of this
Lease.  The Individuals  executing this Lease on behalf of Lessor  represent and
warrant  to  Lessee  that they are  fully  authorized  and  legally  capable  of
executing this Lease on behalf of Lessor And that such execution is binding upon
all parties holding an ownership Interest in the Premises.

39. Options.

     39.1  Definition,  As used In this  paragraph  the word  "Options"  has the
following  meaning:  (1) the right or option to extend the term of this Lease of
to renew  this  Lease or to extend or renew any lease  that  Lessee has On other
properly  of  Lessor  (2) the  option  or tight 01 first  refusal  10 lease  the
Premises  or the  right of first  offer to lease the  Premises  or the right (it
first  refusal to lease other  property of Lessor or the right of first offer to
lease  other  property  of  Lessor;  (3) the  right or option  to  purchase  the
Promises,  or the tight of first refusal to purchase the Promises,  or the right
of first offer to purchase the Premises or the right of option to purchase other
properly of Lessor,  or the fight of first refusal 10 purchase other property of
Lessor of the right of first offer to purchase other properly of Lessor.
<PAGE>
     39.2  Options  Personal.  Each  Option  granted to Lessee in this Lease are
personal  to Lessee  and may not be  exercised  or be  assigned  voluntarily  or
Involuntarily.  by or to any  person  or entity  other  than  Lessee,  provided,
however,  the Option maybe  exercised by or assigned  loan) Losses  Affiliate as
defined In paragraph  12.2 of this Lease,  The Options  herein granted to Lessee
are not assignable separate and apart from this Lease,

     39.3 Multiple Options. In the event that Lessee has any multiple options to
extend or renew this Lease a later option  cannot be exercised  unless the prior
option 10 extend or renew this Lease has been so exercised.

     39.4 Effect of Default on Options.

         (a) Lessee  shall have no right to exercise an Option,  notwithstanding
any  provision  In the grant of  Option to the  contrary.  (I)  during  the time
commencing from the date Lessor gives to Lessee a notice of default  pursuant to
paragraph  13. 1 (b) or 13. 1 (c) and  continuing  until the default  alleged In
said notice of default Is cured, or (11) during the period of lime commencing on
the day after a  monetary  obligation  to Lessor Is due from  Lessee  and unpaid
(without  any  necessity  for notice  thereof to  Lessee)  continuing  until the
obligation Is paid, or (III) at any lime after in event of default  described In
paragraphs  13.1 (a), 13. 1 (d), or 13.1 (e) (without any necessity of Lessor to
give  notice of such  default to  Lessee).  or (iv) in the event that Lessor has
given to Losses  three or more  notices of default  under  paragraph  13. 1 (b),
where a Into  charge has become  payable  undo  paragraph  13.4 for each of such
defaults,  or paragraph 13.1 (c), whether or not the defaults ore cured,  during
the 12 month  period  prior to the time that  Losses  Intends  to  exercise  the
subject Option.

         (b) The period of lime within  which an Option may be  exercised  shall
not be  extended or  enlarged  by reason of  Lessee's  Inability  to exercise an
Option because of the provisions of paragraph 39.4(a).

         (c) All  rights  of  Lessee  under the  provisions  of an Option  shall
terminate and be of no further force or effect. notwithstanding Lessee's due and
timely  exercise of the Option,  If, after such  exercise and during the term of
this Lease.  (1) Losses tails to pay to Lessor a monetary  obligation  of Losses
for a period of 30 days after such obligation becomes due (without any necessity
of Lessor to give notice thereof to Lessee), or (ii) Lessee fails to commence to
cure a default  specified  In  paragraph  13.1 (c) within 30 days after the dale
that  Lessor  gives  notice  to  Lessee  of such  default  and/or  Lessee  falls
thereafter  to diligently  prosecute  said cure to  completion.  or (III) Lessee
commits  a  default  described  In  paragraph  13. 1 (a).  default  or 13. 1 (a)
(without any  necessity of Lessor to give notice of such default to Losses).  or
(iv) Lessor gives to Lessee three or more notices of de suit under paragraph 13.
1 (b),  where a late charge becomes  payable under  paragraph 13.4 for each such
default, or paragraph 13. 1 (c). whether or not the defaults are cured.

40. Multiple Tenant Building In the event that the Premises are part of a larger
building or group of  buildings  then Lessee  agrees that 11 will abide by. keep
and observe all reasonable rules and regulations which Lessor may make from lime
to lime for the  management,  safety.  cafe. and cleanliness of the building and
grounds,  the parking of vehicles and the  preservation of good order therein as
well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants of the building.  The
violations of any such rules and  regulations  shall be deemed a malarial breach
of this Lease by Losses.

41. Security  Measures.  Lessee hereby  acknowledges  that the rental payable to
Lessor  hereunder  does not Include the cost of guard service or other  security
measures,  and that Lessor shall have no obligation  whatsoever to provide same.
Lessee assumes all  responsibility  for the protection of Lessee, its agents and
invitees from acts of third parties. 1

42.  Easements.  Lessor  reserves to Itself (he right,  from time I of time,  to
grant such  easements,  rights and  dedications  that Lessor deems  necessary or
desirable, and to cause the recordation of Parcel Maps and restrictions, so long
so  such  easements,   rights,   dedications,   Maps  and  restrictions  do  not
unreasonably Interfere with the use of the Promises by Lessee. Losses shall sign
any of the aforementioned  documents upon request of Lessor and failure to do so
shall constitute a material breach of this Lease.

43.  Performance  Under Protest.  It at any time a dispute shall arise as to any
amount or sum of money to be paid by one party to the other under the provisions
hereof, the party against whom the obligation to pay the money Is asserted shelf
have the right to make payment  "under  protest"  and such payment  shall not be
regarded as a voluntary  payment,  and there shall survive the right on the part
of said  party  to  Institute  suit for  recovery  of such  sum.  11 It shall be
adjudged  that there was no legal  obligation on the a part of said party to pay
such sum or any part  thereof.  said party shall be entitled to recover such sum
or so much thereof as It was not legally required to pay under the provisions of
this Lease.

44,  Authority.  It  Losses Is a  corporation.  trust.  or  general  or  limited
partnership.  each  Individual  executing  this  Lease on behalf of such  entity
represents and warrants that he or she Is duly authorized to execute and deliver
THIS  LEASE on behalf of said  entity.  It  Lessee  is a  corporation,  trust of
partnership,  Losses  shall.  within  thirty (30) DAYS AFTER  EXECUTION  OF THIS
LEASE. deliver to Lessor evidence of such authority satisfactory to Lessor.

45. Conflict.  Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the
typewritten or handwritten  provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or
handwritten provisions.

46. Insuring Partly. The Insuring party under this lease shall be the Lessor

47. Addendum. Attached hereto Is an addendum or addenda containing paragraphs 48
through 58 which constitutes a part of this Lease.

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE  CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND
PROVISION  CONTAINED HEREIN AND, BY EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE, SHOW THEIR INFORMED
AND VOLUNTARY  CONSENT THERETO.  THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS
LEASE IS  EXECUTED,  THE TERMS OF THIS  LEASE ARE  COMMERCIALLY  REASONABLE  AND
EFFECTUATE  THE INTENT AND  PURPOSE  OF LESSOR  AND LESSEE  WITH  RESPECT TO THE
PREMISES.

         IF THIS LEASE HAS BEEN FILLED IN IT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR SUBMISSION TO
         YOUR ATTORNEY FOR HIS APPROVAL NO  REPRESENTATION  OR RECOMMENDATION IS
         MADE BY THE AMERICAN  INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION 08 BY THE REAL
         ESTATE  BROKER 08 ITS AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES AS TO THE LEGAL  SUFFICIENCY.
         LEGAL  EFFECT,  OR TAX  CONSEQUENCES  OF THIS LEASE OR THE  TRANSACTION
         RELATING  THERETO:  THE  PARTIES  SHALL RELY  SOLELY UPON THE ADVICE OF
         THEIR OWN LEGAL  COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX  CONSEQUENCES  OF THIS
         LEASE.

THE PARTIES HERETO HAVE EXECUTED THIS LEASE, AT THE PLACE ON THE DALES SPECIFIED
IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT I* their respective signatures.



Executed at                                  ROBERT COLMAN TRUST
            ---------------------------      -----------------------------------
on                                           By
   ------------------------------------         --------------------------------

Address                                      By  Robert Colman, Trustee
       --------------------------------         --------------------------------
                                                 "LESSOR" (Corporate seal)
       --------------------------------

Executed at                                     ACCORD SEMICONDUCTOR EQUIPMENT
           ----------------------------         --------------------------------
                                                GROUP- INC.
                                                TRAVIS WILSON, INDIVIDUALLY
on                                              TERRIE WILSON INDIVIDUALLY
   ------------------------------------

                                             By /s/ Travis Wilson  8/19/94
                                                --------------------------------
                                                Travis Wilson, President

                                             By /s/ Travis Wilson  8/19/94
                                                --------------------------------
                                                Travis Wilson, Individually

                                             By /s/ Terrie Wilson  8/19/94
                                                --------------------------------
                                                Terrie Wilson, Individually
<PAGE>
                               GUARANTEE OF LEASE

         THEREAS a certain  Lease of even date  herewith  has been,  or will be,
executed by and between  ROBERT COLMAN TRUST  therein and herein  referred to as
"Landlord",  and TRAVIS  WILSON  INDIVIDUALLY  AND AS HUSBAND  AND WIFE  therein
referred to as "Tenant",  covering certain premises in the City of Tempe, County
of _Maricopa State of Arizona; and

         WHEREAS,  (lie Landlord under said Lease requires as a condition to its
execution or said Lease that the undersigned  guarantee the [TILL performance of
the obligations of Tenant (hereunder; and

         WHEREAS,  the  undersigned  is desirous THAT LANDLORD  ENTER SAID LEASE
WITH TENANT.

         NOW,  THEREFORE  in  consideration  of (lie  execution of said Lease by
Landlord,  the undersigned  hereby  unconditionally  g the [TILL  performance of
cacti and all of the terms,  covenants  and  conditions of said Lease to be kept
and  performed  by said Tenant,  including  the payment of all rentals and other
charges to accrue thereunder. The undersigned further agrees as follows:

         1. THIS covenant and  agreement on its part shall  continue in favor of
the Landlord  notwithstanding any extension,  modification or alteration of said
Lease entered into by and between the parties  thereto,  or their  successors or
assigns,  or  notwithstanding  any assignment of said Lease, with or without the
consent of the  Landlord,  and no  extension,  modification,  alteration of (lie
above referred to Lease shall in any manner release or discharge the undersigned
and it does hereby consent thereto.

         2.  This   Guarantee  will  continue   unchanged  by  any   bankruptcy,
reorganization  or insolvency of Tenant or any successor or assignee  thereof or
by any disaffirmance or abandonment by a trustee of Tenant.

         3.  Landlord may,  without  notice,  assign this  GUARANTEE OF LEASE IN
WHOLE OR IN PART,  AND no  assignment  or transfer of the Lease shall operate to
extinguish or diminish the liability of the undersigned hereunder,

         4. The  liability  of (lie  undersigned  under this  Guarantee of Lease
shall be primary;  and III all),  right of action which shall accrue to Landlord
under the Lease,  Landlord may, at its Option,  proceed  against the undersigned
without having commenced any action, or having obtained against the

         5. The undersigned shall pay Landlord's  reasonable attorneys' fees and
all costs and other expenses incurred in any collection or attempted  collection
or in any  negotiations  relative  to (lie  obligations  hereby  granted,  or in
enforcing  this  Guarantee of Lease against the  undersigned,  individually  and
jointly.

         6. The  undersigned  dues  hereby  waive  notice  of any  demand by the
Landlord,  as well as any notice of default in the  payment of rent or any other
amount contained or reserved in (lie Lease.

         7.  The use of the  singular  herein  shall  include  the  plural.  The
obligation  of two or more  parties  shall be joint and  several.  The terms and
provisions of this  Guarantee  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
the respective successors and assigns of the parties herein named. I

         WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  has caused  this  Guarantee  to be
executed this day of August , 1994

                                             GUARANTOR:
                                             TRAVIS WILSON AND TERRIE WILSON
                                                                        SON

                                             By /s/ Travis Wilson
                                                --------------------------------
                                                Travis Wilson,

                                             By /s/ Terrie Wilson
                                                --------------------------------
                                                Terrie Wilson,


                                             Address:

                                             3834 Winsong Drive
                                             Phoenix, AZ  85044
                                             (602) 759-7147
<PAGE>
                                  ADDENDUM "A"

This Addendum, including paragraphs 48 through 58, is made to that certain Lease
Agreement  dated August 18, 1994 by and between  Robert Colman Trust  ("Lessor")
and Accord  Semiconductor  Equipment  Group,  Inc., and Arizona  corporation and
Travis  Wilson  and  Terrie  Wilson,  Individually  ("Lessee"),  and is  made an
integral part thereof.  In the event of a conflict  between the Lease  Agreement
and this Addendum, this Addendum shall prevail.

48.      RENTAL SCHEDULE

Months  1 -36 = $5,880.00/month + net charges + tax
Months 37 -48 = $3,160.00/month + net charges + tax
Months 49 -60 = $6,440.00/month + net charges + tax

49.      EARLY OCCUPANCY.

It is  understood  and  agreed  by both  parties  that it is the  intent  of the
Landlord  to allow the Tenant  occupancy  of the leased  premises  on August 19,
1994. From the date of occupancy until September 30, 1994, no rent shall be paid
by Tenant.  From  October 1, 1994,  rental  shall be paid as provided for in the
Lease  Agreement.  All of the  covenants  and  conditions  of the Lease shall be
binding upon both parties from the actual date of occupancy.

50.      TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.

Lessor  will,  at Lessor's  sole cost and expense,  clean the offices,  windows,
restrooms and sweep the warehouse floor.

51.      PARKING.

Lessee shall be entitled to park in common with other Lessees. Lessee agrees not
to overburden  the parking  facilities  and agrees to cooperate  with Lessor and
other  Lessees in the use of parking  facilities.  Lessee  shall be  assigned 50
parking  spaces,  including 12 covered  spaces.  Lessee agrees to cooperate with
Lessor in the use of parking facilities.  There shall be no overnight storage of
vehicles or trailers in the  parking  areas or outside of  premises.  Lessor may
remove  vehicle  from  property  after a three (3) day  notice to do so has been
posted on vehicle. lessee shall bear the cost of such removal.

52.      OTHER.

1.       Lessor  will  warrant all  electrical,  plumbing,  mechanical  and HVAC
         equipment for the first 45 days of this lease term.

2.       Lessee  agrees to obey all rules and  regulations  of the  Association,
         including but not limited to all assessments and any other charges that
         may be imposed on Lessee by the Association.
<PAGE>
53.      TAXES AND INSURANCE

Notwithstanding  the above,  lessor and Lessee  agree that Lessor  shall pay for
property taxes when due for fire and liability insurance,  when due, and monthly
landscaping  costs.  Lessee  agrees to  reimburse  Lessor  by  paying  Lessor an
additional  $1,526.5  per month plus  applicable  taxes  during the term of this
Lease.  Lessor agrees that within sixty (60) days after each anniversary date of
this  Lease,  to give an  accounting  of the above  expenses,  and, if the above
monthly  payment is in excess of the actual  amount,  reimburse  Lessee.  Lessee
agrees that if said amount is less than the actual  costs,  to reimburse  Lessor
the balance due within fifteen (15) days of receipt of said accounting.  At this
time,  estimated  annual taxes are  $12,735.  ,  estimated  annual  insurance is
$2,583.00  and annual  landscaping  cost is  $3,000.00,  thus  monthly  payments
beginning  October  1,  1994  for the  above  expenses  shall be  $1,526.5  plus
applicable taxes.

Lessor gives Lessee the right, at Lessee's expense, to protest property taxes.

In the event Lessee fails to PERFORM any of the above  provisions,  such failure
will constitute a material breach of the Lease and-in addition to Lessor's other
remedies  Lessor may use said security  deposit of $25,000.411 to compensate for
any damages which Lessor may suffer by reason of Lessee's default.

Insurance  policies  purchased  be,  Lessor  under  this  paragraph  53  must be
reasonably  acceptable to Lessee.  In the event Lessee gives notice to Lessor in
writing  stating  that an  insurance  policy  is  unacceptable  and the  reasons
therefore,  Lessee shall have the right to obtain a replacement insurance policy
in accordance  with  paragraph 6. Lessor shall  continue to make the payments on
the replacement  insurance  policy and the amount of the insurance  payments due
under this paragraph 53 shall be modified accordingly. In the event the services
provided  by the  landscaping  contractor  hired be,  Lessor are not  reasonably
acceptable  to Lessee,  Lessor,  after  notice  from  Lessee,  will,  as soon as
practicable, replace the landscaping contractor.

55.      STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF BUILDING.

Lessor warrants that the Premises have no material structural defect which would
have a material  adverse  effect on Lessee's  ability to occupy the Premises for
the duration of the Lease and any option period thereto; provided, however, that
any  structural  defect caused by action of Lessee shall not be included in this
Warranty.

56.      INDEMNITY.

In the event that the Premises are determined by inspection of the City of Tempe
to be structurally unsound or to materially violate building code, regulation or
ordinance,  Lessee shall have the right to  terminate  the Lease and Lessor will
indemnify  Lessee for all move-in  and  move-out  costs.  This  indemnity  shall
terminate  and be of no force and effect-  after two months  from the  occupancy
date of the lease. Lease.
<PAGE>
57.      OPTION TO EXTEND LEASE.

Lessee  shall have an Option to extend this Lease for one  additional  five year
period at the then  market rate by giving  written  notice of its  intention  to
exercise  its  Option at least 180 days  prior to the  termination  of the Lease
term.

58.      MISCELLANEOUS.

         a.  Paragraph  7.5(b)  of the Lease  shall be  modified  by adding  the
             following language at the end of the existing paragraph:

                  Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold consent to alterations.
                  Lessor  acknowledges  that  it is  the  intent  of  Lessee  to
                  materially  alter  the  interior  of the  Premises  including,
                  without   limitation,   moving  interior  walls,   wiring  and
                  plumbing.  Lessee agrees to make such alterations according to
                  building codes and to use Arizona licensed contractors. lessee
                  further agrees not to mater5ially alter the currently existing
                  offices  without prior approval of Lessor,  which consent will
                  not be unreasonably withheld.

Agreed:

Lessor:                                 Lessee:
Robert Colman Trust                     Accord Semiconductor Equipment Group,
                                        Inc. and Travis Wilson and Terrie
                                        Wilson, Individually

By:                                     By: /s/ Travis Wilson  8/19/94
   -----------------------------           -----------------------------------
   Robert Colman, Trustee                  Travis Wilson, President

                                        By /s/ Travis Wilson  8/19/94
                                           -----------------------------------
                                           Travis Wilson, Individually

                                        By /s/ Terrie Wilson  8/19/94
                                           -----------------------------------
                                           Terrie Wilson, Individually
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT "A"

                               DECLARATIONS PAGE
                      STATE FARM FIRE AND CASUALTY COMPANY
                  1665 WEST ALAMEDA DRIVE, TEMPE AZ 85289-001
           A STOCK COMPANY WITH HOME OFFICES IN BLOOMINTON, ILLINIOS

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NAMED INSURED AND MAILING ADDRESS       MORTGAGEE
COLMAN, ROBERT ALLEN &                  M & I THUNDERBIRD BANK
ROBERT COLMAN TRUST                     REAL ESTATE DEPT (91)
610 SANTA MONICA BLVD                   C/O COLLATERAL CONTROL DEPT
SANTA MONICA CA 90401-1632              ONE EAST CAMELBACK
                                        PHOENIX AZ 85012

                                         COV A - INFLATION COVERAGE INDEX: 113.8
BUSINESS POLICY - SPECIAL FORM 3         COV B - CONSUMER PRICE INDEX: N/A

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AUTOMATIC  RENEWAL IF THE POLICY PERIOD IS SHOWN AS 12 MONTHS,  THIS POLICY WILL
BE RENEWED  AUTOMATICALLY  SUBJECT THE  PREMIUMS,  RULES AND FORMS IN EFFECT FOR
each SUCCEEDING  POLICY PERIOD.  IF THIS policy is terminated,  we will HAVE YOU
AND THE  MORTGAGEE/LIENHOLDER  WRITTEN  NOTICE  IN  COMPLIANCE  WITH the  policy
provisions or as required by law.

POLICY PERIOD:    12 MONTHS       THE POLICY PERIOD BEGINS AND ENDS AT 12:01 AM
EFFECTIVE DATE    12/29/93        STANDARD TIME AT THE PREMISES LOCATION.
EXPIRATION DATE:  12/29/94
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLAIMED INSURED: INDIVIDUAL


LOCATION OF COVERED
PREMISES:
6002 S ASH
TEMPE AZ 85282-6830

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

COVERAGE AND PROPERTY       LIMITS OF
                                                INSURANCE
   SECTION I
   BUILDINGS S                                $        727,000
   BUSINESS PERSONAL PROPERTY                 EXCLUDER
   LOS OF INCOME                              $ ACTUAL LOS
   SECTION II
   BUSINESS LIABILITY                         $1,000,000
   MEDICAL PAYMENTS                           $5,000
   PRODUCTS-COMPLETED OPERATIONS
   $2,000,000
   (PCO) AGGREGATE
   GENERAL AGGREGATE (OTHER THAN PCO)
   $2,000,000

OCCUPANCY:
MERCANTILE

DEDUCTIBLES-SECTION
I
$ 1,000 BASIC

IN CASE OF LOSS  UNDER  THIS  POLICY,  THE  DEDUCTIBLE  WILL BE  APPLIED TO EACH
OCCURRENCE AND WILL BE DEDUCTED FROM THE AMOUNT OF THE LOSS.  OTHER  DEDUCTIBLES
MAY APPLY-REFER TO POLICY.

FORMS OPTIONS                 AND ENDORSEMENTS
     SPECIAL FORM 3                                FP-6103
     AMENDATORY ENDORSEMENT                        FE-
6203.1
     TREE   DEBRIS REMOVAL END                     FE-6451
     POLICY ENDORSEMENT -            BUSINESS      FE-
6464

     PROTECTIVE SAFEGUARD       0                  FE-
     6303

POLICY PREMIUM
$       2158 .00

CREDIT
APPLIED:
  SPRINKLER


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                    CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                  By and Among
                            Successways Holdings Ltd.
                            Turbo International, Inc.
                              GEM Management Ltd.,
                               (the "Purchasers")
                                       and

                       ACCORD ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                       ----------------------------------


                          Dated as of November 22, 1998


                       ----------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                         Page
                                                                         ----

 ARTICLE I             CERTAIN DEFINITIONS .................................1
 ARTICLE 11            PURCHASE OF DEBENTURES ..............................3
 ARTICLE III           REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES ......................4
 ARTICLE IV            OTHER AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES .....................8
 ARTICLE V             CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CLOSING ....................12
 ARTICLE VI            TERMINATION ........................................14
 ARTICLE VII           MISCELLANEOUS ......................................15

Exhibit A             Convertible Debenture
Exhibit B             Conversion Procedures
Exhibit C             Warrant
Exhibit D             Opinion Letter
Exhibit E             Escrow Agreement
Exhibit F             Power of Attorney
Schedule 1            List of Purchasers and Warrant Holders
Schedule 3. 1 (a)     Subsidiaries
Schedule 3. 1 (c)     Capitalization
Schedule 3. 1 (f)     Required Consents and Approvals

Schedule 3. 1 (g) Litigation
<PAGE>
                  CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of November
___________ 1998 (this "Agreement"),  by and among Accord Advanced Technologies,
Inc.,  a Nevada  corporation  (the  "Company"),  and the  purchasers  listed  on
Schedule I attached hereto (each individually, the "Purchaser" and collectively,
the "Purchasers").

                  WHEREAS,  the  Company  desires  to  issue  and  sell  to  the
Purchaser  and the  Purchaser  desire to  acquire  certain of the  Company's  2%
Convertible Debentures, due November ___, 2003 (the "Convertible Debentures").

                  IN  CONSIDERATION  of the mutual  covenants and agreements set
forth  herein and for good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt of which is
hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                               CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

         Section  1. 1.  Certain  Definitions.  As used in this  Agreement,  and
unless the context  requires a different  meaning,  the following terms have the
meanings indicated:

                  "Affiliate"  means,  with  respect to any  Person,  any Person
that,  directly or  'indirectly,  controls,  is controlled by or is under common
control  with  such  Person.  For the  purposes  of this  definition,  "control"
(including,  with  correlative  meanings,  the terms  "controlled by" and "under
common control with") shall mean the possession,  directly or indirectly, of the
power to direct or cause the  direction of the  management  and policies of such
Person,  whether  through the  ownership of voting  securities or by contract or
otherwise.

                  "Business Day" means any day except  Saturday,  Sunday and any
day which shall be a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions in the
state of New York are authorized or required by law or other government  actions
to close.

                  "Closing" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2. 1(b).

                  "Closing  Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.
1 (b).

                  "Code"  means the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended,
and the rules and regulations thereunder as in effect on the date hereof

                  "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                  "Common  Stock" means the Company's  common  stock,  par value
$.001 per share.

                                       2
<PAGE>
                  "Debentures"  means  the  2%  Convertible  Debentures  of  the
Company, due November 2003, an example of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

                  "Disclosure Documents" means the disclosure package, including
but not limited to the  Company's  audited  financial  statements  for the years
ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, the Company's unaudited  financial  statements
for the 10 months ended October 31, 1998, the Company's  business plan and press
releases,  delivered  to the  Purchaser in  connection  with the offering by the
Company of the Debentures and the Schedules to this Agreement furnished by or on
behalf of the Company pursuant to Section 3. 1.

                  "Escrow Agent" means the firm which holds the common shares in
escrow, herein the firm of Kaplan, Gottbetter & Levenson, LLP, 630 Third Avenue,
5' Floor, New York, NY 10017; Tel: 212-983-0532; Fax: 212-983-9210.

                  "Exchange Act" means the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

                  "GEM" means GEM Advisors, Inc., with its registered address at
712 51  Avenue,  7'  Floor,  New  York,  NY  10019;  Phone:  212-582-3400;  Fax:
212-265-4035.

                  "GEM Ltd." means GEM Management  Limited,  with its registered
address at P.O. Box 860, 11 Bath Street, St. Heller, Jersey, Channel Islands JE4
OYZ.

                  "Lien" means,  with respect to any asset, any mortgage,  lien,
pledge,  encumbrance,  charge or  security  'interest  of any kind in or on such
asset or the revenues or income thereon or therefrom.

                  "Material  Adverse Effect" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3. 1 (a).

                  "NASD" means the National  Association of Securities  Dealers,
Inc.

                  "Per Share  Consideration" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2. 1(a)

                  "Person"  means an individual or a  corporation,  partnership,
trust,  incorporated  or  unincorporated  association,  joint  venture,  limited
liability  company,  joint stock company,  government (or an agency or political
subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind.

                  "Purchase  Price"  shall have the meaning set forth in Section
2. 1 (a).

                  "Required  Approvals"  shall  have the  meaning  set  forth in
Section 3.

                  "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 11126/112.14

                                        2

<PAGE>
                  "Subsidiaries"  shall  have the  meaning  set forth in Section
3.1(a).

                  "Underlying  Shares"  means the  shares of Common  Stock  into
which the Debentures are convertible in accordance with the terms hereof and the
Debenture,  and the  shares of  Common  Stock  for  which  the  Warrants  can be
exercised in accordance with the terms hereof and the Warrant.

                  "Warrants" means the common stock purchase  warrants issued to
GEM Ltd. and/or its assigns as part of its compensation,  an example of which is
attached hereto as Exhibit C.

                                   ARTICLE II

                             PURCHASE OF DEBENTURES

         Section 2.1. Purchase of Debentures; Closing

         (a) Subject to the terms and conditions  herein set forth,  the Company
shall issue and sell to the Purchasers,  and the Purchasers  shall purchase from
the Company on the Closing  Date the number of  Debentures  listed  opposite the
Purchaser's  name on  Schedule  1,  which  shall  have  the  respective  rights,
preferences and privileges set forth in Exhibit A (the "Debenture"),  at a price
per  Debenture  of  US$1,000.00  (the "Per  Debenture  Consideration").  The Per
Debenture  Consideration  multiplied by the number of Debentures to be purchased
by the Purchaser  hereunder is hereinafter  referred to as the "Purchase Price."
The Total  principal  amount of Debentures to be purchased by the Purchasers and
the total Purchase Price shall be $530,000.

         (b)  The  closing  of the  purchase  and  sale of the  Debentures  (the
"Closing")  shall  take  place  at the  offices  of the  Escrow  agent,  Kaplan,
Gottbetter & Levenson,  LLP,  immediately  following the execution hereof, or at
such  other  time  and/or  place as the  Purchaser  and the  Company  may agree,
provided,  however, in no case shall the Closing take place later than the fifth
day after the last of the conditions  listed in Article V is satisfied or waived
by the appropriate party. The date of the Closing is hereinafter  referred to as
the "Closing Date".

         (c) At the Closing (i) the Company  shall  deliver to the Purchaser (A)
one or  more  Debentures  purchased  hereunder,  registered  in the  name of the
Purchaser,  (B) all documents,  instruments  and writings  required to have been
delivered at or prior to Closing by the Company pursuant to this Agreement,  and
(ii) the  Purchaser  shall  deliver to the  Company  (A) the  Purchase  Price as
determined  pursuant to this Article I in United States  dollars in  immediately
available  funds by wire  transfer  to an account  designated  in writing by the
Company  prior to the Closing and (B) all  documents,  instruments  and writings
required to have been delivered at or prior to Closing by the Purchaser pursuant
to this  Agreement.  At this time,  the Company  shall also  deliver to: (i) GEM
Ltd., or is assigns,  the Warrants pursuant to the term sheet (the "Term Sheet")
dated November 4, 1998

                                       3
<PAGE>
between  GEM and the  Company;  and (ii)  GEM,  six  percent  (6%) of the  gross
proceeds from the sale of the Debentures held by the Escrow Agent,  representing
the management fee.

                                   ARTICLE III

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         3. 1. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company hereby
represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows:

                  (a)   Organization  and   Qualification.   The  Company  is  a
corporation, duly incorporated,  validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of the  jurisdiction  of its  incorporation,  with the requisite  corporate
power and authority to own and use its properties and assets and to carry on its
business as  currently  conducted.  The Company has no  subsidiaries  other than
asset forth in Schedule 3.1(a) (collectively,  the "Subsidiaries").  Each of the
Subsidiaries is a corporation,  duly incorporated,  validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation,  with the full
corporate  power and authority to own and use its  properties  and assets and to
carry on its  business  as  currently  conducted.  Each of the  Company  and the
Subsidiaries  is duly  qualified  to do  business  and is in good  standing as a
foreign  corporation  in each  jurisdiction  in which the nature of the business
conducted or property  owned by it makes such  qualification  necessary,  except
where the failure to be so  qualified or in good  standing,  as the case may be,
could not reasonably be expected to have,  individually  or in the aggregate,  a
material adverse effect on (a) the results of operations,  assets, prospects, or
financial condition of the Company and the Subsidiaries,  or (b) the Purchaser's
rights under this Agreement, the Debenture and the Warrants (a "Material Adverse
Effect").

                  (b) Authorization,  Enforcement. The Company has the requisite
corporate  power and authority to enter into and to consummate the  transactions
contemplated  hereby and  otherwise to carry out its  obligations  hereunder and
thereunder.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the
consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been
duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Company. Each of this
Agreement has been duly  executed and  delivered by the Company and  constitutes
the valid and binding obligation of the Company  enforceable against the Company
in accordance with its terms,  except as such  enforceability  may be limited by
applicable bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium, liquidation or
similar laws relating to, or affecting  generally the enforcement of, creditors'
rights and remedies or by other equitable principles of general application.

                  (c)  Capitalization.  The  authorized,  issued and outstanding
capital  stock of the  Company  and  each of the  Subsidiaries  is set  forth in
Schedule  3. 1 (c). No shares of Common  Stock are  entitled  to  preemptive  or
similar rights.  Except as specifically  disclosed in the Disclosure  Documents,
there are no outstanding options, warrants, script rights to subscribe to, calls
or

                                        4
<PAGE>
commitments of any character  whatsoever  relating to, or, except as a result of
the  purchase  and  sale of the  Debentures  hereunder,  securities,  rights  or
obligations convertible into or exchangeable for, or giving any person any right
to  subscribe  for  or  acquire  any  shares  of  Common  Stock,  or  contracts,
commitments,  understandings,  or  arrangements  by  which  the  Company  or any
Subsidiary is or may become bound to issue additional shares of Common Stock, or
securities or rights  convertible or  exchangeable  into shares of Common Stock.
Neither the Company nor any  Subsidiary is in violation of any of the provisions
of  its  respective  certificate  of  incorporation,  bylaws  or  other  charter
documents.

                  (d) Issuance of Debentures.  The Debentures have been duly and
validly authorized for issuance,  offer and sale pursuant to this Agreement and,
when issued and delivered as provided  hereunder  against  payment in accordance
with the terms  hereof,  shall be valid and binding  obligations  of the Company
enforceable  in  accordance  with their terms.  The Company has and at all times
while the Debentures are outstanding will maintain an adequate reserve of shares
of Common Stock to enable it to perform its obligations under this Agreement and
the  Debentures.  When  issued  in  accordance  with the  terms  hereof  and the
Debentures, the Underlying Shares will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully
paid and nonassessable.

                  (e) No Conflicts The  execution,  delivery and  performance of
this  Agreement  by the  Company  and the  consummation  by the  Company  of the
transactions  contemplated  hereby and thereby do not and will not (1)  conflict
with or violate any provision of its certificate of  incorporation  or bylaws or
(11)  subject  to  obtaining  the  consents  referred  to *in  Section 3. 1 (f),
conflict  with,  or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse
of time or both would become a default)  under,  or give to others any rights of
termination,   amendment,   acceleration  or  cancellation  of,  any  agreement,
indenture  or  instrument  to which  the  Company  is a  party,  or (iii) to the
knowledge  of the Company  result in a violation of any law,  rule,  regulation,
order,  judgment,  injunction,  decree  or  other  restriction  of any  court or
governmental  authority to which the Company is subject  (including  Federal and
state securities laws and regulations), or by which any property or asset of the
Company is bound or  affected,  except in the case of each of  clauses  (ii) and
(iii),  such  conflicts,  defaults,  terminations,   amendments,  accelerations,
cancellations  and  violations as would not,  individually  or in the aggregate,
have a  Material  Adverse  Effect.  The  business  of the  Company  is not being
conducted 'in violation of any law,  ordinance or regulation of any governmental
authority, except for violations which, individually or in the aggregate, do not
have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  (f) Consents and Approvals.  Except as specifically  set forth
in the Schedule  3.1(f),  neither the Company nor any  Subsidiary is required to
obtain any  consent,  waiver,  authorization  or order of, or make any filing or
registration   with,  any  court  or  other  federal,   state,  local  or  other
governmental  authority  or other  Person  in  connection  with  the  execution,
delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, other than the making
of the applicable  blue-sky filings under state securities laws, and other than,
in all cases, where the failure to obtain such consent waiver,  authorization or
order, or to give or make such notice or filing, would not materially

                                        5
<PAGE>
impair or delay the  ability of the Company to effect the Closing and deliver to
the  Purchaser the  Debentures  free and clear of all Liens  (collectively,  the
"Required Approvals").

                  (g) Litigation,  Proceedings. Except as specifically disclosed
in the  Schedule  3. 1 (g),  there is no  action,  suit,  notice  of  violation,
proceeding or  investigation  pending or, to the best  knowledge of the Company,
threatened against or affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of
their   respective   properties   before  or  by  any  court,   governmental  or
administrative agency or regulatory authority (Federal,  State, county, local or
foreign)  which  (i)  relates  to  or  challenges  the  legality,   validity  or
enforceability  of this Agreement or the Debentures (ii) could,  individually or
in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect or (111) could, individually or
in the aggregate,  materially impair the ability of the Company to perform fully
on a timely basis its obligations under this Agreement.

                  (h) No Default  or  Violation.  Neither  the  Company  nor any
Subsidiary  (i) is in default  under or in violation of any  indenture,  loan or
credit  agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or
by which it or any of its properties is bound, except such conflicts or defaults
as do not have a Material  Adverse Effect,  (ii) is in violation of any order of
any court, arbitrator or governmental body, except for such violations as do not
have a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) is in violation of any statute, rule or
regulation of any  governmental  authority which could  (individually  or in the
aggregate) (x) adversely affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this
Agreement,  (y) have a  Material  Adverse  Effect or (z)  adversely  impair  the
Company's  ability  or  obligation  to  perform  fully  on a  timely  basis  its
obligations under this Agreement.

                  (i) Certain Fees. No fees or commission will be payable by the
Company to any investment banker or bank with respect to the consummation of the
transactions  contemplated  hereby  except  for six  percent  (6%) of the  gross
proceeds  from  the  sale  of the  Debentures  held  in  escrow  to GEM  for the
management  fee. GEM will  indemnify the Company  against all third party claims
for management and brokerage fees;

                  (j)  Disclosure  Documents.  The  Disclosure  Documents do not
contain any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to state any material
fact  necessary in order to make the  statements  made therein,  in light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

                  (k)  Private  Offering.  Neither  the  Company  nor any Person
acting  on its  behalf  has taken or will take any  action  (including,  without
limitation,  any offering of any  securities of the Company under  circumstances
which would  require the  integration  of such offering with the offering of the
Debentures under the Securities Act) which might subject the offering,  issuance
or sale of the Debentures to the  registration  requirements of Section 5 of the
Securities Act.

                  (1) Not a  Reporting  Company,  Eligibility  to use  Exemption
under  504(b).  The  Company is not  subject to the  reporting  requirements  of
Section 13 or Section  15(d) of the  Exchange  Act. The Company has not sold any
securities under 504(b) in the last twelve months, except for

                                        6
<PAGE>
$425,000 raised pursuant to Rule 504 in October 1998. The Company is eligible to
issue securities exempt from  registration  pursuant to Rule 504 of Regulation D
promulgated under the Securities Act.

         Section  3.2.  Representations  and  Warranties  of the  Purchaser  The
Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

                  (a)  Organization;  Authority.  The Purchaser is a corporation
duly  and  validly  existing  and  in  good  standing  under  the  laws  of  the
jurisdiction  of its  incorporation.  The Purchaser has the requisite  power and
authority to enter into and to consummate the transactions  contemplated  hereby
and  otherwise  to carry  out its  obligations  hereunder  and  thereunder.  The
purchase of the Debentures by the Purchaser  hereunder has been duly  authorized
by all necessary action on the part of the Purchaser. Each of this Agreement has
been  duly  executed  and  delivered  by  the  Purchaser  or on its  behalf  and
constitutes  the  valid  and  legally  binding   obligation  of  the  Purchaser,
enforceable  against the  Purchaser  in  accordance  with its terms,  subject to
bankruptcy,  insolvency,  fraudulent  transfer,  reorganization,  moratorium and
similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights
generally and to general principles of equity.

                  (b)  Investment   Intent.   The  Purchaser  is  acquiring  the
Debentures and the Underlying Shares for its own account for investment purposes
only and not with a view to or for  distributing or reselling such Debentures or
Underlying  Shares or any part thereof or interest therein,  without  prejudice,
however, to the Purchaser's right,  subject to the provisions of this Agreement,
at all times to sell or otherwise  dispose of all or any part of such Debentures
or Underlying  Shares in compliance  with applicable  State  securities laws and
under an exemption from registration under Rule 504 of the Securities Act.

                  (c)  Purchaser  Status.  At the time the Purchaser was offered
the Debentures,  it was, and at the date hereof, it is, and at the Closing Date,
it will be,  an  "accredited  investor"  as  defined  in Rule  501(a)  under the
Securities Act.

                  (d) Experience of Purchaser.  The  Purchaser,  either alone or
together  with its  representatives,  has  such  knowledge,  sophistication  and
experience in business and  financial  matters so as to be capable of evaluating
the merits and risks of the prospective investment in the Debentures, and has so
evaluated the merits and risks of such investment.

                  (e)  Ability  of  Purchaser  to Bear Risk of  Investment.  The
Purchaser is able to bear the economic risk of an  investment in the  Debentures
and, at the present time, is able to afford a complete loss of such investment.

                  (f) Prohibited Transactions. The Debentures to be purchased by
the Purchaser are not being acquired, directly or indirectly, with the assets of
any "employee benefit plan",  within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

                                        7
<PAGE>
                  (g) Access to Information.  The Purchaser acknowledges receipt
of the Disclosure  Documents and further  acknowledges that it has been afforded
(i) the opportunity to ask such questions as it has deemed  necessary of, and to
receive answers from,  representatives  of the Company  concerning the terms and
conditions  of the  offering  of the  Debentures  and the  merits  and  risks of
investing in the  Debentures;  (ii) access to information  about the Company and
the Company's financial condition, results of operations,  business, properties,
management  and prospects  sufficient to enable it to evaluate its investment in
the  Common  Stock;   and  (iii)  the  opportunity  to  obtain  such  additional
information  which the Company  possesses  or can acquire  without  unreasonable
effort or expense that is necessary to make an informed investment decision with
respect to the  Debentures  and to verify the accuracy and  completeness  of the
information contained in the Disclosure Documents.

                  (h) Reliance.  The Purchaser understands and acknowledges that
(i) the Debentures  are being offered and sold,  and the  Underlying  Shares are
being offered, to it without  registration under the Securities Act in a private
placement that is exempt from the registration  provisions of the Securities Act
and (ii) the  availability of such  exemption,  depends in part on, and that the
Company  will  rely  upon  the  accuracy  and  truthfulness  of,  the  foregoing
representations and the Purchaser hereby consents to such reliance.

                  The Company  acknowledges  and agrees that the Purchaser makes
no  representation  or warranty with respect to the  transactgions  contemplated
hereby other than those specifically set forth in Article III herein.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                        OTHER AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

         Section 4.1.  Manner of Offering The  Debentures and Warrants are being
issued  pursuant to Rule 504(b) of Regulation D of the  Securities  Act of 1933.
The  Debentures,  Warrants  and  the  Underlying  Shares  will  be  exempt  from
restrictions on transfer, and will carry no restrictive legend. The Company will
use its best  efforts to insure that no actions are taken that would  jeopardize
the  availability of the exemption from  registration  under Rule 504(b) for the
Debentures, the Warrants and the Underlying Shares.

         Section 4.2.  Furnishing of Information.  As long as the Purchaser owns
Debentures, the Warrants or Underlying Shares, the Company will promptly furnish
to it all annual and quarterly  reports  comparable to those required by Section
13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

         Section 4.3. Notice of Certain Events. The Company shall (i) advise the
Purchaser promptly after obtaining  knowledge thereof,  and, if requested by the
Purchaser,  confirm  such  advice in writing,  of (A) the  issuance by any state
securities commission of any stop order suspending the

                                       8
<PAGE>
qualification  or exemption from  qualification  of the Debentures or the Common
Stock  for  offering  or  sale in any  jurisdiction,  or the  initiation  of any
proceeding  for  such  purpose  by any  state  securities  commission  or  other
regulatory  authority,  or (B) any event that makes any  statement of a material
fact made in the Disclosure  Documents untrue or that requires the making of any
additions  to or  changes  in the  Disclosure  Documents  in  order  to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made,
not  misleading,  (11) use its best  efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop
order or order suspending the  qualification or exemption from  qualification of
the Debentures or the Common Stock under any state  securities or Blue Sky laws,
and (iii) if at any time any state  securities  commission  or other  regulatory
authority shall issue an order  suspending the  qualification  or exemption from
qualification of the Debentures or the Common Stock under any such laws, use its
best efforts to obtain the  withdrawal  or lifting of such order at the earliest
possible time.

         Section 4.4. Copies and Use of Disclosure Documents.  The Company shall
furnish  the  Purchaser,  without  charge,  as  many  copies  of the  Disclosure
Documents,  and any  amendments  or  supplements  thereto,  as the Purchaser may
reasonably request. The Company consents to the use of the Disclosure Documents,
and any amendments and supplements  thereto, by the Purchaser in connection with
resales of the  Debentures  or the  Underlying  Shares other than pursuant to an
effective registration statement.

         Section 4.5. Modification to Disclosure  Documents.  If any event shall
occur as a result of which,  in the  reasonable  judgment  of the Company or the
Purchaser,  it  becomes  necessary  or  advisable  to  amend or  supplement  the
Disclosure  Documents in order to make the statements  therein,  in the light of
the  circumstances  at the time the  Disclosure  Documents were delivered to the
Purchaser,  not  misleading,  or if it is necessary to amend or  supplement  the
Disclosure  Documents to comply with  applicable law, the Company shall promptly
prepare an appropriate  amendment or supplement to the Disclosure Documents ('in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to both the Purchaser and Company) so
that (i) as so amended or supplemented the Disclosure Documents will not include
an untrue  statement of material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary
in order to make  the  statements  therein,  in the  light of the  circumstances
existing at the time it is delivered to Purchaser,  not  misleading and (11) the
Disclosure Documents will comply with applicable law.

         Section  4.6.  Blue Sky Laws.  The  Company  shall  cooperate  with the
Purchaser in connection with the  qualification of the Debentures,  the Warrants
and  the  Underlying  Shares  under  the  securities  or Blue  Sky  laws of such
jurisdictions as the Purchaser may request and to continue such qualification at
all times through the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date; provided,  however,
that neither the Company nor its  Subsidiaries  shall be required in  connection
therewith  to  qualify  as a  foreign  corporation  where  they  are  not now so
qualified.

         Section 4.7  Integration.  The Company shall not and shall use its best
efforts to ensure that no Affiliate shall sell, offer for sale or solicit offers
to buy or otherwise negotiate in respect of any security (as defined. in Section
2 of the Securities Act) that would be integrated with the offer or sale

                                        9
<PAGE>
of the Debentures,  the Warrants or the Underlying Shares in a manner that would
require the registration under the Securities Act of the sale of the Debentures,
the Warrants or Underlying Shares to the Purchaser.

         Section 4.8 Furnishing of Rule 144A Materials.  The Company shall,  for
so long as any of the  Debentures,  the  Warrants or  Underlying  Shares  remain
outstanding  and during  any period in which it is not  subject to Section 13 or
15(d)  of  the  Exchange  Act,  make  available  to  any  registered  holder  of
Debentures,  the  Warrants  or  Underlying  Shares in  connection  with any sale
thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Debentures, Warrants or Underlying
Shares from such Person,  the  following  information  in  accordance  with Rule
144A(d)(4)  under the  Securities  Act: a brief  statement  of the nature of the
business  of the  Company  and the  products  and  services  it  offers  and the
Company's  most recent  audited  balance  sheet and profit and loss and retained
earnings  statements,  and similar audited financial statements for such part of
the two preceding fiscal years as the Company has been in operation.

         Section  4.9  Solicitation   Materials.   The  Company  shall  not  (1)
distribute  any offering  materials in connection  with the offering and sale of
the  Debentures,  the Warrants or  Underlying  Shares other than the  Disclosure
Documents and any  amendments  and  supplements  thereto  prepared in compliance
herewith or (it) solicit any offer to buy or sell the  Debentures,  the Warrants
or  Underlying  Shares  by  means  of  any  form  of  general   solicitation  or
advertising.

         Section 4.10 Subsequent Financial Statements. The Company shall furnish
to the Purchaser,  promptly after they are filed with the Commission,  a copy of
all financial  statements for any period subsequent to the period covered by the
financial statements included in the Disclosure Documents.

         Section  4.11.  Prohibition  on Certain  Actions.  From the date hereof
through the Closing Date, the Company shall not and shall cause the Subsidiaries
not to,  without  the consent of the  Purchaser,  (1) amend its  Certificate  of
Incorporation, bylaws or other character documents so as to adversely affect any
rights of the  Purchaser;  (ii) split,  combine or  reclassify  its  outstanding
capital stock; (ill) declare,  authorize, set aside or pay any dividend or other
distribution with respect to the Common Stock; (iv) redeem,  repurchase or offer
to repurchase or otherwise acquire shares of its Common Stock; or (v) enter into
any agreement with respect to any of the foregoing.

         Section 4.12.  Listing of  Underlying  Shares The Company shall use its
best efforts to maintain the listing for its common stock on the NASD Electronic
Bulletin  Board (or other  national  securities  exchange or market on which the
Common Stock is listed)  during the period that the  Debentures may be converted
hereunder by the Purchaser or the Warrants may be  exercised,  and shall provide
to the Purchaser evidence of such listing.

         Section 4.13.  Conversion  Procedures:-  Exhibit B attached hereto sets
forth the procedures with respect to the conversion of the Debentures, including
the forms of conversion  notice to be provided upon conversion,  instructions as
to the procedures for conversion, the form of legal

                                       10
<PAGE>
opinion,  if  necessary,  that shall be  rendered  to the Company and such other
information  and  instructions  as may be  reasonably  necessary  to enable  the
Purchaser to exercise its right of conversion smoothly and expeditiously.

         Section  4.14  Registration  of  Underlying  Shares.  So  long  as  any
War-rants  remain  unexercised  or Debentures  remain  outstanding,  the Company
agrees not to file a registration  statement with the Commission,  without first
having  registered the Underlying  Shares for resale with the SEC and for resale
in such states of the United  States as the  Holders  thereof (or the Holders of
the Debentures) shall reasonably  request.  If the Company shall propose to file
with the SEC any registration  statement other than a Form 10 which would cause,
or have the effect of causing,  the Company to become  subject to the  reporting
requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Exchange Act (a "Reporting  Issuer")
or to take any other action the effect of which would be to cause the Underlying
Shares to be issued upon  conversion  of any then  outstanding  Debentures to be
restricted  securities or cause the Underlying Shares to be issued upon exercise
of any then  outstanding  Warrants  to be  restricted  securities  (as such term
defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act), the Company agrees to
give  written  notification  of such to the  Holders  of the  Debentures  or the
Warrants then  outstanding  at least two weeks prior to such filing or taking of
the proposed action. If any Debentures or Warrants are outstanding at the end of
such notice period, the Company agrees to file a registration  statement on Form
S-1 or  SB-2,  or such  other  form  of  registration  statement  in  which  the
Underlying Shares may be included, and to include in such registration statement
the  Underlying   Shares  issuable  upon  conversion  of  any  then  outstanding
Debentures or the exercise of any then outstanding Warrants so as to pen-nit the
public resale thereof.  All costs and expenses of registration shall be borne by
the Company.

         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if the Company  for any reason  shall
become a  Reporting  Issuer,  or shall have taken any action the effect of which
would be to cause the Underlying Shares to be issued upon conversion of any then
outstanding  Debentures or the exercise of any then  outstanding  Warrants to be
restricted securities (as such term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the
Securities  Act), the Company agrees to immediately  file with the SEC and cause
to become  effective a  registration  statement  which  would  permit the public
resale of such  Underlying  Shares in such  states of the  United  States as the
Holders  thereof  shall  reasonably  request.  All  costs and  expenses  of such
registration and related Blue Sky filings shall be borne by the Company.

         Section  4.15  Escrow.  The  Company  agrees to enter  into the  escrow
agreement  attached hereto as Exhibit E (the "Escrow  Agreement"),  and to issue
into said Escrow  certificates to be held by the Escrow Agent (as defined in the
Escrow  Agreement),  registered in the names of the  Purchasers  and without any
restrictive legend of any kind,  pursuant to the terms of such Escrow Agreement,
rounded up to the nearest  even 25,000  shares.  Such  certificates  shall be in
denominations of 25,000 shares.

         Section 4.16  Attorney-in-Fact.  To effectuate the terms and provisions
of this Agreement,  the Escrow  Agreement,  the Debenture and the Warrants,  the
Company hereby designates and

                                       11
<PAGE>
appoints   the   Escrow   Agent  and  each  of  its   designees   or  agents  as
attorney-in-fact  of the Company,  irrevocably  and with power of  substitution,
with  authority  to carry out any acts and things  necessary or advisable in the
sole discretion of the Escrow Agent to carry out and enforce this Agreement, the
Escrow Agreement, the Debenture and the Warrants, pursuant to Exhibit F attached
hereto. All acts done under the foregoing  authorization are hereby ratified and
approved and neither the Escrow Agent nor any designee or agent thereof shall be
liable for any acts of commission or omission,  for any error of judgment or for
any  mistake  of fact or law.  This  power of  attorney  being  coupled  with an
interest is irrevocable  while any amount of the Debenture  remains unpaid,  any
amount of the Warrants  remain  unexercised  or any portion of this Agreement or
the Escrow Agreement remains unsatisfied.

         Section 4.17 Short Selling.  Purchasers and their  Affiliates agree not
to  engage  in any  short  sales,  swaps,  purchase  of puts,  or other  hedging
activities involving the Common STOCK OR other securities of the Company.

         Section  4.18  Changes  to Rule 504.  If any  shares  of  Common  Stock
required to be reserved for purposes of  conversion of the Debenture or exercise
of  the  War-rants  hereunder  require  registration  with  or  approval  of any
governmental  authority under any federal  (including but not limited to the Act
or  similar  federal  statute  than in force) or state  law,  or  listing on any
national securities  exchange,  before such shares may be issued upon conversion
or exercise,  for reasons including but not limited to a material change in Rule
504 of Regulation D promulgated under the Act, the Company will, at its expense,
as expeditiously as possible cause such shares to be duly registered or approved
or listed on the  relevant  national  securities  exchange,  as the case may be.
Shares of Common Stock issued upon  conversion  of the  Debenture or exercise of
the Wan-ants  shall be  registered  by the Company  under the Act if required by
Section 4.14 and subject to the conditions stated therein.

                                    ARTICLE V

                         CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CLOSING

         Section 5. 1. Conditions Precedent to Obligations of the Purchaser. The
obligation  of the  Purchaser  to  purchase  the  Debentures  is  subject to the
satisfaction or waiver by the Purchaser,  at or prior to the Closing, of each of
the following conditions:

                  (a) Legal Opinion Exhibit D. The Purchaser shall have received
the legal opinion, addressed to it and dated the Closing Date of the Counsel for
the Company.  Such legal opinion shall address the Company's  authority to enter
into this Agreement and the  applicability  of Rule 504 to the offer and sale of
the Debentures, the Warrants and the Underlying Shares;

                  (b) Accuracy of the Company's  Representations and Warranties.
The  representations  and warranties of the Company  contained  herein shall be.
true and correct in all

                                       12
<PAGE>
material  respects as of the date when made and as of the Closing Date as though
made at that time (except that  representations  and warranties that are made as
of a specific date need be true in all material respects only as of such date);

                  (c)  Performance  by  the  Company.  The  Company  shall  have
performed,  satisfied and complied in all material  respects with all covenants,
agreements and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed,  satisfied
or complied with by the Company at or prior to the Closing;

                  (d)  No  Material  Adverse  Effect.  Since  the  date  of  the
financial  statements included in the Company's Disclosure  Documents,  no event
which had a Material  Adverse  Effect shall have occurred which is not disclosed
in the Disclosure Documents;

                  (e) No  Prohibitions.  The  purchase  of and  payment  for the
Debentures (and upon conversion  thereof,  the Underlying  Shares) hereunder (i)
shall  not  be  prohibited  or  enjoined  (temporarily  or  permanently)  by any
applicable  law or  governmental  regulation  and (ii)  shall  not  subject  the
Purchaser to any penalty, or in its reasonable judgment, other onerous condition
under or pursuant to any applicable law or  governmental  regulation  that would
materially  reduce  the  benefits  to  the  Purchaser  of  the  purchase  of the
Debentures or the Underlying  Shares (provided,  however,  that such regulation,
law or  onerous  condition  was not in  effect  in such form at the date of this
Agreement);

                  (f) Company Certificates.  The Purchaser shall have received a
certificate,  dated the Closing  Date,  signed by the  Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of the Company and  certifying  (i) that  attached  thereto is a true,
correct and complete copy of (A) the Company's Certificate of Incorporation,  as
amended to the date thereof,  (B) the Company's By-Laws,  as amended to the date
thereof,  (C) resolutions  duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company
authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement,  the issuance and sale
of the Debentures, Warrants and the Underlying Shares and the appointment of the
Attorney-in-Fact  pursuant  to  Section  4.16,  and  (D) a  certificate  of good
standing  from the  Secretary  of State of  Nevada  and (ii) the  incumbency  of
officers executing this Agreement;

                  (g) No  Suspensions  of Trading in Common Stock Trading in the
Common  Stock shall not have been  suspended  by the  Commission  or the NASD or
other  exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted  (except
for any suspension of trading of limited duration solely to permit dissemination
of material information regarding the Company);

                  (h) Required  Approvals All Required Approvals shall have been
obtained;

                  (i) Delivery of Debentures The Company shall have delivered to
the Escrow Agent the certificate(s)  representing the Debentures,  registered in
the name of the Purchaser, each in form satisfactory to the Purchaser.

                                       13
<PAGE>
                  (j) Power of  Attorney  Exhibit F The Escrow  Agent shall have
received a power of  attorney  executed  on behalf of the  Company  pursuant  to
Section 4.16.

         Section 5.2.  Conditions  Precedent to  Obligations  of the Company The
obligation of the Company to issue and sell the Debentures  hereunder is subject
to the satisfaction or waiver by the Company,  at or to the Closing,  of each of
the following conditions:

                  (a)   Accuracy-  of  the   Purchaser's   Representations   and
Warranties.  The  representations  and warranties of the Purchaser shall be true
and  correct  in all  material  respects  as of the date when made and as of the
Closing  Date as  though  made at that time  (except  that  representations  and
warranties  that are made as of a  specific  date  need be true in all  material
respects only as of such date);

                  (b)  Performance  by the Purchaser.  The Purchaser  shall have
performed  satisfied and complied in all material  respects with all  covenants,
agreements and CONDITIONS required by this Agreement to be performed,  satisfied
or complied with by it at or prior to the Closing; and

                  (c) No  Prohibitions.  The sale of the  Debentures  (and  upon
conversion thereof, the Underlying Shares) hereunder (1) shall not be prohibited
or enjoined  (temporarily  or permanently) by any applicable law or governmental
regulation  and (ii) shall not  subject the  Company to any  penalty,  or in its
reasonable  judgment,  any other  onerous  condition  under or  pursuant  to any
applicable  law or  governmental  regulation  that would  materially  reduce the
benefits to the Company of the sale of  Debentures or the  Underlying  Shares to
the Purchaser (provided, however, that such regulation, law or onerous condition
was not in effect in such form at the date of this Agreement).

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                   TERMINATION

         Section 6. 1.  Termination  by Mutual  Consent.  This  Agreement may be
terminated at any time prior to Closing by the mutual consent of the Company and
the Purchaser.

         Section  6.2.  Termination  by  the  Company  or  the  Purchaser.  This
Agreement  may be  terminated  prior to  Closing  by either  the  Company or the
Purchaser, by giving written notice of such termination to the other party, if-.

                  (a) the Closing  shall not have occurred by November 20, 1998;
provided  that  the  terminating  party is not then in  material  breach  of its
obligations  under  this  Agreement  in any manner  that  shall have  caused the
failure referred to in this paragraph (a);

                                       14
<PAGE>
                  (b)  there  shall  be in  effect  any  statute,  rule,  law or
regulation that prohibits the consummation of the Closing or if the consummation
of the Closing would violate any nonappealable  final judgment,  order,  decree,
ruling or injunction of any court of or governmental  authority having competent
jurisdiction; or

                  (c) there shall have been an amendment  to  Regulation D or an
interpretive release promulgated or issued thereunder,  which, in the reasonable
judgment  of the  terminating  party,  would  materially  adversely  affect  the
transactions contemplated hereby.

         Section  6.3.  Termination  by  the  Company.  This  Agreement  may  be
terminated  prior to Closing by the Company,  by giving  written  notice of such
termination  to the  Purchaser,  if the  Purchaser has  materially  breached any
representation,  warranty, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement and
such breach is not cured  within five  business  days  following  receipt by the
Purchaser of notice of such breach.

         Section  6.4.  Termination  by the  Purchaser.  This  Agreement  may be
terminated  prior to Closing by the Purchaser,  by giving written notice of such
termination to the Company., if

                  (a) the Company has  breached  any  representation,  warranty,
covenant or agreement  contained in this  Agreement and such breach is not cured
within five  business  days  following  receipt by the Company of notice of such
breach;

                  (b)  there  has  occurred  an  event  since  the  date  of the
financial  statements included in the Company's disclosure documents which could
reasonably  be  expected  to have a  Material  Adverse  Effect  and which is not
disclosed in the Disclosure Documents; or

                  (c)  trading in the  Common  Stock has been  suspended  by the
Commission or the NASD or other  exchange or market on which the Common Stock is
listed or quoted  (except  for any  suspension  of trading  of limited  duration
solely to permit dissemination of material information regarding the Company).

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         Section  7. 1.  Fees and  Expenses  Each  party  shall pay the fees and
expenses of its advisers,  counsel,  accountants and other experts,  if any, and
all  other  expenses  incurred  by  such  party  incident  to  the  negotiation,
preparation,  execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement. The Company
shall pay the fees of the Escrow  Agent and all stamp and other taxes and duties
levied in connection  with the issuance of the Debentures  (and upon  conversion
thereof,  the  Underlying  Shares)  pursuant  hereto.  The  Purchaser  shall  be
responsible for its own tax liability that may arise

                                       15
<PAGE>
as a result of the investment hereunder or the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement.  Whether or not the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement are
consummated  or this  Agreement  is  terminated,  the Company  shall pay (1) all
costs, expenses,  fees and all taxes incident to and in connection with: (A) the
preparation,  printing and  distribution  of the  Disclosure  Documents  and all
amendments and supplements  thereto (including,  without  limitation,  financial
statements and exhibits),  and all  preliminary and final Blue Sky memoranda and
all other agreements, memoranda, correspondence and other documents prepared and
delivered in connection herewith (B) the issuance and delivery of the Debentures
and, upon conversion  thereof,  the Underlying  Shares, (C) the qualification of
the Debentures and, upon conversion thereof, the Underlying Shares for offer and
sale under the  securities  or Blue Sky laws of the several  states  (including,
without  limitation,  the  fees and  disbursements  of the  Purchasers'  counsel
relating to such registration or  qualification),  (D) furnishing such copies of
the  Disclosure  Documents and all amendments and  supplements  thereto,  as may
reasonably be requested for use in  connection,  with resales of the  Debentures
and, upon conversion thereof,  the Underlying Shares, and (E) the preparation of
certificates  for the Debentures  and, upon conversion  thereof,  the Underlying
Shares (including, without limitation,  printing and engraving thereof, (11) all
fees and  expenses of the counsel and  accountants  of the Company and (iii) all
expenses and listing fees on Securities Exchanges, if any.

         Section 7.2. Entire  Agreement;  Amendments.  This Agreement,  together
with  the   Exhibits,   Annexes  and  Schedules   hereto,   contain  the  entire
understanding  of the  parties  with  respect to the subject  matter  hereof and
supersede all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, with respect
to such matters.

         Section  7.3.  Notices  Any notice or other  communication  required or
permitted to be given  hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have
been received (a) upon hand delivery (receipt acknowledged) or delivery by telex
(with correct answer back received),  telecopy or facsimile  (with  transmission
confirmation  report) at the address or number designated below (if delivered on
a  business  day  during  normal  business  hours  where  such  notice  is to be
received), or the first business day following such delivery (if delivered other
than on a business day during normal  business  hours where such notice is to be
received)  or (b) on the second  business day  following  the date of mailing by
express  courier  service,  fully  prepaid,  addressed to such address,  or upon
actual receipt of such mailing,  whichever shall first occur.  The addresses for
such communications shall be:

If to the Company:        Mr. Travis Wilson
                          President
                          Accord Advanced Technologies, Inc.
                          5002 South Ash Avenue
                          Tempe, AZ 85282
                          Tel.- (602) 820-1400
                          Fax: (602) 820-2319

                                       16
<PAGE>
With copies to:           Gregory Frost, Esq.
                          Tanner, Propp, Esq.
                          99 Park Avenue, 25" Floor
                          New York, NY 100 16
                          Tel: (212) 986-7714
                          Fax: (212) 687-0056
If to the Purchaser:

See Schedule I - Schedule of Purchaser (attached hereto)

With copies to:           Adam S. Gottbetter
                          Kaplan Gottbetter & Levenson, LLP
                          630 Third Avenue
                          New York, NY 100 17
                          Tel: 212-983-0532
                          Fax: 212-983-9210

or such other  address as may be designated  in writing  hereafter,  in the same
manner, by such person.

         Section 7.4 Amendments,  Waivers. No provision of this Agreement may be
waived  or  amended  except in a written  instrument  signed,  in the case of an
amendment, by both the Company and the Purchaser,  or, 'in the case of a waiver,
by the party against whom enforcement of any such waiver is sought. No waiver of
any default with respect to any  provision,  condition  or  requirement  of this
Agreement shall be deemed to be a continuing waiver in the future or a waiver of
any other  provision,  condition or requirement  hereof,  nor shall any delay or
omission of either  party to exercise any right  hereunder in any manner  impair
the exercise of any such right accruing to it thereafter.

         Section 7.5. Headings. The headings herein are for convenience only, do
not  constitute  a part of this  Agreement  and  shall not be deemed to limit or
affect any of the provisions hereof.

         Section 7.6.  Successors  and Assigns This  Agreement  shall be binding
upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their  successors and permitted
assigns.  Neither the Company nor the Purchaser may assign this Agreement or any
rights or obligations  hereunder without the prior written consent of the other.
The  assignment by a party of this Agreement or any rights  hereunder  shall not
affect the obligations of such party under this Agreement.

         Section 7.7. No Third Party  Beneficiaries.  This Agreement is intended
for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective  permitted successors
and  assigns  and is not for the  benefit  of, nor may any  provision  hereof be
enforced by, any other person.

                                       17
<PAGE>
         Section 7.8.  Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by and
construed and enforced in accordance  with the internal laws of the State of New
York without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

         Section  7.9.  Survival.  The  representations  and  warranties  of the
Company  and the  Purchaser  contained  in  Article  11 and the  agreements  and
covenants  of the  parties  contained  in Article IV and this  Article VII shall
survive  the  Closing (or any earlier  termination  of this  Agreement)  and any
conversion of Debentures hereunder for a period of five (5) years.

         Section 7.10. Counterpart Signatures.  This Agreement maybe executed in
two or more  counterparts,  all-of which when taken together shall be considered
one and the same  agreement and shall become  effective when  counterparts  have
been signed by each party and delivered to the other party, it being  understood
that both  parties  need not sign the same  counterpart.  In the event  that any
signature is delivered by facsimile transmission,  such signature shall create a
valid and binding  obligation  of the party  executing  (or on whose behalf such
signature  is  executed)  the same  with the same  force  and  effect as if such
facsimile signature page were an original thereof

         Section 7.11.  Publicity.  The Company and the Purchaser  shall consult
with each  other in  issuing  any press  releases  or  otherwise  making  public
statements  with  respect to the  transactions  contemplated  hereby and neither
party  shall  issue any such press  release or  otherwise  make any such  public
statement  without the prior written  consent of the other,  which consent shall
not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

         Section 7.12.  Severability In case anyone or more of the provisions of
this Agreement shall be invalid or  unenforceable  in any respect,  the validity
and enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement shall
not in any way be affecting or impaired  thereby and the parties will attempt to
agree  upon a valid  and  enforceable  provision  which  shall  be a  reasonable
substitute  therefor,  and upon so agreeing,  shall  incorporate such substitute
provision in this Agreement.

         Section  7.13.  Remedies In addition to being  entitled to exercise all
rights provided  herein or granted by law,  including  recovery of damages,  the
Purchaser  will be entitled to specific  performance  of the  obligations of the
Company  under this  Agreement  and the  Company  will be  entitled  to specific
performance of the  obligations  of the Purchaser  hereunder with respect to the
subsequent transfer of Debentures and the Underlying Shares. Each of the Company
and  the  Purchaser   agrees  that  monetary   damages  would  not  be  adequate
compensation  for any loss  incurred by reason of any breach of its  obligations
described in the foregoing sentence and hereby agrees to waive in any action for
specific  performance  of any such  obligation  the defense that a remedy at law
would be adequate.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

                                       18
<PAGE>
                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  par-ties  hereto  have  caused this
Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first indicated above.

                                        Company:
                                        ACCORD ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                                        By: /s/ Travis Wilson
                                            ---------------------------------
                                             Name: Travis Wilson
                                             Title:President


                                        Purchaser:



                                        By:
                                            ---------------------------------
                                             Name:
                                             Title:

                                       19
<PAGE>
                                    Exhibit B
                                    ---------

                             CONVERSION PROCEDURES

1.       Holder shall execute Holder  Conversion  Notice in the form attached to
         the Debenture as Exhibit A.

2.       Holder  shall send by fax the Holder  Conversion  Notice to the Company
         and to the Escrow Agent.

3.       Holder shall send the original  Debenture and Holder  Conversion Notice
         to the  Escrow  Agent,  along  with a fee of  $350,  with  instructions
         regarding  names and amount of  certificates  for the  issuance  of the
         Underlying Shares, and instructions as to the reissuance of the balance
         of the Debentures, if conversion is not in full.

4.       Company will issue the new  Debentures  (if any) and will send such new
         Debentures  by overnight  courier  within five (5) business days to the
         Escrow  Agent.  The Escrow Agent shall send the new  Debenture (if any)
         and the Common Shares to the Holder per his instructions. If the Escrow
         Agent has not received the new Debenture (if any) and the Common Shares
         from  the  Company  within  two  business  days of his  receipt  of the
         Conversion  Notice, he shall issue the Common Shares to the Holder from
         the Escrow Shares.

                                       20
<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE 1
                                   ----------


PURCHASER                           FULL AMOUNT OF             NUMBER OF SHARES
Name & Address                      Debenture                  In Escrow
- --------------                      ---------                  ----------

Gem Management Limited              $380,000                   1,220,000
P.O. Box 860
11 Bath Street
St. Helier
Jersey
JE4 OYZ
Phone: 44-1534-872-111
Fax: 44-1534-873-111

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Turbo International, Inc.           $50,000                    160,000
50 Shirley Street
P.O. Box N755
Nassau, Bahamas
Phone: 242-326-5528
Fax: 242-328-2935

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Successways Holding Limited         $100,000                   320,000
39 F Shun Tak Centre West Tower
200 Connaught Road Central
Hong Kong
Phone: 852-2859-3482

================================================================================

WARRANT HOLDER                      FULL NUMBER                NUMBER OF SHARES
Name & Address                      of Warrants                in Escrow
- --------------                      -----------                ---------

Gem Management Limited              200,000                    200,000
P.O. Box 860
11 Bath Street
St. Helier
Jersey
JE4 OYZ
Phone: 44-1534-872-111
Fax: 44-1534-873-111

                                       21
<PAGE>
                                   CERTIFICATE

                      Pursuant to Article V Section 5.1(f)
                    Convertible Debenture Purchase Agreement

         1, Carl P. Ran no, Secretary of Accord Advanced Technologies, Inc.,
hereby certifies that as of November 22, 1998 the attached is a true, correct
and complete copy of (A) the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended
to the date thereof, (B) the Company's By-Laws, as amended to the date hereof,
and (C) resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company
authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the issuance and sale
of the Debentures, Warrants and the Underlying Shares and the appointment of the
Attorney-in-Fact pursuant to Section 4.16.

         I further certify that Travis Wilson is the duly elected President of
Accord Advanced Technologies, Inc. and in said capacity has been authorized to
execute this Agreement.

Date:  11/22/98
       -----------

/s/ Carl P. Ranno
- ------------------
Carl P. Ranno

Secretary
<PAGE>
                                SCHEDULE 3.1(a)

                                  Subsidiaries

Accord Semiconductor Equipment Group, Inc. an Arizona Corporation located in
Tempe AZ is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.
<PAGE>
                                SCHEDULE 3.1(c)

                                 CAPITALIZATION

Authorized Shares

         Common                                                      47,000,000
         Preferred                                                    3,000,000
                                                                      ---------
                  Total                                              50,000,000

Issued and Outstanding

         Common                                                      37,648,000

         (which includes 30,618,000 restricted shares held by Officers,
         Directors, employees and others)

          Preferred                                                           0

         Options Employees                                               190,000
<PAGE>
                                SCHEDULE 3.1 (f)
                         Required Consents and Approvals

None
<PAGE>
                                SCHEDULE 3.1(G)

                                   LITIGATION

NAME                                CLAIM                      Status
Nismic Sales                  Release of Stock          Co-Defendant to settle

v. Accord et al                                           their responsibility
Control Systems             Past due amount               Settlement in effect
v. Accord SEG
Scott Mason/EASE            Broker fees past due          Amount is being
v. Accord SEG.                                             negotiated
Linder/ Sun West            Commissions Due               Amount is in dispute
v. Accord SEG

Accord SEG is the subsidiary of Accord Advanced Technologies, Inc. There is one
case pending against the parent company as indicated above. None of the above
matters, individually or in the aggregate, will have a Materially Adverse Effect
or could materially impair the ability of the Company to perform fully on a
timely basis its obligations under this Agreement.

                 2% CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURE DUE NOVEMBER 21, 2003

         THIS  DEBENTURE-  is one of a duly  authorized  issue of  Debentures of
Accord  Advanced  Technologies,  Inc.,  a Nevada  Corporation  (the  "Company"),
designated  as  its  2%  Convertible   Debentures,   due  November  212003  (the
"Debentures"), in an aggregate principal amount of up to US $530,000.

         FOR  VALUE   RECEIVED,   the   Company   promises   to  pay  to  Turbo)
International,  Inc. or registered assigns (the "Holder"),  the principal sum of
Fifty Thousand (US$ 50,000 on or prior to November 2l 2003 (the "Maturity Date")
and to pay  interest to the Holder on the  principal  sum, at the rate of 2% per
annum.  Interest  shall accrue daily  commencing on the Original  Issue Date (as
defined in Section 6) until payment in full of the principal sum,  together with
all accrued and unpaid interest, has been made or duly provided for. All accrued
and  unpaid  interest  shall  bear  interest  at the rate of 2% per  annum  from
Maturity Date or earlier date on which this  Debenture is  accelerated,  through
and including the date of payment.  Interest due payable hereunder shall be paid
to the  person  in  whose  name  this  Debenture  (or  one or  more  predecessor
Debentures) is registered on the records of the Company  regarding  registration
and transfers of the Debentures (the "Debenture Register");  provided,  however,
that the Company's  obligation to a transferee of this Debenture  arises only if
such transfer,  sale or other  disposition is made in accordance  with the terms
and conditions hereof and of the Convertible Debenture Purchase Agreement, dated
as  of  November  21,  1998,  as  amended  from  time  to  time  (the  "Purchase
Agreement"), executed by the original Holder. The principal of this Debenture is
payable in shares of common stock of the Company,  at the time of  conversion of
part or all of the Debenture in accordance with Section 3 hereof, at the address
of the Holder last appearing on the Debenture Register,  and that if there is an
Event of Default or redemption pursuant to the terms hereof,  accrued and unpaid
interest  shall  become due and  payable as  PROVIDED  HEREIN.  Interest on this
Debenture  may be paid in shares of common  stock of the Company or in cash,  at
the time of conversion,  at the option of the Holder. A transfer of the right to
receive  principal and interest under this Debenture shall be transferable  only
through an appropriate entry in the Debenture Register as provided herein.

         This Debenture is subject to the following additional provisions:

                  Section 1. The Debentures are issuable in denominations of one
thousand  Dollars (US $1,000.00) and integral  multiples of one thousand Dollars
(US $1,000.00) in excess thereof The  Debentures are  exchangeable  for an equal
aggregate principal amount of Debentures of different authorized  denominations,
as requested by the Holder surrendering the same but shall not be issuable
<PAGE>
in denominations  of less than integral  multiplies of one thousand Dollars (US$
1,000.00).  No service charge will be made for such  registration of transfer or
exchange.

                  Section 2.Events of Default and Remedies.

         1.  "Event of  Default",  wherever  used  herein,  means any one of the
following  events  (whatever  the reason and  whether it shall be  voluntary  or
involuntary or effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment,  decree
or order of any court, or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or
governmental body):

                  (a) any default in the payment of the principal of or interest
         on this  Debenture  as and when the same shall  become due and  payable
         either at the Maturity Date, by acceleration or otherwise;

                  (b) the  Company  shall fail to  observe or perform  any other
         covenant,  agreement or warranty  contained in, or otherwise commit any
         breach of, this  Debenture,  and such  failure or breach shall not have
         been remedied  within 30 days after the date on which written notice of
         such failure or breach shall have been given;

                  (c) the  occurrence  of any event or breach or  default by the
         Company  under the Purchase  Agreement and such failure or breach shall
         not have been  remedied  within 10 days after the date on which written
         notice  of  such  failure  or  breach  shall  have  been  given  by the
         Purchaser;

                  (d) the Company or any of its  subsidiaries  shall  commence a
         voluntary  case  under  the  United  States  Bankruptcy  Code as now or
         hereafter in effect or any successor  thereto (the "Bankruptcy  Code");
         or an  involuntary  case is  commenced  against the  Company  under the
         Bankruptcy Code and the petition is not controverted within 30 days, or
         is not dismissed within 60 days,  after  commencement of the case; or a
         "custodian"  (as defined in the  Bankruptcy  Code) is appointed for, or
         takes  charge of, all or any  substantial  part of the  property of the
         Company  or the  Company  commences  any  other  proceeding  under  any
         reorganization,  arrangement  adjustment  of debt,  relief of  debtors,
         dissolution,   insolvency  or   liquidation   or  similar  law  of  any
         jurisdiction whether now or hereafter in effect relating to the Company
         or there is  commenced  against the Company any such  proceeding  which
         remains  undismissed  for a  period  of 60  days;  or  the  Company  is
         adjudicated  insolvent  or  bankrupt;  or any  order of relief or other
         order approving any such case or proceeding is entered;  or the Company
         suffers  any  appointment  of any  custodian  or the like for it or any
         substantial  part  of its  property  which  continues  undischarged  or
         unstayed  for a  period  of 60 days;  or the  Company  makes a  general
         assignment  for the benefit of creditors;  or the Company shall fail to
         pay,  or shall  state  that it is unable to pay,  or shall be unable to
         pay, its debts  generally as they become due; or the Company shall call
         a meeting of its creditors  with a view to arranging a  composition  or
         adjustment of its debts; or the Company shall by any

                                       2
<PAGE>
         act  or  failure  to  act  indicate  its  consent  to,  approval  of or
         acquiescence in any of the foregoing;  or any corporate or other action
         is  taken  by the  Company  for the  purpose  of  effecting  any of the
         foregoing;

                  (e) the Company shall default in any of its obligations  under
         any mortgage,  indenture or instrument under which there may be issued,
         or by which there may be secured or evidenced,  any indebtedness of the
         Company  in  an  amount   exceeding   two  hundred   thousand   dollars
         ($200,000.00),  whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter
         be created and such default shall result in such indebtedness  becoming
         or being  declared due and payable  prior to the date on which it would
         otherwise become due and payable;

                  (f) the  Company  shall have its Common  Stock (as  defined in
         Section  6)  delisted  from  the  OTCBB or  other  national  securities
         exchange or market on which such Common  Stock is listed for trading or
         suspended  from  trading  thereon,  and shall not have its Common Stock
         relisted or have such  suspension  lifted,  as the case may be,  within
         five days;

                  (g) the Company  shall fail to deliver to the Holder or to the
         Escrow Agent share  certificates  representing  the Common Shares to be
         issued upon conversion of the Debentures within 10 calendar days of the
         Conversion  Date  pursuant to written  notice by the  Purchaser  to the
         Company  that  additional  Shares are  required  in escrow  pursuant to
         Section 2(g) of the Escrow Agreement;

                  (h) the Company shall issue a Press Release, or otherwise make
         publicly  known,  that it was not  honoring  properly  executed  Holder
         Conversion Notices for any reason whatsoever.

         II.      (a) If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing,  and 'in
every such case,  then so long as such Event of Default shall then be continuing
the Holder may, by notice to the  Company,  accelerate  all of the  payments due
under  this  Debenture  by  declaring  all  amounts  of this  Debenture,  to be,
whereupon  the  same  shall  become,   immediately   due  and  payable   without
presentment,  demand,  protest  or other  notice of any  kind,  all of which are
waived  by  the  Company,  notwithstanding  anything  herein  contained  to  the
contrary,  and the Holder may  immediately  and without  expiration of any grace
period  enforce any and all of its rights and remedies  hereunder  and all other
remedies available to it under applicable law. Such declaration may be rescinded
and  annulled  by  Holder  at any  time  prior  to  payment  hereunder.  No such
rescission or annulment  shall affect any subsequent  Event of Default or impair
any right consequent thereon.

                  (b) Holder may  thereupon  proceed to protect  and enforce its
rights  either by suit in equity,  or by action at law, or by other  appropriate
proceedings  whether for the specific  performance  (to the extent  permitted by
law) of any covenant or agreement  contained in this  Debenture or in aid of the
exercise  of any power  granted in this  Debenture,  and  proceed to enforce the
payment  of any of the  Note  held by it,  and to  enforce  any  other  legal or
equitable right of such holder.

                                       3
<PAGE>
                  (c) Except or  expressly  provided  for  herein,  the  Company
specifically waives all rights it may have (i) to notice of nonpayment,  demand,
presentment,  protest  and  notice  of  protest  with  respect  to  any  of  the
obligations  hereunder or the shares; (ii) notice of acceptance hereof or of any
other action taken in reliance hereon, notice and opportunity to be heard before
the exercise by Holder of the remedies of self-help,  set-off,  or other summary
procedures and all other demands and notices of any description  except for cure
periods; and (111) releases Holder, its officers,  directors,  agents, employees
and attorneys  from all claims for loss,  damage caused by any act or failure to
act on the part of  Holder,  its  officers,  attorneys,  agents,  directors  and
employees except for gross negligence or WILLFUL misconduct.

         111.     To effectuate the terms and provision of this  Debenture,  the
Holder may send notice of any  default to the  Company's  Attorney-in-Fact  (the
Attorney-in-Fact  and send a copy of such notice to the Company and its counsel,
simultaneously,  and request the  Attorney-in-Fact,  to comply with the terms of
this Debenture and Purchase  Agreement and all agreements  entered into pursuant
to the Purchase Agreement, on behalf of the Company.

                  Section 3. Conversion

                  (a) This Debenture shall be convertible  into shares of Common
Stock at the Conversion  Ratio, at the option of the Holder in whole or in part,
at any time,  commencing on the Original Issue Date.  Any conversion  under this
Section 3(a) shall be of a minimum  principal amount of $10,000.00 of Debentures
and the  interest due on such amount.  The Holder  shall effect  conversions  by
surrendering  the Debentures  (or such portions  thereof) to be converted to the
Company,  together with the form of conversion notice attached hereto as Exhibit
A (the "Holder Conversion  Notice") in the manner set forth in Section 30). Each
Holder  Conversion  Notice shall specify the PRINCIPAL  amount of Debentures and
related Interest to be converted, and the date on which such conversion is to be
effected  (the  "Holder  Conversion  Date").  Subject to Section 3, each  Holder
Conversion Notice, once given, shall be irrevocable. If the Holder is converting
less than all of the principal amount  represented by the Debenture(s)  tendered
by the Holder with the Holder  Conversion  Notice,  the Company  shall  promptly
deliver to the Holder a new Debenture for such principal  amount as has not been
converted.

                  (b) Not later  than two  Business  Days  after the  Conversion
Date,  the  Escrow  Agent  will  deliver  to the  Holder  (1) a  certificate  or
certificates which shall be free of restrictive legends and trading restrictions
(other than those then  required by law),  representing  the number of shares of
Common  Stock  being  acquired  upon  the  conversion  of  Debentures  and  (ii)
Debentures in principal  amount equal to the principal  amount of Debentures not
converted;  provided,  however that the Company  shall not be obligated to issue
certificates  evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon  conversion of
any  Debentures,  until  Debentures  are either  delivered for conversion to the
Company or any transfer agent for the Debentures or Common Stock,  or the Holder
notifies the Company that such  Debentures  have been lost,  stolen or destroyed
and provides a bond (or other  adequate  security  reasonably  acceptable to the
Company) satisfactory to the Company to indemnify

                                       4
<PAGE>
the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection therewith. In the case of
a conversion  pursuant to a Holder  Conversion  Notice,  if such  certificate or
certificates are not delivered by the date required under this Section 3(b), the
Holder  shall be  entitled  by written  notice to the  Company at any time on or
before its receipt of such  certificate or certificates  thereafter,  to rescind
such  conversion,  in which  event the  Company  shall  immediately  return  the
Debentures tendered for conversion.

                  (c) (1) The  Conversion  Price for each Debenture in effect on
any Conversion Date shall be the lesser (X) $3.00 ("Fixed  Conversion Price") or
(Y) 65%  (sixty-five)  of the  average  closing  bid price or the  shares of the
Company's common stock for the five (5) Trading Days  immediately  preceding the
Conversion Date ("Floating Conversion Price").

                           (ii) If the Company, at any time while any Debentures
are outstanding, (a) shall pay a stock dividend or otherwise make a distribution
or  distributions  on shares of its Junior  Securities  payable in shares of its
capital stock (whether payable in shares of its Common Stock or of capital stock
of any class),  (b) subdivide  outstanding  shares of Common Stock INTO A LARGER
number of shares, (c) combine  outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller
number of shares, or (d) issue by reclassification of shares of Common Stock any
shares of capital STOCK of the Company, the Adjusted Conversion Price designated
in Section  3(c)(i)  shall be  multiplied  by a fraction of which the  numerator
shall be the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company  outstanding before
such event and of which the denominator  shall be the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding after such event. Any adjustment made pursuant to this Section
3(c)(ii)  shall  become  effective  immediately  after the  record  date for the
determination of stockholders  entitled to receive such dividend or distribution
and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a
subdivision, combination or re-classification.

                           (111)  If  the   Company,   at  any  time  while  any
Debentures  are  outstanding,  shall issue  rights or warrants to all holders of
Common Stock  entitling them to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock
at a price per share less than the Per Share Market Value of Common Stock at the
record date mentioned  below,  the Adjusted  Conversion Price of the record date
designated in Section  3(c)(i)  shall be multiplied by a fraction,  of which the
denominator  shall be the number of shares of Common Stock  (excluding  treasury
shares,  if any)  outstanding on the date of issuance of such rights or wan-ants
plus the number of additional shares of Common STOCK OFFERED for subscription or
purchase,  and of which the  numerator  shall be the  number of shares of Common
Stock (excluding treasury shares, if any) outstanding on the date of issuance of
such rights or warrants plus the number of shares which the  aggregate  offering
price of the total number of shares so offered would  purchase at such Per Share
Market Value. Such adjustment shall be made whenever such rights or warrants are
issued,  and shall become  effective  immediately  after the record date for the
determination  of  stockholders  entitled to receive  such  rights or  warrants.
However,  upon the  expiration of any night or warrant to purchase  Common Stock
the  issuance  of  which  resulted  in an  adjustment  in the  Conversion  Price
designated in Section 3(c)(i)  pursuant to this Section  3(c)(iii),  if any such
right or warrant  shall expire and shall not have been  exercised,  the Adjusted
Conversion  Price  designated  in Section  3(c)(i) shall  immediately  upon such
expiration be recomputed and

                                       5
<PAGE>
effective  immediately  upon such  expiration be increased to the price which it
would have been (but  reflecting any other  adjustments in the Conversion  Price
made  pursuant to the  provisions  of this  Section 3 after the issuance of such
rights or warrants)  had the  adjustment of the  Conversion  Price made upon the
issuance  of such  rights or  warrants  been made on the basis of  offering  for
subscription  or purchase  only that number of shares of Common  Stock  actually
purchased upon the exercise of such rights or warrants actually exercised.

                           (iv) If the Company, at any time while Debentures are
outstanding, shall distribute to all holders of Common Stock (and not to holders
of Debentures)  evidences of its indebtedness or assets or rights or warrants to
subscribe for or purchase any security  (excluding  those referred to in Section
3(c)(iii)  above)  then in each such  case the  Conversion  Price at which  each
Debenture shall thereafter be convertible shall be determined by multiplying the
Adjusted  Conversion Price in effect  immediately prior to the record date fixed
for determination of in stockholders  entitled to receive such distribution by a
fraction of which the denominator  shall be the Per Share Market Value of Common
Stock  determined  as of the  record  date  mentioned  above,  and of which  the
numerator  shall be such Per  Share  Market  Value of the  Common  Stock on such
record date less the then fair  market  value at such record date of the portion
of such assets or evidence of  indebtedness  so  DISTRIBUTED  APPLICABLE  TO ONE
OUTSTANDING  share of Common  Stock as  determined  by the Board of Directors in
good faith; provided,  however that in the event of a distribution exceeding ten
percent (10%) of the net assets of the Company,  such fair market value shall be
determined by a nationally  recognized or major regional investment banking firm
or firm of  independent  certified  public  accountants  of recognized  standing
(which may be the firm that regularly  examines the financial  statements of the
Company) (an "Appraiser") selected in good faith by the holders of a majority of
the principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding;  and provided,  further
that the Company,  after receipt of the  determination  by such Appraiser  shall
have the night to select an additional Appraiser,  in which case the fair market
value  shall  be  equal  to the  average  of the  determinations  by  each  such
Appraiser.  In either case the  adjustments  shall be  described  in a statement
provided  to the Holder and all other  holders of  Debentures  of the portion of
assets or evidences of indebtedness so distributed or such  subscription  rights
applicable to one share of Common Stock.  Such adjustment shall be made whenever
any such  distribution is made and shall become effective  immediately after the
record date mentioned above.

                           (v) All  calculations  under this  Section 3 shall be
made to the nearest cent or the nearest 1/100th of a share, as the case may be.

                           (vi)  In  the  event  the  Conversion  Price  is  not
adjusted  pursuant to Section 3(c)(ii),  (iii),  (iv), or (v), the Company shall
promptly  redeem tile Debentures at 135% of the Purchase Price of the Debentures
and pay such amount and all accrued interest and dividends to the Holder.

                           (vii)  Whenever  the  Conversion  Price  is  adjusted
pursuant to Section 3(c)(ii),(iii), (iv) or (v), or redeemed pursuant to Section
3(c)(vi), the Company shall promptly mail

                                       6
<PAGE>
to the Holder and to each other holder of Debentures, a notice setting forth the
Conversion  Price after such  adjustment and setting forth a brief  statement of
the facts requiring such adjustment.

                           (viii) In case of any  reclassification of the Common
Stock,  any  consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another person,
the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or
any compulsory  share  exchange  pursuant to which the Common Stock is converted
into other  securities,  cash or property,  then each holder of Debentures  then
outstanding shall have the right thereafter to convert such Debentures only into
the shares of stock and other securities and property  receivable upon or deemed
to  be  held  by  holders  of  Common  Stock  following  such  reclassification,
consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange, and the Holder shall be
entitled upon such event to receive such amount of securities or property as the
shares of the Common Stock into which such Debentures  could have been converted
immediately  prior  to  such  reclassification,   consolidation,  merger,  sale,
transfer  or share  exchange  would  have been  entitled.  The terms of any such
consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange shall include such terms
so as to continue to give to the Holder the night to receive the  securities  or
property set forth in this Section 3(c)(viii) upon any conversion following such
consolidation,  merger,  sale, transfer or share exchange.  This provision shall
similarly apply to successive reclassifications, consolidations, mergers, sales,
transfers or share exchanges.

                           (ix) If:

                                (A)  the Company  shall  declare a dividend  (or
                                     any  other   distribution)  on  its  Common
                                     Stock; or

                                (B)  the   Company   shall   declare  a  special
                                     nonrecurring   cash   dividend   on   or  a
                                     redemption of its Common Stock; or

                                (C)  the Company shall authorize the granting to
                                     all holders of the Common  Stock  rights or
                                     warrants to  subscribe  for or purchase any
                                     shares of capital  stock of any class or of
                                     any rights; or

                                (D)  the  approval  of any  stockholders  of the
                                     Company  shall be  required  in  connection
                                     with  any  reclassification  of the  Common
                                     Stock  of  the   Company   (other   than  a
                                     subdivision    or    combination   of   the
                                     outstanding  shares of Common  Stock),  any
                                     consolidation   or   merger  to  which  the
                                     Company is a party, any sale or transfer of
                                     all or  substantially  all of the assets of
                                     the  Company,   or  any  compulsory   share
                                     exchange   whereby  the  Common   Stock  is
                                     converted  into other  securities,  cash or
                                     property; or

                                        7
<PAGE>
                                (E)  the Company  shall  authorize the voluntary
                                     or involuntary dissolution,  liquidation or
                                     winding-up of the affairs of the Company;

then the Company shall cause to be filed at each office or agency maintained for
the purpose of  conversion  of  Debentures,  and shall cause to be mailed to the
Holder and each other holder of Debentures  at their last  addresses as it shall
appear  upon the  Debenture  Register,  at least 30  calendar  days prior to the
applicable record or effective date hereinafter  specified, a notice stating (x)
the date on which a record  is to be taken  for the  purpose  of such  dividend,
distribution, redemption, rights or warrants, or if a record is not to be taken,
the date as of which the  holders of Common  Stock of record to be  entitled  to
such  dividend,  distributions,   redemption,  rights  or  warrants  are  to  be
determined,  or (y) the  date on  which  such  reclassification,  consolidation,
merger, sale, transfer, share exchange,  dissolution,  liquidation or winding-up
is expected to become  effective,  and the date as of which it is expected  that
holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange  their shares of
Common  Stock  for   securities  or  other   property   deliverable   upon  such
reclassification,   consolidation,   merger,  sale,  transfer,  share  exchange,
dissolution,  liquidation or winding-up;  provided, however, that the failure to
mail such  notice or any defect  therein  or in the  mailing  thereof  shall not
affect the  validity of the  corporate  action  required to be specified in such
notice.

                           (x)  Nothing in this  agreement  shall  preclude  the
Company from.  issuing  employee/director/officer  stock  options,  and any such
issuance shall not cause a recalculation of the Conversion Price.

                  (d) If at any time conditions  shall arise by reason of action
taken by the  Company  which in the  opinion of the Board of  Directors  are not
adequately covered by the other provisions hereof and which might materially and
adversely  affect the rights of the Holder and all other  holders of  Debentures
(different than or distinguished  from the effect generally on rights of holders
of any  class  of the  Company's  capital  stock)  or if at any  time  any  such
conditions  are  expected to arise by reason of any action  contemplated  by the
Company,  the Company  shall,  at least 30 calendar  days prior to the effective
date of such action,  mail a written notice to each holder of Debentures briefly
describing  the action  contemplated  and the material  adverse  effects of such
action on the rights of such holders and an Appraiser selected by the holders of
majority  in  principal  amount of the  outstanding  Debentures  shall  give its
opinion  as to the  adjustment,  if any (not  inconsistent  with  the  standards
established  in  this  Section  3),  of  the  Conversion  Price  (including,  if
necessary,  any  adjustment  as to the  securities  into  which  Debentures  may
thereafter be convertible) and any distribution which is or would be required to
preserve  without  diluting the rights of the holders of  Debentures;  provided,
however, that the Company, after receipt of the determination by such Appraiser,
shall  have the right to  select  an  additional  Appraiser,  in which  case the
adjustment shall be equal to the average of the adjustments  recommended by each
such  Appraiser.  The Board of Directors  shall make the adjustment  recommended
forthwith upon the receipt of such opinion or opinions or the taking of any such
action  contemplated,  as the  case  may  be;  provided,  however,  that no such
adjustment  of the  Conversion  Price  shall be made which in the opinion of the
Appraiser(s)

                                       8
<PAGE>
giving the  aforesaid  opinion or  opinions  would  result in an increase of the
Conversion Price to more than the Conversion Price then in effect.

                  (e) The Company  covenants  that it will at all times  reserve
and keep available out of its  authorized  and unissued  Common Stock solely for
the purpose of issuance upon conversion of Debentures as herein  provided,  free
from preemptive rights or any other actual contingent purchase rights of persons
other than the holders of  Debentures,  such number of shares of Common Stock as
shall be issuable  (taking  into account the  adjustments  and  restrictions  of
Section  3(b) and Section  3(c) hereof)  upon the  conversion  of the  aggregate
principal amount of all outstanding  Debentures.  The Company covenants that all
shares of Common Stock that shall be so issuable shall,  upon issue, be duly and
validly authorized, issued and fully paid and nonassessable.

                  (f) No  fractional  shares of Common  Stock  shall be issuable
upon a  conversion  hereunder  and the  number of  shares to be issued  shall be
rounded up to the nearest whole share.  If a fractional  share  interest  arises
upon any conversion hereunder, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share
interest by issuing Holder an additional full share of Common Stock.

                  (g) The issuance of certificates for shares of Common Stock on
conversion  of  Debentures  shall be made  without  charge to the Holder for any
documentary  stamp or similar  taxes that may be payable in respect of the issue
or delivery of such certificate, provided that the Company shall not be required
to pay any tax that may be payable in respect of any  transfer  'involved in the
issuance and delivery of any such  certificate  upon  conversion in a name other
than  that of the  Holder  and the  Company  shall not be  required  to issue or
deliver such certificates  unless or until the person or persons  requesting the
issuance  thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall
have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid.

                  (h) Debentures converted into Common Stock shall be canceled.

                  (i) On the Maturity  Date, the Debentures and all interest due
thereon shall convert automatically into shares of Common Stock at the lesser of
the Fixed Conversion Price or the Floating Conversion Price set forth in Section
3 (c)(i).

                  (j) Each Holder  Conversion Notice shall be given by facsimile
and by mail,  postage prepaid,  addressed to the Treasurer of the Company at the
facsimile telephone number and address of the principal place of business of the
Company. Each Company Conversion Notice shall be given by facsimile and by mail,
postage  prepaid,  addressed  to each  holder  of  Debentures  at the  facsimile
telephone  number  and  address  of such  holder  appearing  on the books of the
Company  or  provided  to the  Company by such  holder  for the  purpose of such
Company Conversion  Notice, or if no such facsimile  telephone number or address
appears or is so provided, at the principal place of business of the holder. Any
such notice  shall be deemed given and  effective  upon the earliest to occur of
(i) receipt of such  facsimile at the facsimile  telephone  number  specified in
this Section  30),  (ii) five days after  deposit in the United  States mails or
(iii) upon  actual  receipt by the party to whom such  notice is  required to be
given.

                                       9
<PAGE>
                  Section  4.  Redemption.  At any time after the  Closing,  the
Company shall have the option to redeem any unconverted amount of the Debenture,
upon three (3) days notice to the Holder.  The redemption price shall be 135% of
the unconverted amount of the Debenture and related interest.

                  Section 5. Definitions. For the purposes hereof, the following
terms shall have the following meanings:

                  "Adjusted  Conversion  Price"  means  the  lesser of the Fixed
Conversion  Price or the Floating  Conversion  Price one day prior to the record
date set for the  determination of stockholders  entitled to receive  dividends,
distributions,  rights, warrants as provided for in Sections 3(c)(ii), (iii) and
(iv).

                  "Attorney-in-Fact"  shall have the same meaning as used in the
Purchase Agreement.

                  "Business  Day" means any day of the year on which  commercial
banks are not required or authorized to be closed in New York City.

                  "Common Stock" means shares now or hereafter authorized of the
class of Common Stock,  $0.001 par value,  of the Company and stock of any other
class into which such shares may hereafter have been reclassified or changed.

                  "Conversion  Date" means the date on which a Conversion Notice
is dated.

                  "Conversion  Ratio" means,  at any time, a fraction,  of which
the numerator is the principal amount  represented by any Debenture plus accrued
but unpaid  interest,  and of which the  denominator is the Conversion  Price at
such time.

                  "Escrow  Agent"  means  the  Escrow  Agent as  defined  in the
Purchase Agreement.

                  "Junior  Securities"  means the Common Stock, all other equity
securities of the Company and all other debt that is subordinated to the Debtors
by its terms.

                  "Original  Issue  Date"  shall  mean  the  date  of the  first
issuance of this Debenture regardless of the number transfers hereof I

                  "Per Share Market Value" means on any particular  date (a) the
closing  bid  price  per  share  of  the  Common  Stock  on  such  date  on  The
Over-The-Counter  Bulletin Board  ("OTCBB") or other stock exchange on which the
Common Stock has been listed or if there is no such price on such date, then the
last bid price on such exchange on the date nearest  preceding such date, or (b)
if the Common  Stock is not listed on OTCBB or any stock  exchange,  the closing
bid  price  for a share of  Common  Stock  in the  over-the-counter  market,  as
reported by the NASD at the close of business on

                                       10
<PAGE>
such date, or (c) if the Common Stock is not quoted by the NASD, the closing bid
price for a share of Common Stock in the over-the-counter  market as reported by
the National  Quotation Bureau  Incorporated (or similar  organization or agency
succeeding to its functions of reporting prices),  or (d) if the Common Stock is
no longer  publicly  traded the fair market  value of a share of Common Stock as
determined by an Appraiser (as defined in Section  3(c)(iv)  above)  selected in
good faith by the  holders  of a majority  of  principal  amount of  outstanding
Debentures;   provided,   however,  that  the  Company,  after  receipt  of  the
determination  by such  Appraiser,  shall have the night to select an additional
Appraiser, in which case, the fair market value shall be equal to the average of
the determinations by each such Appraiser.

                  "Person" means a corporation,  an association,  a partnership,
organization,  a business, an individual,  a government or political subdivision
thereof or a governmental agency.

                  "Trading  Day"  means (a) a day on which the  Common  Stock is
traded on the OTCBB or  principal  stock  exchange on which the Common Stock has
been listed,  or (b) if the Common Stock is not listed on the OTCBB or any stock
exchange,  a day on which the  Common  Stock is  traded in the  over-the-counter
market, as reported by the NASD, or (c) if the Common Stock is not quoted on the
NASD, a day on which the Common Stock is quoted in the  over-the-counter  market
as  reported  by the  National  Quotation  Bureau  Incorporated  (or any similar
organization or agency succeeding its functions of reporting prices).

                  Section 6. Except as expressly  provided herein,  no provision
of this Debenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company,  which is
absolute and  unconditional,  to pay the  principal  of, and  'interest on, this
Debenture at the time,  place,  and rate,  and in the coin or  currency,  herein
prescribed. This Debenture is a direct obligation of the Company. This Debenture
ranks pan passu with all other  Debentures  now or  hereafter  issued  under the
terms  set  forth  herein.  The  Company  may  not  prepay  any  portion  of the
outstanding  principal  amount on the Debentures  except in accordance  with the
redemption provision under Section 4 herein.

                  Section 7. This Debenture  shall not entitle the Holder to any
of the rights of a stockholder of the Company, including without limitation, the
night to vote, to receive dividends and other  distributions,  or to receive any
notice of, or to attend,  meetings of stockholders  or any other  proceedings of
the Company,  unless and to the extent  converted into shares of Common Stock in
accordance with the terms hereof

                  Section 8. If this Debenture shall be mutilated,  lost, stolen
or  destroyed,   the  Company  shall  execute  and  deliver,   in  exchange  and
substitution for and upon cancellation of a mutilated  Debenture,  or in lieu of
or in substitution for a lost,  stolen or destroyed  debenture,  a new Debenture
FOR THE  PRINCIPAL  AMOUNT  OF THIS  DEBENTURE  so  mutilated,  lost,  stolen or
destroyed but only upon receipt of evidence of such loss,  theft or  destruction
of such Debenture, and of the ownership hereof, and indemnity, if requested, all
reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

                  Section 9. This  Debenture  shall be governed by and construed
in accordance  with the laws of the State of New York,  without giving effect to
conflicts of laws thereof.

                                       11
<PAGE>
                  Section  10.  All  notices or other  communications  hereunder
shall be given,  and shall be deemed duly given and received,  if given,  in the
manner set forth in Section 30).

                  Section  11. Any waiver by the  Company or the Holder a breach
of any provision of this Debenture  shall not operate as or be construed to be a
waiver  of any  other  breach of such  provision  or of any  breach of any other
provision of this Debenture.  The failure of the Company or the Holder to insist
upon strict  adherence to any term of this  Debenture  on one or more  occasions
shall not be  considered a waiver or deprive that party of the night  thereafter
to  insist  upon  strict  adherence  to  that  term  or any  other  term of this
Debenture. Any waiver must be in writing.

                  Section 12. If any  provision  of this  Debenture  is invalid,
illegal or unenforceable,  the balance of this Debenture shall remain in effect,
and if any provision is  inapplicable  to any person or  circumstance,  it shall
nevertheless remain applicable to all other persons and circumstances.

                  Section 13. Whenever any payment or other obligation hereunder
shall be due on a day other than a Business  Day,  such payment shall be made on
the next succeeding Business Day.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

                                       12
<PAGE>
                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this instrument to
be duly executed by an officer  thereunto  duly  authorized as of the date first
above indicated.

                                        ACCORD ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Attest:  /s/ Carl P. Ronne              /s/ Travis Wilson
         -----------------------        ------------------------------------
                                        Name: Travis Wilson
                                        Title:  President

                                       13

                                ESCROW AGREEMENT

                  ESCROW AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"),  dated as of November 22,
1998, by and among Accord Advanced Technologies, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the
"Company"),  Kaplan  Gottbetter  & Levenson,  LLP (the  "Escrow  Agent") and the
parties who have executed this  Agreement as the  Purchaser  (individually,  the
"Purchaser" and collectively, the "Purchasers").

                                    RECITALS

                  A.  Simultaneously  with the execution of this Agreement,  the
Purchasers have entered into a Convertible  Debenture Purchase Agreement,  dated
as of the  date  hereof  (the  "Purchase  Agreement"),  pursuant  to  which  the
Purchasers have agreed to purchase certain  debentures (the "Debentures") of the
Company.

                  B. The Escrow Agent is willing to act as escrow agent pursuant
to the terms of this Agreement with respect to the Purchase Price (as defined in
the Purchase Agreement) to be paid for the Debentures and the delivery of one or
more  debentures  representing  the  Debentures  registered  in the names of the
Purchasers  as set  forth  in the  Purchase  Agreement  (the  "Debentures"  and,
together with the Ancillary Closing Documents (as defined below), of one or more
warrants representing the Warrants registered in the name of GEM Management Ltd.
or its assigns as set forth in the Purchase  Agreement (the "Warrants") and with
respect to shares to be issued by the  Company in respect of  conversion  of the
Debentures or the exercise of the Warrants, (collectively, the "Consideration")

                  C. Upon the  closing of the  transaction  contemplated  by the
Purchase  Agreement (the  "Closing") and the occurrence of an event described in
Section 2 below,  the Escrow Agent shall cause the  distribution of the Purchase
Price,  Ancillary  Closing  Documents,   the  Debentures  and  the  Warrants  in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

                  D. All  capitalized  terms used but not defined  herein  shall
have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Purchase Agreement.

                  NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

1. DEPOSIT OF  CONSIDERATION.  (a) The Purchasers  shall deposit with the Escrow
Agent  a copy  of  the  Purchase  Agreement,  and  this  Escrow  Agreement  or a
counterpart  thereof,  each executed by the Purchasers,  and the Purchase Price.
The Company  shall  deliver to the Escrow Agent (i) the Purchase  Agreement or a
counterpart  thereof  signed by the  Company,  (ii) this Escrow  Agreement  or a
counterpart thereof signed by the Company,  (iii) certificates (in denominations
of no more than 25,000 and free of any  restrictive  legends)  registered in the
names of the  Purchasers  representing  a number of common shares of the Company
equal  to  1,700,000,  held  for the  purpose  of  honoring  conversions  by the
Purchasers of the Debentures (the "Debenture Escrow Shares"), rounded up to
<PAGE>
the nearest 25,000 shares,  (iv) the Debentures,  registered in the names of the
Purchasers,  (v) Common  Stock  Purchase  Warrants,  for the purchase of 200,000
shares,  registered  in the name of GEM  Management,  Ltd. or its assigns,  (vi)
stock  certificates  (in  denominations  of no  more  than  25,000,  free of any
restrictive  legends)  registered  in the name of Gem  Management,  Ltd.  or its
assigns  representing  a number of common shares of the Company equal to 200,000
held for the  purpose of honoring  the  exercise  of the Common  Stock  Purchase
Warrants,  upon the  completion of the purchase of $530,000 of  Debentures  (the
Warrant  Escrow  Shares") (the  Debenture  Escrow Shares and the Warrant  Escrow
Shares  collectively,  the "Escrow Shares"),  and (vii) wiring  instructions for
transfer of the Purchase Price by the Escrow Agent into an account  specified by
the Company for such purpose. In addition, the Company shall deposit or cause to
be deposited with the Escrow Agent an opinion of the Company's counsel addressed
to the  Purchasers in the form of Exhibit D attached to the Purchase  Agreement,
the executed power of attorney in the form of Exhibit F attached to the Purchase
Agreement  and  the  schedules  to the  Purchase  Agreement  (such  opinion  and
schedules being hereinafter referred to as the "Ancillary Closing Documents").

                           (i) The  Purchase  Price  shall be  delivered  by the
Purchasers to the Escrow Agent by wire transfer to the following account:

                                   Bank of New York

                                   100 East 42nd Street
                                   New York, NY 100 17
                                   ABABA 021000018
                                   Kaplan Gottbetter & Levenson, LLP
                                   Acct# 6300584649
                                   Reference: AVTI

                           (11) The  Debentures,  Warrants and Escrow Shares and
Ancillary  Closing  Documents  shall be  delivered  by the Company to the Escrow
Agent at its address for notice indicated in Section 6(a)(ii).

                  (b)  Until  termination  of this  Agreement  as set  forth  in
Section 2, all additional amounts of the Purchase Price paid by or which becomes
payable  between the  Company and the  Purchasers  shall be  deposited  with the
Escrow Agent.

                  (c) The Escrow Agent agrees to hold the Consideration received
by it in accordance  with the terms and conditions set forth herein until it has
received all of the consideration;

                  (d)  The  Purchasers  and  the  Company  understand  that  the
Purchase Price  delivered to the Escrow Agent pursuant to Section I (a) shall be
held in escrow in a  non-interest  bearing IOLA account  until the Closing.  The
Purchase  Price  will  be  returned  promptly  to the  Purchasers  if all of the
Consideration is not received on or before November 30, 1998. After all of

                                       2
<PAGE>
the  Consideration  has been  received by the Escrow Agent,  the parties  hereto
hereby authorize and instruct the Escrow Agent to promptly effect the Closing.

         2. TERMS OF ESCROW.

                  (a) The Escrow  Agent shall hold the  Consideration  in escrow
until the earlier to occur of (1) the  receipt by the Escrow  Agent of the total
amount of the  Purchase  Price  from the  Purchaser  or (ii) the  receipt by the
Escrow  Agent of a notice,  executed by each of the  Company and the  Purchaser,
stating that the Purchase  Agreement has been terminated or otherwise  directing
the disposition of the Consideration.

                  (b) If the  Escrow  Agent  receives  the items  referenced  in
clause (i) of  Section  2(a) prior to its  receipt of the notice  referenced  in
clause (ii) of Section  2(a),  then,  the Escrow Agent shall  deliver as soon as
practicable, but in no event later than three (3) business days, the Debentures,
Warrants  and the  Ancillary  Closing  Documents  executed by the Company to the
Purchasers  or the holders of the Warrants  (the  "Warrant  Holders")  and shall
deliver immediately to the Company the Purchase Price.

                  (c) If the Escrow  Agent  receives  the notice  referenced  in
clause  (11) of Section  2(a) prior to its  receipt of the items  referenced  in
clause (1) of Section  2(a),  then the Escrow Agent shall  promptly  deliver the
Purchase  Price,  Debentures,   Warrants  and  Ancillary  Closing  Documents  as
specified in such notice.  The parties agree that if such notice is silent as to
the delivery of such items, the Escrow Agent shall promptly upon receipt of such
notice return (i) the Purchase Price to the Purchasers,  (ii) the Debentures and
Warrants to the Company and (ill) the Ancillary  Closing  Documents to the party
that delivered the same.

                  (d) If the Escrow Agent,  prior to delivering or causing to be
delivered  the  Consideration  in  accordance   herewith,   receives  notice  of
objection,  dispute, or other assertion in accordance with any of the provisions
of this  Agreement,  the Escrow Agent shall  continue to hold the  Consideration
until such time as the Escrow  Agent  shall  receive  (1)  written  instructions
jointly  executed by the Purchasers and the Company,  directing  distribution of
such Consideration, or (11) a certified copy of a judgment, order or decree of a
court of competent jurisdiction, final beyond the right of appeal, directing the
Escrow Agent to  distribute  said  Consideration  to any party hereto or as such
judgment,  order or decree shall  otherwise  specify  (including  any such order
directing the Escrow Agent to deposit the Consideration into the court rendering
such order, pending determination of any dispute between any of the parties). In
addition,  the  Escrow  Agent  shall  have  the  right  to  deposit  any  of the
Consideration  with a court of competent  jurisdiction  without liability to any
party if said  dispute  is not  resolved  within 30 days of  receipt of any such
notice of objection, dispute or otherwise.

                  (e) At any time, and from time to time during the term of this
Agreement,  the Purchasers  and/or the Warrant Holders may deliver to the Escrow
Agent written notice (a "Conversion Notice" or the "Notice of Exercise") that it
has elected to convert the Debentures

                                       3
<PAGE>
registered in the names of such  Purchasers,  in whole or in part, in accordance
with the terms of the  Debentures  (including,  without  limitation;  giving the
required notice to the Company and tendering to the Company the  Debenture(s) to
be converted), or that it has elected to exercise the Warrants registered in the
names of such Warrant Holder,  in whole or in part, in accordance with the terms
of the Warrants  (including,  without limitation;  giving the required notice to
the Company and tendering to the Company the  Warrant(s) to be  exercised),  and
the  Conversion  Notice to be in the form  annexed  as  Exhibit A hereto and the
Notice of Exercise to be in the form annexed as Exhibit B hereto.  A fee of $350
shall accompany every Conversion  Notice or Notice of Exercise  delivered to the
Escrow Agent.  A copy of the  Conversion  Notice or Notice of Exercise  shall be
delivered by the Purchasers or the Warrant  Holders,  as the case may be, to the
Company and its counsel  simultaneously,  and  evidence of such  delivery to the
Company shall be provided to the Escrow Agent. The Conversion Notice or Exercise
Notice  shall  specify the number of Escrow  Shares to be released by the Escrow
Agent.  The Company  shall  confirm or object to the Escrow  Agent the number of
Escrow  Shares to be  released,  within two  business  day of the receipt of the
Conversion  Notice or Notice of  Exercise.  If the  Company  falls to confirm or
object to the number of Escrow Shares to be released  within the said time, then
the Company  shall be deemed to have  confirmed  the number of Escrow Shares set
forth in the Purchasers' or Warrant Holders' Notice.  In the event of a dispute,
the Parties  agree that the Escrow  Agent shall  determine  the number of Escrow
Shares to be released. The Escrow Agent shall be entitled but not obligated,  at
his sole discretion, to verify the computation of the number of Escrow Shares to
be released through  information  provided by Bloomberg  Information  Service or
similar stock price  quotation  service.  Within two business  days,  the Escrow
Agent  will  release  from  escrow  and  deliver  to the  Purchasers  unlegended
certificates or instruments representing the number of Escrow Shares issuable to
the  Purchasers  or the Warrant  Holders in accordance  with such  conversion or
exercise.  In the event that the certificates  evidencing the Escrow Shares held
by the Escrow Agent are not in  denominations  appropriate  for such delivery to
the  Purchasers  or the Warrant  Holders,  the Escrow  Agent  shall  request the
Company to cause its transfer  agent and  registrar to reissue  certificates  in
smaller denominations.  The Escrow Agent shall, however,  immediately release to
the  Purchasers or the Warrant  Holders  certificates  representing  such lesser
number of shares as the  denominations  in his  possession  will  allow  that is
closest to but no more than the actual  number to be released to the  Purchasers
or the  Warrant  Holders.  Upon his  receipt  of the  reissued  shares in lesser
denominations  from the Company's transfer agent, the Escrow Agent shall release
to the Purchasers or the Warrant  Holders,  the balance of the shares due to the
Purchasers or the Warrant Holders.

                  (f) The Escrow  Agent  agrees to notify in writing the Company
and its counsel each time it releases Escrow Shares to the Purchasers (including
the  certificate  numbers) or the Warrant  Holders.  Until any such  release and
notification to the Company, the Escrow Shares shall not be deemed to be validly
issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company.

                  (g) The Company agrees that, at any time the conversion  price
of the  Debentures  is such that the number of Debenture  Escrow  Shares is less
than 200% of the number that would be needed to satisfy full  conversion  of all
of the Debentures given the then current  conversion price (the "Full Conversion
Shares") and upon five days written notice of such to the

                                        4
<PAGE>
Company by the Purchasers, it will issue additional share certificates,  without
legend and in the names of the Purchasers, and deliver same to the Escrow Agent,
such that the new number of Debenture Escrow Shares is equal to 200% of the Full
Conversion Shares.

         3. DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE ESCROW AGENT.

                  (a) The parties  hereto agree that the duties and  obligations
of the Escrow  Agent are only such as are herein  specifically  provided  and no
other.  The Escrow Agent's duties are as a depositary only, and the Escrow Agent
shall incur no liability  whatsoever,  except as a direct  result of its willful
misconduct or gross negligence.

                  (b) The Escrow  Agent may consult  with counsel of its choice,
and shall not be liable  for any  action  taken,  suffered  or  omitted by it in
accordance with the advice of such counsel.

                  (c) The  Escrow  Agent  shall  not be  bound in any way by the
terms of any  other  agreement  to which  the  Purchasers  and the  Company  are
parties, whether or not it has knowledge thereof, and the Escrow Agent shall not
in any way be required to determine  whether or not any other agreement has been
complied with by the Purchasers and the Company, or any other party thereto. The
Escrow  Agent shall not be bound by any  modification,  amendment,  termination,
cancellation, rescission or supersession of this Agreement unless the same shall
be in writing and signed jointly by each of the Purchasers and the Company,  and
agreed to in writing by the Escrow Agent.

                  (d) If the Escrow Agent shall be uncertain as to its duties or
rights hereunder or shall receive instructions,  claims or demands which, in its
opinion, are in conflict with any of the provisions of this Agreement,  it shall
be  entitled to refrain  from  taking any action,  other than to keep safely all
property held in escrow, until it shall jointly be directed otherwise in writing
by the Purchasers and the Company or by a final judgment of a court of competent
jurisdiction.

                  (e) The Escrow Agent shall be fully  protected in relying upon
any written  notice,  demand,  certificate  or document which it, in good faith,
believes  to be  genuine.  The Escrow  Agent  shall not be  responsible  for the
sufficiency  or accuracy of the form,  execution,  validity  or  genuineness  of
documents  or  securities  now  or  hereafter  deposited  hereunder,  or of  any
endorsement  thereon,  or for  any  lack  of  endorsement  thereon,  or for  any
description  therein; nor shall the Escrow Agent be responsible or liable in any
respect on account of the identity, authority or rights of the persons executing
or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver any such document, security or
endorsement.

                  (f) The Escrow Agent shall not be required to institute  legal
proceedings  of any  kind  and  shall  not  be  required  to  defend  any  legal
proceedings   which  may  be  instituted   against  it  or  in  respect  of  the
Consideration.

                                       5
<PAGE>
                  (g)If the Escrow  Agent at any time,  in its sole  discretion,
deems it necessary or advisable to relinquish custody of the  Consideration,  it
may do so by delivering the same to any other escrow agent mutually agreeable to
the  Purchasers  and the Company  and, if no such escrow agent shall be selected
within three days of the Escrow Agent's  notification  to the Purchasers and the
Company of its desire to so relinquish  custody of the  consideration,  then the
Escrow Agent may do so by  delivering  the  Consideration  to the clerk or other
proper officer of a court of competent  jurisdiction as may be permitted by law.
The fee of any court officer shall be borne by the Company.  Upon such delivery,
the  Escrow  Agent  shall  be  discharged  from  any and all  responsibility  or
liability with respect to the  Consideration  and the Company and the Purchasers
shall  promptly  pay to the Escrow Agent all monies which may be owed it for its
services  hereunder,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  reimbursement  of  its
out-of-pocket expenses pursuant to paragraph (i) below.

                  (h) This Agreement  shall not create any fiduciary duty on the
Escrow Agent's part to the Purchasers or the Company,  nor disqualify the Escrow
Agent from  representing  either  party  hereto in any  dispute  with the other,
including any dispute wiht respect to the Consideration.  The parties understand
that the  Escrow  Agent has acted and will  continue  to act as  counsel  to the
Company.

                  (i) The Escrow Agent represents that it is counsel to at least
on of the  Purchasers.  The parties agree that the Escrow Agent's  engagement as
provided for herein is not and shall not be objectionable for any reason.

                  (j) Upon the performance of this  Agreement,  the Escrow Agent
shall be deemed released and discharged of any further obligations hereunder.

         4. FEES, EXPENSES AND COMMISSIONS

                  (a)  The  Escrow  Agent  fee of  $5,000,  and  all  reasonable
out-of-pocket   expenses   paid  or  incurred   by  the  Escrow   Agent  in  the
administration of its duties hereunder,  including, but not limited to, postage,
all outside  counsel to the Escrow Agent and  advisors' and agents' fees and all
taxes or other  governmental  charges,  if any,  shall  be paid  from the  gross
proceeds from the sale of the Debentures held in escrow.  The Escrow Agent shall
retain the sum of $300 from the gross  proceeds from the sale of the  Debentures
for out-of-pocket  expenses,  and the Company agrees to pay the Escrow Agent any
out-of-pocket  expenses in excess of the $300,  upon  receipt of an invoice from
the Escrow  Agent for such excess  amount.  The Escrow  Agent is directed to pay
itself such Escrow  Agent fee and  out-of-pocket  expenses in the amount of $300
from the escrow,  at Closing.  The Company is to receive prior written notice in
the event the Escrow Agent engages outside counsel.

                                       6
<PAGE>
                  (b) A  management  fee of an  aggregate of six percent (6%) of
the  gross  proceeds  from  the  sale  of the  Debentures,  will  be paid to GEM
Advisors, Inc. from the funds held in escrow.

                  (c) The  document  production  fee of $5,000  pursuant  to the
terms of the retainer agreement dated November 5, 1998 among Kaplan Gottbetter &
Levenson,  LLP ("KGL"), the Company and GEM Advisors,  Inc., will be paid to KGL
from the funds held in escrow.

         5. INDEMNIFICATION.

                  (a) The Purchasers hereby indemnify and hold free and harmless
Escrow  Agent  from  any and  all  losses,  expenses,  liabilities  and  damages
(including  but not limited to reasonable  attorney's  fees, and amounts paid in
settlement)  resulting from claims  asserted by the Company against Escrow Agent
with respect to the performance of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

                  (b) The Company hereby indemnifies and holds free and harmless
Escrow  Agent  from  any and  all  losses,  expenses,  liabilities  and  damages
(including  but not limited to reasonable  attorney's  fees,  and amount paid in
settlement)  resulting  from claims  asserted by the  Purchasers  against Escrow
Agent  with  respect  to  the  performance  of any of  the  provisions  of  this
Agreement.

                  (c) The  Purchasers  and the Company,  Jointly and  severally,
hereby indemnify and hold the Escrow Agent harmless from and against any and all
losses,  damages,  taxes,  liabilities  and expenses that may be incurred by the
Escrow Agent, arising out of or in connection with its acceptance of appointment
as the Escrow Agent  hereunder  and/or the performance of its duties pursuant to
this  Agreement,  the  Purchase  Agreement,  the  Debentures  and the  Warrants,
including,  but not limited to, all legal costs and expenses of the Escrow Agent
incurred  defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with its
performance  hereunder,  provided that the Escrow Agent shall not be entitled to
any  indemnity  for any losses,  damages,  taxes,  liabilities  or expenses that
directly result from its willful misconduct or gross negligence.

         6. MISCELLANEOUS.

                  (a) All notices,  requests,  demands and other  communications
hereunder shall be in writing,  with copies to all the other parties hereto, and
shall be deemed to have been duly  given  when (i) if  delivered  by hand,  upon
receipt,  (ii) if sent by telecopier,  upon receipt of proof of sending thereof,
(111) if sent by Express Mail, Federal Express or other express delivery service
(receipt  requested),  the next  business  day or (iv) if mailed by  first-class
registered or certified mail, return receipt  requested,  postage prepaid,  upon
receipt, in each case if delivered to the following addresses:

                                       7
<PAGE>
                  (i)    If to the Company:           with a copy to:

                         Travis Wilson                Gregory Frost, Esq.
                         President                    Tanner Propp LLP
                         Accord Advanced              99 Park Avenue
                          Technologies, Inc.          25th Floor
                         5002 South Ash Avenue        New York, NY  10016
                         Tempe, AZ  85282             Tel:(212) 986-7714
                         Tel:(602) 820-1400           Fax:(212) 687-0056
                         Fax:(602) 820-2319

                  (ii)   If to the Purchaser:

                         At the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement

                  (iii)  If to the Escrow Agent:

                         Kaplan Gottbetter & Levenson, LLP
                         630 Third Avenue, 5th Floor
                         New York, NY  10017
                         Tel: 212-983-0532
                         Fax: 212-983-9210

or at such other address as any of the parties to this Agreement may hereafter
designate in the manner set forth above to the others.

                  (b)  This  Agreement   shall  be  construed  and  enforced  in
accordance with the law of the State of New York applicable to contracts entered
into and performed entirely within New York.

                  (c)  This   Agreement   may  be   executed   in  two  or  more
counterparts,  all of which when taken  together shall be considered one and the
same agreement and shall become effective when  counterparts have been signed by
each party and  delivered  to the other  party,  it being  understood  that both
parties need not sign the same  counterpart.  In the event that any signature is
delivered by facsimile  transmission,  such  signature  shall create a valid and
binding  obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is
executed) the same with the same force and effect as if such facsimile signature
page were an original thereof.

                                       8
<PAGE>
         7. TERMINATION OF ESCROW.

                  This  Escrow  Agreement  shall  begin upon the date hereof and
shall  terminate  either  pursuant to Section 2(a) or (d) or upon the earlier of
(1) the  conversion of the full amount of the Debentures and the exercise of the
total number of Warrants; or (11) the Maturity Date of the Debentures.  Upon the
termination  of  the  Escrow  Agreement,  the  Escrow  Agent  shall  return  any
unconverted  Debenture Escrow Shares or unexercised Warrant Escrow Shares to the
Company.

[ SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS ]

                                       9
<PAGE>
                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Agreement to be signed the day and year first above written.

Escrow Agent:                              The Company:

Kaplan Gottbetter & Levenson, LLP          ACCORD ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                                           By: /s/ Travis Wilson
- --------------------------------               --------------------------------
                                               Name: Travis Wilson
                                               Title: President


                                           Purchasers:

                                           By:
                                               --------------------------------
                                               Name:
                                               Title:

                                       10
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A

                              NOTICE OF CONVERSION
                            AT THE ELECTION OF HOLDER

(To be Executed by the Registered Holder
in order to Convert the Debenture)

The  undersigned  hereby  irrevocably  elects to convert the above Debenture No.
into shares of Common  Stock,  $.001 per share (the "Common  Stock"),  of Accord
Advanced Technologies,  Inc. (the "Company") according to the conditions hereof,
as of the date written below. If shares are to be issued in the name of a person
other than undersigned, the undersigned will pay all transfer taxes payable with
respect  thereto and is delivering  herewith such  certificates  and opinions as
reasonably requested by the Company in accordance therewith.  A fee of $350 will
be charged to the Holder for any  conversion by the Escrow Agent.  No other fees
will be charged to the Holder, except for such transfer taxes, if any.

Conversion calculations:
                           -----------------------------------------------------
                           Date to Effect Conversion

                           -----------------------------------------------------
                           Principal Amount of Debentures to be Converted

                           -----------------------------------------------------
                           Interest to be Converted or Paid (indicate Shares of
                           Cash)

                           -----------------------------------------------------
                           Applicable Conversion Price (to the nearest hundredth

                           -----------------------------------------------------
                           Signature

                           -----------------------------------------------------
                           Name

                           -----------------------------------------------------
                           Address
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT B

                               NOTICE OF EXERCISE

                  1. The  undersigned  hereby  elects to purchase  shares of the
Common Stock $_ per value, of Accord Advanced Technologies, Inc. pursuant to the
terms of the  attached  Warrant,  and tenders  herewith  payment of the purchase
price of such shares in full.

                  2. Please issue a  certificate  or  certificates  representing
said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified
below:

                  3. The  undersigned  represents  it is  acquiring  the  shares
solely for its own account and not with a view toward the resale or distribution
thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.


                                             ----------------------
                                                  (Signature)

- ---------------------
       (Date)

                                ESCROW AGREEMENT


This  Escrow  Agreement  is entered  into this 7 day of  October,  1998,  by and
between  Accord  Advanced  Technologies,   Inc.,  a  Nevada  corporation,   (the
"Company"),  Davis, McKee & Forshey, P.C., Attorneys at Law ("Escrow Agent") and
Nismic Sales Corp., a New York corporation, ("Investor").

WHEREAS on October 6, 1998,  Investor entered into a Subscription  Agreement and
Investment  Representation of Investors  ("Subscription  Agreement")  wherein it
agreed to purchase 250,000 shares of common stock of Company  represented in the
form of certificates ("Certificates") pursuant to Regulation D, Section 504; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained
herein,  together  with other  valuable  consideration  for the  purchase of the
common stock, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,  the
parties hereto agree as follows:

         1.  Escrow  Agent  agrees  to hold the  Certificates  representing  the
250,000  shares  purchased  by  Investor,  at its offices  located at 5333 North
Seventh Street,  Suite A201,  Phoenix,  Arizona,  85014 until twelve (12) months
from the date of issuance  of the  Certificates,  or until it  received  further
written instructions regarding the disposition of the certificates.  Any written
instructions to Escrow Agent to deliver or transfer the  certificates  shall not
be valid unless it is in writing and signed by an authorized  representative  of
Company and Investor.

         2.  Investor  agrees to place the  Certificates  in the  custody of the
Escrow Agent and further  agrees not to sell,  make any attempt to sell, or make
any  representations  that said  shares can be sold until the  Certificates  are
released to the Investor as provided for in this Agreement.

         3. Upon the expiration of this Agreement Escrow Agent shall deliver the
shares to the investor, or its agent as directed by the Investor.

         4.  Amendment.  This  Agreement  may be modified  or amended  only by a
written instrument executed by the parties hereto.

         5.Term.  This  Agreement  shall be effective  until the  expiration  of
twelve (12) months from the date of issuance of the Certificates  unless Company
and Investor  advise Escrow Agent in writing 30 days prior to the  expiration of
the Agreement to renew the Agreement.

         6. Modification.  If any term or provision  contained in this Agreement
is  hereafter  found  to be  invalid  or  unenforceable  under  any  rule,  law,
regulation or order, this
<PAGE>
         Agreement shall be deemed modified accordingly and the remaining terms
and  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall  not be  affected  thereby  and shall
continue in full force and effect.

         7.  Applicable  Law and Venue.  This  Agreement  shall be  construed in
accordance  with the laws of the State of  Arizona,  and it is  stipulated  that
venue shall be proper in Maricopa County, Arizona.

         8.  Survival  of  Obligations.   Except  as  otherwise  provided,   any
obligations  and duties which by their nature  extend  beyond the  expiration or
termination  of this  Agreement  shall survive the  expiration or termination of
this Agreement.

         9. Entire Agreement.  This Agreement  supersedes all other discussions,
representations  and agreements,  whether  written or oral,  between Company and
Investor  relating  to  its  subject  matter.  This  Agreement  constitutes  and
expresses  the  whole  agreement  between  the  parties  and there are not other
understandings or agreements, written or oral, which modify or purport to modify
this Agreement.

         10.  Non-Waiver.  No delay or failure by either  party to exercise  any
right under this  Agreement,  and no partial or single  exercises of that right,
shall constitute a waiver of that or any other right.

         11.Binding  Effect.  The provisions of this Agreement  shall be binding
upon and inure to the benefit of each of the parties to this Agreement and their
respective successors and assigns.

         12. Severability. In the event any provision of this Agreement shall be
deemed to be invalid,  illegal, or unenforceable,  the validity,  legality,  and
enforceability  of the remaining  provisions shall not in any way be affected or
impaired thereby.

         13. Assignment.  Assignment of this Agreement is prohibited without the
express written consent of the parties.

         14. Headings and Titles. Headings and titles are for reference purposes
only.

         15.  Attorney fees and costs.  In the event either party is required to
hire an attorney to enforce any  provision  of this  Agreement,  the  prevailing
party shall be entitled to its reasonable attorneys,  fees and cost, which shall
include  the  cost  and  attorney's  fees  associated  with  any  settlement  or
arbitration, as well as any formal litigation.
<PAGE>
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  this Escrow Agreement was duly executed on the day
first written above.

Nismic Sales Corp.                      Accord Advanced Technologies, Inc.


By:  /s/ Signature Illegible            By:  /s/ Travis Wilson
     ---------------------------             -------------------------

Title:  President                            Travis Wilson
                                             Title:  President

Escrow Agent
Davis, McKee & Forshey

By:  /s/ Signature Illegible
     ----------------------------

             VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK TIME ON NOVEMBER _, 2001
               WARRANT TO PURCHASE 200,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

                        --------------------------------

                        WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

                                       OF

                       ACCORD ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                        --------------------------------

                  THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                   ISSUABLE PURSUANT TO THIS WARRANT HAVE NOT
               BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
                AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND ARE BEING
                  ISSUED PURSUANT TO RULE 504 OF REGULATION D.

                  FOR VALUE  RECEIVED,  Accord  Advanced  Technologies,  Inc., a
Nevada  corporation  (the  "Company"),   grants  the  following  rights  to  GEM
Management,  Ltd. P. 0. Box 860, 11 Bath Street,  St.  Helier,  Jersey,  Channel
Islands JE4 OYZ and/or its assigns ("Holder"):

                             ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS.

As used herein,  the following terms shall have the following  meanings,  unless
the context shall otherwise require:

                           (a) "Common  Stock" shall mean the common stock,  par
value $.001 per share, of the Company.

                           (b)  "Corporate  Office" shall mean the office of the
Company  (or its  successor)  at which  at any  particular  time  its  principal
business shall be administered.

                           (c) "Closing"  shall have the same meaning as defined
in the Convertible Debenture Purchase Agreement.

                           (d)  "Exercise  Date"  shall mean any date upon which
the Holder shall give the Company a Notice of Exercise.

                           (e) "Exercise  Price" shall mean the price to be paid
to the Company for each share of Common Stock to be purchased  upon  exercise of
this Warrant in accordance with the terms hereof which,  Exercise Price shall be
$.01 per share of Common Stock.

                                       1
<PAGE>
                           (f) "Expiration  Date" shall mean 5:00 p.m. (New York
time) on November 3 0, 200 1. Commission.

                           (g) "SEC" shall mean the United States Securities and
Exchange

                           (h) "Escrow  Agent" shall mean  Kaplan,  Gottbetter &
Levenson, LLP, 630 Third Avenue, 5th Floor, New York, NY 10017, as the Company's
escrow agent, or its authorized successor, as such.

                           (i) "Underlying  Shares" shall mean the shares of the
Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant.

                  ARTICLE 2. EXERCISE AND AGREEMENTS.

                  2.1 Exercise of Warrant.  This Warrant shall entitle Holder to
purchase  up to  200,000  (two  hundred  thousand)  shares of Common  Stock (the
"Shares") at the Exercise  Price.  This Warrant shall be exercisable at any time
and from time to time prior to the Expiration Date (the "Exercise Period"). This
Wan-ant and the right to purchase Shares  hereunder shall expire and become void
at the Expiration Date.

                  2.2 Manner of Exercise.

                           (a) Holder  may  exercise  this  Warrant at any time,
starting  at the time of  Closing  and from  time to time  during  the  Exercise
Period,  in  whole or in part  (but not in  denominations  of fewer  than  1,000
Shares,  except upon an exercise of this Wan-ant  with respect to the  remaining
balance of Shares purchasable hereunder at the time of exercise),  by delivering
to the Escrow  Agent (as defined in an escrow  agreement  dated of the same date
between the Company  and the Holder) (i) a duly  executed  Notice of Exercise in
substantially  the form attached as Appendix 1 hereto,  (ii) a bank cashier's or
certified check for the aggregate  Exercise Price of the Shares being purchased,
and (iii) a bank  cashier's,  certified  check or wire  transfer  of $350 to the
Escrow  Agent for an exercise  fee. At the option of the  Holder,  the  exercise
price and exercise  fee may be paid  directly by the Escrow Agent to the Company
and to the Escrow Agent, respectively, out of the fees of the transaction as per
the term sheet dated November 4, 1998.

                           (b) From time to time upon  exercise of this Warrant,
in whole or part,  in accordance  with its terms,  the Escrow Agent will deliver
stock  certificates  to the  Holder  representing  the  number of  Shares  being
purchased pursuant to such exercise, subject to adjustment as described herein.

                           (c) Promptly  following any exercise of this Wan-ant,
if the Wan-ant has not been fully  exercised  and has not  expired,  the Company
will  deliver to the Holder a new Warrant for the balance of the Shares  covered
hereby.

                                       2
<PAGE>
                  2.3 Termination.  All rights of the Holder in this Warrant, to
the extent they have not been exercised, shall terminate on the Expiration Date.

                  2.4 No  Rights  Prior  to  Exercise.  Prior  to  its  exercise
pursuant to Section 2.2 above,  this Warrant shall not entitle the Holder to any
voting or other rights as holder of Shares.

                  2.5  Adjustments.  In  case of any  reclassification,  capital
reorganization,  stock dividend or other change of outstanding  shares of Common
Stock,  or in case of any  consolidation  or merger of the Company  with or into
another  corporation  (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Company
is the continuing corporation and which does not result in any reclassification,
capital reorganization,  stock dividend or other change of outstanding shares or
Common  Stock),  or in case of any sale or conveyance to another  corporation of
the property of the Company as, or  substantially  as, an entirety (other than a
sale/leaseback,  mortgage or other  financing  transaction),  the Company  shall
cause  effective  provision  to be made so that the Holder  shall have the right
thereafter,  by  exercising  this  Warrant,  to purchase  the kind and number of
shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon
such reclassification,  capital reorganization,  stock dividend or other change,
consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance as the Holder would have been entitled
to receive had the Holder exercised this Warrant in full immediately before such
reclassification,  capital  reorganization,  stock  dividend  or  other  change,
consolidation,  merger,  sale or conveyance.  Any such  provision  shall include
provision  for  adjustments  that  shall  be as  nearly  equivalent  as  may  be
practicable to the  adjustments  provided for in this Section 2.5. The foregoing
provisions  shall  similarly  apply  to  successive  reclassifications,  capital
reorganizations,  stock  dividends  and other changes of  outstanding  shares of
Common Stock and to successive consolidations, mergers, sales or conveyances.

                  2.6 Fractional  Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issuable
upon  exercise of this  Warrant  and the number of Shares to be issued  shall be
rounded up to the nearest whole Share.  If a fractional  Share  interest  arises
upon any exercise of the Warrant,  the Company shall  eliminate such  fractional
Share interest by issuing Holder an additional full Share.

                  2.7  Escrow.  The  Company  agrees  to enter  into the  escrow
agreement  attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "Escrow  Agreement"),  and to issue
into said Escrow  certificates to be held by the Escrow Agent (as defined in the
Escrow  Agreement),  registered  in the  name  of  the  Purchaser,  free  of any
restrictive legends,  representing a number of shares of Common Stock (in 10,000
share certificates) equal to the number of shares of this Warrant.

                  2.8  Account  with  Broker-Dealer.  Upon the  exercise  of the
Warrants and the receipt of the Underlying Shares, the Holder shall deposit such
Shares  into  an  account  with  the  NASD   registered   broker-dealer,   which
broker-dealer has been chosen by the Company.

         ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

                                       3
<PAGE>
                  3.1  Representations   and  Warranties.   The  Company  hereby
represents and warrants to the Holder as follows:

                           (a) All Shares  which may be issued upon the exercise
of the purchase right represented by this Warrant shall, upon issuance,  be duly
authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable,  and free of any liens
and  encumbrances  except for  restrictions  on transfer  provided for herein or
under  applicable  federal  and state  securities  laws,  and not subject to any
pre-emptive rights.

                           (b) The Company is a corporation  duly  organized and
validly  existing under the laws of the State of Nevada,  and has the full power
and  authority  to issue this  Warrant and to comply  with the terms  hereof The
execution, delivery and performance by the Company of its obligations under this
Warrant,  including,  without  limitation,  the  issuance of the Shares upon any
exercise of the Warrant have been duly  authorized  by all  necessary  corporate
action.  This Warrant has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and is
a valid and binding  obligation of the Company,  enforceable in accordance  with
its  terms,  except as  enforcement  may be limited  by  applicable  bankruptcy,
insolvency,   reorganization   or  similar  laws  affecting   enforceability  of
creditors'  rights  generally  and except as the  availability  of the remedy of
specific enforcement,  injunctive relief or other equitable relief is subject to
the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

                           (c) The  Company  is not  subject  to or bound by any
provision of any certificate or articles of incorporation or by-laws,  mortgage,
deed of trust,  lease,  note,  bond,  indenture,  other instrument or agreement,
license,  permit,  trust,  custodianship,  other  restriction  or any applicable
provision  of  any  law,  statute,  rule,  regulation,  judgment,  order,  writ,
injunction or decree of any court,  governmental body,  administrative agency or
arbitrator which could prevent or be violated by or under which there would be a
default (or right of  termination)  as a result of the  execution,  delivery and
performance by the Company of this Warrant.

                           (d)  The  Company  is not  subject  to the  reporting
requirements  of Section 13 or Section  15d of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934,  as  amended.  The  Company  is  eligible  to issue the  Warrants  and the
Underlying  Shares  pursuant to Rule 504 of Regulation D  promulgated  under the
Securities  Act.  There are no  restrictions  on the resale or  transfer  of the
Warrants and Underlying Shares.

                           ARTICLE 4. SHELF REGISTRATION

         If the  Company  shall  propose  to file with the SEC any  registration
statement other than a Form 10 which would cause, or have the effect of causing,
the Company to become subject to the reporting  requirements of Section 13 or 15
(d) of the Exchange Act (a  "Reporting  Issuer") or to take any other action the
effect of which  would be to cause  the  Underlying  Shares  to be  issued  upon
exercise of any then outstanding  Warrants to be restricted  securities (as such
term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated  under the Securities  Act), the Company
agrees to give written  notification of such to the Holders of the Warrants then
outstanding at least two weeks prior to

                                       4
<PAGE>
such filing or taking of the proposed action. If any Warrants are outstanding at
the end of  such  notice  period,  the  Company  agrees  to file a  registration
statement on Form S-1 or SB-2, or such other form of  registration  statement in
which the Underlying Shares may be included, and to include in such registration
statement the Underlying  Shares issuable upon exercise of any then  outstanding
Warrants so as to permit the public  resale  thereof.  All costs and expenses of
registration shall be borne by the Company.

         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if the Company  for any reason  shall
become a  Reporting  Issuer,  or shall have taken any action the effect of which
would be to cause the  Underlying  Shares to be issued upon exercise of any then
outstanding  Warrants to be  restricted  securities  (as such term is defined in
Rule  144  promulgated   under  the  Securities  Act),  the  Company  agrees  to
immediately  file  with the SEC and  cause to become  effective  a  registration
statement which would permit the public resale of such Underlying Shares in such
states of the United States as the Holders thereof shall reasonably request. All
costs and expenses of such registration shall be borne by the Company.

                   ARTICLE 5. LOSS OF EXEMPTION UNDER RULE 504

         If any of the  shares of  Common  Stock  required  to be  reserved  for
purposes of exercise of the Warrant hereunder require registration with approval
of any  governmental  authority under any federal  (including but not limited to
the Act or similar  federal  statute  than in force) or state law, or listing on
any  national  securities  exchange,  before  such  shares  may be  issued  upon
exercise; for reasons including but not limited to a material change in Rule 504
of Regulation D of the Act, the Company will, at its expense as expeditiously as
possible to cause such shares to be duly registered or approved or listed on the
relevant  national  securities  exchange,  as the case may be.  Shares of Common
Stock issued upon  exercise of the Warrant  shall be  registered  by the Company
under  the Act if  required  by  Article 4 of the  Warrant  and  subject  to the
conditions stated therein.

                  ARTICLE 6. MISCELLANEOUS.

                  6.1 Transfer. This Warrant may not be transferred or assigned,
in whole or in part, at any time,  except in compliance with applicable  federal
and state  securities  laws by the  transferor  and the  transferee  (including,
without limitation,  the delivery of an investment  representation  letter and a
legal  opinion  reasonably  satisfactory  to the  Company),  provided  that this
Warrant may not be  transferred  or assigned  such that either the Holder or any
transferee will,  following such transfer or assignment,  hold a Warrant for the
night to purchase fewer than 1,000 Shares.

                  6.2 Transfer  Procedure.  Subject to the provisions of Section
6. 1, Holder may  transfer or assign this  Warrant by giving the Company  notice
setting  forth the  name,  address  and  taxpayer  identification  number of the
transferee or assignee,  if applicable (the  "Transferee") and surrendering this
Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the Transferee (and the Holder, in the

                                       5
<PAGE>
event of a transfer or assignment of this Warrant in part). (Each of the persons
or  entities  in whose  name any such new  Warrant  shall be issued  are  herein
referred to as a Holder").

                  6.3 Loss,  Theft,  Destruction or Mutilation.  If this Warrant
shall become mutilated or defaced or be destroyed,  lost or stolen,  the Company
shall  execute and deliver a new Warrant in exchange for and upon  surrender and
cancellation  of  such  mutilated  or  defaced  Warrant  or,  in  lieu of and in
substitution  for such  Warrant so  destroyed,  lost or stolen,  upon the Holder
filing with the Company  evidence  satisfactory to it that such Warrant has been
so mutilated,  defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen. However, the Company shall be
entitled,  as a condition to the execution and delivery of such new Warrant,  to
demand  indemnity  satisfactory  to it and payment of the  expenses  and charges
incurred in  connection  with the delivery of such new  Warrant.  Any Warrant so
surrendered to the Company shall be canceled.

                  6.4  Notices.  All notices and other  communications  from the
Company to the Holder or vice versa shall be deemed delivered and effective when
given personally,  by facsimile  transmission and confirmed in writing or mailed
by first-class  registered or certified  mail,  postage  prepaid at such address
and/or facsimile number as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder,
as the case may be, in writing by the Company or the Holder from time to time.

                  6.5 Waiver.  This  Warrant and any term hereof may be changed,
waived,  or  terminated  only by an  instrument  in writing  signed by the party
against which  enforcement of such change,  waiver,  discharge or termination is
sought.

                  6.6  Governing  Law.  This  Warrant  shall be  governed by and
construed in accordance  with the laws of the State of New York,  without giving
effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

Dated: 11/22/98

                                          ACCORD ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Attest: /s/ Carl P. Ranno                 By: /s/ Travis Wilson
                                          Name: Travis Wilson
                                          Title: President

                                       6
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX 1

                               NOTICE OF EXERCISE

                  1. The  undersigned  hereby  elects to purchase  shares of the
Common Stock per value, of Accord Advanced  Technologies,  Inc.  pursuant to the
terms of the  attached  Warrant,  and tenders  herewith  payment of the purchase
price of such shares in full.

                  2. Please issue a  certificate  or  certificates  representing
said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified
below:

                  3. The  undersigned  represents  it is  acquiring  the  shares
solely for its own account and not with a view toward the resale or distribution
thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.


                                                  ------------------------------
                                                           (Signature)

- ------------------------
        (Date)
                                       7

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


We consent to the use in the General  Form for  Registration  of  Securities  of
Small  Business  Issuers on Form 10-SB of our report dated May 14, 1999,  on our
audits of the consolidated financial statements of Accord Advanced Technologies,
Inc. as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 and for the years then ended.

We also consent to the use in the General Form for Registration of Securities of
Small Business  Issuers on Form 10-SB of our report dated April 10, 1998, on our
audit of the financial statements of Accord Semiconductor  Equipment Group, Inc.
as of the year ended December 31, 1997 and for the year then ended.



                                                  KING, WEBER & ASSOCIATES, P.C.

Tempe, Arizona
August 27, 1999

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
THIS  SCHEDULE  CONTAINS  SUMMARY  FINANCIAL   INFORMATION  EXTRACTED  FROM  THE
COMPANY'S  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTSAND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO
SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>

<S>                             <C>              <C>               <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   6-MOS            YEAR              YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>               DEC-31-1999      DEC-31-1998       DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-END>                    JUN-30-1999      DEC-31-1998       DEC-31-1997
<CASH>                              665,262          157,078            58,258
<SECURITIES>                              0                0                 0
<RECEIVABLES>                       300,090            6,347           964,233
<ALLOWANCES>                              0                0                 0
<INVENTORY>                       1,300,078        1,056,732           718,212
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                  2,300,085        1,705,368         1,792,831
<PP&E>                            2,151,429        2,151,136         2,396,484
<DEPRECIATION>                      182,833          152,834           105,418
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                    4,408,600        3,823,054         4,305,245
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>             2,443,184        1,952,945         3,676,178
<BONDS>                           1,040,572          205,703            34,543
                     0                0                 0
                               0                0                 0
<COMMON>                              3,955            3,955             1,245
<OTHER-SE>                          920,889         (96,834)            59,868
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>      4,408,600        3,823,054         3,676,178
<SALES>                           3,052,531        3,940,234         1,358,004
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                  3,052,531        3,940,234         1,358,004
<CGS>                             1,684,746        2,865,641         1,024,068
<TOTAL-COSTS>                     1,684,746        2,865,641         1,024,068
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                    621,929        2,267,953           181,337
<LOSS-PROVISION>                          0                0                 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                   30,672          442,431            61,352
<INCOME-PRETAX>                     415,184      (1,635,791)            91,247
<INCOME-TAX>                       (32,595)          544,080          (36,736)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                 382,589      (1,091,711)            54,511
<DISCONTINUED>                            0                0                 0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                     635,134           45,320                 0
<CHANGES>                                 0                0                 0
<NET-INCOME>                      1,017,723      (1,046,391)            54,511
<EPS-BASIC>                            0.03           (0.03)              0.02
<EPS-DILUTED>                          0.03           (0.03)              0.02


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission